Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
UREDNICI/EDITORS:
Prof. dr. sc. Nikola Knego
Prof. dr. sc. Sanda Renko
Izv.prof dr. sc. Blaenka Kneevi
IZDAVA/PUBLISHER:
Ekonomski fakultet - Zagreb
Trg J. F. Kennedya 6
10000 ZAGREB
II
PREDGOVOR
Osim uvoenja inovacija u prodajne prostore, velike tehnoloke promjene se dogaaju i u tzv.
pozadinskim procesima (tzv. back office-u), razvijaju se novi modeli upravljanja izgledom
prodajnog mjesta, novi modeli upravljanja odnosima s kupcima, novi naini upravljanja
asortimanom, uvode se tehnologije mobilne i elektronike trgovine koje bitno mijenjaju nain
ponaanja potroaa, a aditivna tehnologija opisuje se kao tehnologija koja ima potencijal
izmijeniti funkcioniranje itavih lanaca opskrbe.
Sve spomenute tehnoloke promjene mijenjaju nain na koji se zaposleni trebaju usavravati
te nain na koji se trgovinsko poduzee odnosi prema svojim poslovnim partnerima i krajnjim
potroaima.
Ideja ove konferencije i pripadajue publikacije bila je posebnu pozornost usmjeriti upravo na
temu upravljanja znanjem u trgovinskim poduzeima i trgovinskim poslovnim procesima te
istaknuti specifinosti koje postoje u ovoj konkretnoj djelatnosti po pitanju temeljnih
komponenti upravljanja znanjem od upravljanja znanjem zaposlenih do upravljanja
uvoenjem inovativnih tehnologija.
III
praktinu vrijednost jer radovi tumae kako se u ekonomiji znanja mijenja pozicija
trgovinskog poduzea i kako se mijenjaju trgovinski procesi.
IV
FOREWORD
While describing the new reality of business, in the early 1990s, Peter Drucker characterized
knowledge as an economic resource that is in its meaning ahead of traditional business
resources (labor, capital and land). Since then, in the literature in the field of business
administration there is an ongoing debate on the meaning and scope of the corporate
knowledge, but even more on its role in achieving the competitive advantage. From an
economic point of view, especially the question on knowledge growth and improvement into
focus, i.e. discussion on the technological leaps and production of new knowledge in order too
improve business processes in companies in different industries is taking place, and trade is
no exception.
In the available literature in the field of knowledge management, as the main potential sources
for new knowledge creation are the following: raising the level of personal knowledge of
employees; increasing utilization of personal knowledge that are currently outside the
boundaries of enterprise; expanding the network of business partners and intensifying
relations with existing partners. Also, literature points out that there are three basic levels of
knowledge management: the technical component, the human component and organizational
knowledge.
The dynamics of technological change, and hence the need for continuous learning is
increasing. Today in distributive trade, the usage of different forms of intelligent systems is
increasing rapidly, and there are some technologies with a great potential of application in
retailing outlets, such as: personal digital shopping assistants; intelligent scales; digital
advertising displays; navigation systems for movement within the store; intelligent electronic
stickers with prices and different solutions in the field of RFID technology.
In addition to technologies for retailing outlets, major technological changes are taking place
in the so-called back-office processes for instance: new technologies in the field of spatial
management; new models of customer relationship management; new ways of managing
assortment ad product categories; mobile technology and electronic commerce is introduced
and significantly changing consumer behavior; and additive technology which is described as
a technology that has the potential to alter the functioning of the entire supply chains.
All these technological changes are changing the way employees should educate for
improving better service and the way in which commercial enterprise relates to its business
partners and end consumers.
The idea of this conference and the accompanying publication was to put special attention on
the topic of knowledge management in commercial enterprises and commercial business
processes and to highlight the specific features that exist in this particular activity in terms of
the main components of the knowledge management from improving the knowledge of
employees to introduction of innovative technologies.
All accepted papers are peer reviewed, and we hope that this publication will be a valuable
contribution in the field of trade and business management because it provides a different
insight into the issue of knowledge management focusing on the specific business activity
V
what is not the case in most publications in the field of knowledge management. In addition to
the theoretical contribution, the publication has a practical value because papers interpret
changes of the position of commercial enterprises and how commercial enterprises alter their
business processes in the knowledge economy.
VI
SADRAJ / CONTENTS
UPRAVLJANJE ZNANJEM I INTELEKTUALNIM KAPITALOM KAO ODREDNICA
USPJEHA SUVREMENIH PODUZEA ................................................................................ 1
MANAGEMENT OF KNOWLEDGE AND INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL AS DETERMINANT
OF SUCCESS OF CONTEMPORARY ENTERPRISES ........................................................ 3
INFORMACIJSKA TEHNOLOGIJA KAO POTPORA STVARANJU ZNANJA U
TRGOVINI ........................................................................................................................... 15
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AS A SUPPORT TO THE KNOWLEDGE CREATION IN
TRADE ................................................................................................................................ 16
MODEL UPRAVLJANJA ZNANJEM U B2B ODNOSIMA - HOLISTIKI PRISTUPNA
PRIMJERU IT PROIZVODA I TRGOVAKOG SEKTORA ................................................. 34
KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT MODEL IN BTOB RELATIONS HOLISTIC APPROACH
ON THE EXAMPLE OF IT PRODUCTS AND TRADE SECTOR ........................................ 35
VANOST ZAPOSLENOSTI I ZAPOSLENIH U MALOPRODAJI ..................................... 55
IMPORTANCE OF EMPLOYMENT AND OF THE EMPLOYED IN RETAIL TRADE ......... 56
PERSPEKTIVE RADNE SNAGE U SEKTORU TRGOVINE U HRVATSKOJ .................... 72
LABOUR FORCE PROSPECTS IN CROATIAN TRADE SECTOR ................................... 73
MENADMENT LJUDSKIH POTENCIJALA U TRGOVINI TROKOVNI ILI RAZVOJNI
PRISTUP ............................................................................................................................. 84
MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN POTENTIALS IN TRADING COMPANIES COST OR
DEVELOPMENTAL APROACH .......................................................................................... 85
ULOGA TRGOVINE U GOSPODARSTVU REPUBLIKE HRVATSKE I GOSPODARSTVU
EUROPSKE UNIJE S POSEBNIM OSVRTOM NA ZAPOSLENE U DJELATNOSTIMA
TRGOVINE .......................................................................................................................... 98
ROLE OF TRADE IN CROATIAN AND EUROPEAN UNION ECONOMY WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO EMPLOYEES IN DISTRIBUTIVE TRADE .............................................. 99
ULOGA KONTROLINGA U UPRAVLJANJU LJUDSKIM POTENCIJALIMA
MALOPRODAJNIH PODUZEA KARLOVAKE UPANIJE ......................................... 115
THE ROLE OF CONTROLLING IN THE HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT OF
RETAIL COMPANIES IN KARLOVAC COUNTY ............................................................. 116
SOCIETAS EUROPAEA EKA ISKUSTVA I HRVATSKE MOGUNOSTI ZA
PREKOGRANINO SUDJELOVANJE RADNIKA ........................................................... 127
SOCIETAS EUROPAEA CZECH REPUBLIC EXPERIENCES AND CROATIAN
POSSIBILITIES FOR CROSS BORDER WORKERS PARTICIPATION .......................... 128
KAKO PRIPREMITI TRGOVINSKO PODUZEE ZA SHOPPER MARKETING? ............ 140
HOW TO PREPARE RETAIL COMPANY FOR SHOPPER MARKETING? ..................... 141
EFEKTI JAANJA SNAGE TRGOVACA NA MALO NA INOVACIJE U TRGOVAKIM
PROCESIMA ..................................................................................................................... 155
THE EFFECTS OF THE GROWING POWER OF RETAILERS ON INNOVATION IN THE
TRADING PROCESSES ................................................................................................... 156
INFORMACIJSKE I KOMUNIKACIJSKE TEHNOLOGIJE U PROCESU RAZVOJA
TRGOVINSKOG SEKTORA.............................................................................................. 174
VII
ICT IN THE PROCESS OF TRADE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT ....................................... 175
ULOGA TEHNOLOGIJE U UPRAVLJANJU PROSTOROM TRGOVINE NA MALO ....... 185
THE ROLE OF TECHNOLOGY IN RETAIL SPACE MANAGEMENT .............................. 186
BUDUNOST PRIMJENE RADIOFREKVENCIJSKE TEHNOLOGIJE U MALOPRODAJI
ROBE IROKE POTRONJE ........................................................................................... 200
THE FUTURE OF APPLICATION OF RADIO-FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY IN THE
CONSUMER GOODS RETAILING ................................................................................... 201
STAVOVI POTROAA O ELEKTONIKOJ RAZMJENI PODATAKA I SREDSTAVA U
MALOPRODAJI ................................................................................................................ 220
CONSUMER ATTITUDES ON ELECTRONIC DATA EXCHANGE AND ELECTRONIC
FUNDS TRANSFER IN RETAIL ........................................................................................ 221
UTJECAJ ADITIVNIH TEHNOLOGIJA NA ODVIJANJE POSLOVNIH PROCESA U
OPSKRBNOM LANCU ...................................................................................................... 234
THE IMPACT OF ADDITIVE TECHNOLOGIES ON BUSINESS PROCESSES IN THE
SUPPLY CHAIN ................................................................................................................ 235
IMBENICI KOJI UTJEU NA ODNOS IZMEU LOGISTIKIH OPERATORA I
TRGOVAKIH DRUTAVA KOJI KORISTE NJIHOVE USLUGE ................................... 249
FACTORS AFFECTING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOGISTICS OPERATORS
AND COMMERCIAL COMPANIES THAT USE THEIR SERVICES ................................. 250
PRIMJENA NOVIH TEHNOLOGIJA U OBLIKOVANJU STRATEGIJE UTJECAJA NA
KUPCE TRGOVAKIH LANACA ..................................................................................... 265
APPLICATION OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN SHAPING THE STRATEGIES OF
INFLUENCING CUSTOMERS OF COMMERCIAL CHAINS ............................................ 266
ELEKTRONIKA TRGOVINA KAO POSLOVNI KONCEPT ZASNOVAN NA
TEHNOLOKIM INOVACIJAMA ...................................................................................... 281
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AS A BUSINESS CONCEPT BASED ON TECHNOLOGICAL
INNOVATION .................................................................................................................... 282
STRATEKO POZICIONIRANJE MALOPRODAVAA NA WEBU U REPUBLICI
SRBIJI ............................................................................................................................... 297
STRATEGIC POSITIONING OF RETAILERS ON THE WEB IN THE REPUBLIC OF
SERBIA ............................................................................................................................. 298
ELEKTRONIKA TRGOVINA I INTEGRALNA VIEKANALNA STRATEGIJA .............. 308
E-COMMERCE AND INTEGRAL MULTICHANNEL STRATEGY .................................... 309
ZNAENJE I VANOST ELEKTRONIKE TRGOVINE U SUVREMENOM
GOSPODARSTVU ............................................................................................................ 320
THE MEANING AND IMPORTANCE OF ELECTRONIC COMMERCE IN MODERN
ECONOMY ........................................................................................................................ 321
KOMPONENTE RADIKALNE INOVACIJSKE KULTURE I NJIHOV UTJECAJ NA
ZADOVOLJSTVO POTROAA U HRVATSKOJ PRERAIVAKOJ INDUSTRIJI ....... 336
THE COMPONENTS OF RADICAL INOVATION CULTURE AND THEIR IMPACT ON
THE CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR IN THE CROATIAN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY ... 337
VIII
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Anna Kwiecien
Faculty of Management, University of Economics in Katowice, Poland
Saetak
Intelektualni kapital je kljuni element koji objedinjuje strateke faktore uspjeha suvremenog
poduzea, ljudski kapital i znanje. Razlog tomu je to je intelektualni kapital derivat i rezultat
vjete primjene znanja u praksi, a ovjek nositelj znanja. Stoga ljudski kapital mora imati
posebnu ulogu u sferi stvaranja intelektualnog kapitala, i treba ga uzeti u obzir u oblikovanju i
provedbi strategije za uspjeh poduzea. U situaciji kada najnovije tehnologije mogu zastarjeti
u roku od nekoliko mjeseci, a primjenjeni sustav organizacije rada moe biti prevladan od
strane konkurenata, poduzee se treba usredotoiti na ljude, njihov razvoj i koritenje
njihovog radnog potencijala. Kompletan uspjeh poduzea nove ekonomije ovisi prije svega o
njihovoj sposobnosti da iskoriste ljude i njihovo znanje na nain da donosi profit.
1
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U svjetlu tih uvjeta, cilj ovog rada je prikazati sutinu intelektualnog kapitala i njegovu ulogu
na putu do uspjeha poduzea. Provesti e se analize s pretpostavkom da upravljanje resursima
znanja i stvaranje intelektualnog kapitala treba percipirati kao komplementarne, meuovisne i
proimajue procese.
Metoda za postizanje definiranog cilja je kritika analiza literature. Studija sluaja primijeniti
e se za raspravu na praktinim primjerima. Primjena metode studija sluaja opravdana je u
znanosti jer omoguava prouavanje kvalitativne pojave i predstavlja empirijsku provjeru
raspravljanih pitanja.
2
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Anna Kwiecien
Faculty of Management, University of Economics in Katowice, Poland
Abstract
Turbulent environment of companies constantly makes them face new challenges and
problems. The necessity to look for new methods of ensuring effectiveness (competitiveness)
to the company brought paying attention to specific determinants of increase in
competitiveness and value creation that were effective in these conditions. Value creation has
still been a supreme goal of functioning of many companies in current circumstances.
However, the methods of its creation are changing. Organisations create value while taking
the risk and constructing unique combinations of assets. Enterprises implement new
combinations and proportions of assets while considering a growing importance of intangible
assets, thanks to which, changes in the potential of value creation become possible. It is a
necessary action, keeping in mind that contemporary market is the result of emergence of a
new type of economy that is often referred to as Knowledge Based Economy (New
Economy). The emergence and functioning of Knowledge Based Economy is a result of
reorientation of contemporary economy consisting in gradual transition from material-
consuming economy to knowledge-based economy, which is important in its effects.
Intellectual capital is the key element that combines strategic success factors of contemporary
enterprises, human capital and knowledge. This is because intellectual capital is a derivative
and result of skilful application of knowledge in practice, and man is the knowledge carrier.
And thus human capital has to perform a special role in the sphere of creation of intellectual
capital. Therefore currently, development of human capital ought to be taken into
consideration in formation and implementation of success strategy for the enterprise.
In the situation when the latest technologies may become outdated within a few months and
applied systems of work organisation may be overtaken by competitors, an enterprise ought to
focus on people, their development and use of their work potential. Complete success of
enterprises of New Economy depends first of all on the ability to take advantage of people
and their knowledge in such a way that it would bring profits.
3
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
In the light of these conditions, the goal of this paper is to present the essence of intellectual
capital and its role on the way to success of an enterprise. The analyses will be conducted
with the assumption that knowledge resources management and intellectual capital creation
ought to be perceived as complementary, interdependent and permeating processes.
The method applied to achieve the defined goal is the critical analysis of the literature of the
subject of management. The case study will be applied to support discussed issues with
practical examples. Application of case study method is justified in management sciences
because it allows for studying qualitative phenomena and constitutes empirical verification of
discussed issues.
1. INTRODUCTION
Setting the problem in reality of New Economy enterprises is the starting point for discussions
in this paper.
The notion of New Economy has been functioning on market for some time; however it is
defined in various ways. New Economy is a group of new phenomena, processes and
economic, financial or cultural relations based on new information technologies and
automation. However, in practice, various authors focus on various factors as being
predominant and they emphasise the following notions:
- information economy
- network economy
- virtual economy
- knowledge based economy
Discrepancy in views of these authors show doubts that individual analysts have nowadays
while emphasising various aspects of new times.
In this paper it has been assumed that considerations will be conducted through the prism of
knowledge-based economy. Thereby it has been assumed that the era of intellectual resources
of organisations perceived as one of the most important factors determining its success has
come (Perechuda and Sobiska, 2008). On the other hand knowledge is approached as
flexible substance that is a result of mental processing of information possessed by people
(Mikula et.al., 2007).
In the light of above considerations we can state that in knowledge-based New Economy, the
method for complete exploitation of human capital and retention of employees knowledge in
the company can be explained through the prism of the category of intellectual capital. This is
4
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
because people and their knowledge, competences, experience, values and willingness to act
and develop are intellectual capital carriers as well as the determinant of company
competitiveness and determinant of its development and increase in its value.
New Economy presents new business environment in which information and knowledge,
thanks to teleinformation technologies, are becoming the fundamental driving force for
economic development as well as major criterion determining business success or failure.
Information and knowledge create value added and increase efficiency and management
effectiveness. At the same time the role of people is growing. This is because societies are
more and more aware and their knowledge and experience are growing. Knowledge, while
being the basis of New Economy is brought by people, and people, together with their
knowledge, constitute the fundamental element of intellectual capital.
In this way, we can indicate key elements of management, necessary to succeed in enterprises
of New Economy. They are knowledge, people and intellectual capital.
Teleinformation technologies, the creation and application of which is the result of knowledge
management in enterprises of New Economy, are also particularly interesting.
According to literature, data and information are the base of knowledge. They become
knowledge after they are processed (Brdulak, 2005). Speaking more precisely, data are the
elementary unit of information. Knowledge is the collection of data that is structuralised and
interpreted. On the other hand, capability to apply, modify and create knowledge is wisdom.
5
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Just like every resource, knowledge needs management. And so the company needs to know
how to acquire, process and skilfully manage knowledge in practice to be more competitive
on market. Knowledge management is a strategic and systematised process of identification,
management and dissemination of knowledge by means of selected tools or methods.
Knowledge management is a new concept of strategic management of contemporary
enterprise aiming at creation of organisation value on the basis of skilful acquisition and
application of all knowledge resources of organisational knowledge and formation of
intellectual capital. In other words, knowledge management is an aware, planned,
systematised, constantly verified and controlled, integrated organisational process combining
human resources management, key business processes and procedures implemented with the
use of new technologies and teleinformation systems (Walczak, 2010).
Knowledge that is found in peoples intellect as well as in technologies has always been
considered important and influencing economic development, however in recent years its
value has rapidly increased. Therefore, employees who have knowledge necessary for
company functioning are becoming more and more important in companies, and their
capabilities to search for new knowledge provide the company with the qualities of the
learning organisation.
Thus we can state that human capital is made of people and their competences, which is a
totality of features and qualities embodied in people (knowledge, skills and capabilities). It
has a defined value and constitutes the source of future profits both for the employee who is
the owner of human capital, and for the organisation that makes use of this capital in
particular circumstances. Specific character of this capital is expressed among others in the
fact that its individual elements are unique and difficult to imitate by competitors
(Pocztowski, 2007), which expands its value.
Recently human resources management has gained real importance in business activity all
over the world. People bring knowledge to the company and they can skilfully make use of it.
If we closely relate the category of employees with knowledge, then the category of
knowledge workers arises [April, 2013]. Knowledge workers have a high degree of specialist
knowledge, education and experience; the work performed by them demands creation,
distribution and application of knowledge (Davenport, 2005).
Such workers are responsible for creation and implementation of new concepts, thanks to
which organisations adjust the strategy to changes that are occurring more and more rapidly in
business environment. Their major task is to search for, exchange, link and apply knowledge
and experience inside organisation, and outside its structures (Harvard Business Review,
2009). It is typical that knowledge workers, in particular circumstances, can have a significant
influence on a specific organisation (bring large value) thanks to their ability to apply
knowledge they have.
Knowledge workers are professionals. They are characterised by high competences, ability to
perform changeable organisational roles, versatility of experiences, capabilities and skills and
also mobility. They are also highly independent as they sell their services only partially, and
they can freely change employers, which can bring the risk of loss for the company they
6
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
leave. This is why it is necessary to undertake actions enabling to retain knowledge workers
in the company.
In the light of the aforementioned considerations we can state that in knowledge-based New
Economy, the way to take advantage of human capital fully and retain workers knowledge in
the company can be explained through the prism of category of intellectual capital. This is
because people, together with their knowledge, competences, values and readiness to act and
develop, are the carriers of intellectual capital, a factor contributing to company
competitiveness and determinant of its development and growth of its value.
Intellectual capital is the whole knowledge possessed by the people constituting company
community and practical transformation of this knowledge into elements of company value. It
includes all non-measurable elements of company that shape the difference between the total
value of the enterprise and its financial value (Bartnicki, 2001).
Intellectual capital is an abstract notion because it cannot be observed. We can only observe
the results of its existence artefacts. It should be linked to the category of human resources
management, the aim of which is to increase efficiency and quality of work. This allows the
company to face challenges of contemporary economy more efficiently.
The whole process of human resources management is difficult and expensive but if it is
conducted in a proper way, it shapes human capital which is valuable for the company and
creates additional values by itself.
We can indicate three major and mutually permeating areas of this management:
The sphere of human capital creation chain of activities related to human capital
planning, acquiring workers, their assessment, development, remuneration, re-
allocation, communication and shaping of interpersonal relations.
The sphere of human capital exploitation that is work organisation, management of
teams, motivation, effectiveness management, assessment and communication.
The sphere of human capital transformation into structural capital activities related
to expressing workers knowledge in procedures, databases, instructions, formalised
methods and intellectual property (Pocztowski, 2004).
The third sphere is approached as intellectual capital management. To explain its role in
retaining knowledge in a company let us move to description of intellectual capital
components. This is because human capital is made of human capital and structural capital
that includes organisation resources as well as customer and partner resources.
Human capital is the most important element of intellectual capital. The system of
organisation and management by itself, even though it is the most professional, has no value
without people who it is created, retained and served by. Human capital is the whole of
knowledge, experience, competences, skills and attitudes of workers. It is workers and not
the companys property. It is a combination of knowledge, skills, innovativeness and
capabilities of individual enterprise workers to conduct tasks efficiently (Edvinsson and
Malone, 2000).
7
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Structural capital is everything that builds knowledge enterprise (Remi and Chlipaa, 2001),
and which does not vanish when the worker leaves. It is a product of oriented activities of
people workers and it is made of all elements of intellectual activities that, while formally
registered, are the enterprise property (Sokoowska, 2005).
It results from this that intellectual capital is composed both by personal capital created by the
owners, managing staff and workers who have high professional qualifications, remarkable
knowledge resources or unique skills, and impersonal capital that occurs when peoples
knowledge and skills are expressed in documents (uk, 2004). This means that it is
everything that remains in the office when workers go home. It is the enterprise potential
associated with market intangible assets (Sokoowska, 2005).
Transformation of human resources into structural capital is the essence of intellectual capital
management and is of supreme importance because it is one of the most valuable enterprise
resources, permanently associated with it and determining its competitiveness. However, first
of all it is the way to retain, in company, the knowledge on which New Economy is based.
In this paper it has already been noticed that new technologies are closely associated with
knowledge management. Nowadays, more and more frequently the notion of tools of
knowledge management is used instead of the notion of technology in the context of
knowledge management. Rudy Ruggles (Gartner Research, 2003) from Ernst & Young firm
defines them as broadly defined technologies that enable creation, codification and transfer of
knowledge. As all tools, they are designed in the way to increase work effectiveness, through
its automation, and to bring effective use of resources where it is most necessary (Kempny et
al., 2010). Their major task is to facilitate access to information (both structural and non-
structural) and knowledge, also including the tacit one that is found in peoples minds. This is
because it is estimated that much more than over half managers and project teams time is
consumed by administrative and coordination work such as various meetings and updating
information they have.
Analysing the literature of the subject we can notice numerous typologies of information
systems that are reflection of their applications in systems of knowledge management. One of
them is provided by Jean Gregoire Bernard (Bernard, 2006), who suggests approaching the
system of knowledge management in the perspective of three knowledge generators spheres
in which application of information technologies can significantly support creation of the
system of knowledge management. These three areas include:
Knowledge repositories. Systems that collect and give access to information that is
included in knowledge resources. This group can include systems of management of
documents and databases, as well as searching systems.
Expert directories. Systems that give access to structuralised information, facilitate
identification and contact with people having knowledge. Expert directories can be
compared to phone directories that include information about competence profiles of
individual workers.
Collaborative tools. Tools facilitating exchange of knowledge between workers and
facilitating knowledge personalisation in organisations. This group can include
8
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Business Intelligence systems are used to build effective systems of knowledge management.
Electronic economy is one of revolutionary turning points in the sphere of knowledge
management. Companies must not ignore changes that are brought by e-business and its
various aspects, because they determine more and more the shape of information technology,
financial services, retail sale and communication. The power of impact of electronic economy
is really remarkable. It is expected that this influence will be growing in the future. Systems
of electronic economy offer the chance to win the desired competitive advantage.
4. NOTION OF SUCCESS
In this paper an attempt is made to prove that human capital, knowledge and intellectual
capital are factors determining success of an enterprise. Therefore it also needs to be
explained how this success is approached.
Success in business is a term that is very hard to be explicitly defined. Success can be related
to good economic results, with growth of profits of a particular company and increase in its
value. It can also represent expansion on markets and improvement in company image or
ability to remain on market for a long period of time (Lachiewicz, 2013).
Analysis of literature and results of presented studies allowed for indicating three typical
forms of success (Zawadka and Hoffman, 2012).
The first type of success is success related to development that consists in remarkable market
expansion, growth of economic results and implementation of new technologies and products.
The second approach is success that consists in maintenance of existing situation of the
enterprise. It is associated with preserving continuity and stability of operation and not
allowing for specific perturbations or crisis phenomena to occur, as well as with transition to
the next stage of enterprise life cycle in good economic, personnel and technological standing.
In the third case, success is understood as bringing the enterprise out of deep internal
perturbations and crisis situations. It is often related to implementation of restructuration
operations and avoiding bankruptcy and company closure.
Individual options of success are significantly different from each other and the question of
selection of one of them for the situation in which a particular company is found is obvious.
Defining determinants of success and making decision concerning specific procedures is the
consequence of such a choice. However we can make an attempt to state that in each of the
cases knowledge and intellectual capital management is the tool that allows for succeeding.
Appropriate application of knowledge shall let develop new products, win new customers,
gain new markets and in this way strengthen competitive position or improve financial
situation. We can state that appropriate knowledge that takes advantage of appropriate tools
can support all these options of success.
9
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
The goal of this paper is to present the essence of intellectual capital and its role in the way to
success of an enterprise. To realise the goal the example of Tesco Company is presented. In
operations of this enterprise the elements of knowledge and intellectual capital management
are observed, and the company is constantly expanding.
Tesco1 is one of the largest retail chains in the world, which operates in 14 countries and
employs a total of 492.000 people worldwide. Tesco operates in Poland, in the form of a
limited liability company under the name of Tesco Poland Sp. z o.o.
Tesco Poland is the leading chain of self-service stores on Polish market. It has over 450
stores, from supermarkets to small local supermarkets. It employs 30 thousand people and
offers customers 1500 products of Polish suppliers. Every week Tesco stores are visited by
over 5.000.000 customers.
The motto of Tesco operation is what is important we change for better together.
Recognised values include:
1. For customers we do our best more than anyone else
2. We treat them in the way we want to be treated
3. We use our abilities for good purposes.
Tesco values help understand how to translate the Target into practice:
Tesco company vision defines the sense of company existence and thus it defines the notion
of success for Tesco. It results that Tesco wants to be the company that is:
1. awaited and necessary in the world,
2. developing and full of opportunities,
3. modern, innovative and full of ideas
4. winning in local markets and taking advantage of global scale,
5. inspiring, being worthy of trust and loyalty of customers, workers and communities.
According to declarations of Tesco representatives, the third point is the central element of the
vision. The wish to implement these guidelines brought implementation of many new
solutions.
Tesco declares realisation of the strategies on the basis of application of the principles of
knowledge management and the key element of Tesco expansive strategy is innovative
application of new IT technologies.
Tesco manages human capital effectively. In its organisational structure we can distinguish
almost 700 various positions. The fact that 80% of supervisors and managers come from
promotions inside the company is a special expression of human capital management. In
results of Antal International research conducted under the patronage of Business Centre
Club, Tesco was located in the first top ten of most appreciated employers in the sector of
1
Major information about Tesco is taken from http://www.tesco-polska.pl/, accessed 1.09. 2014
10
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
This proves that the company takes care that the workers knowledge stays with them for a
long time while being transformed in time into procedures and patterns of behaviour. This
represents transformation of human capital into structural capital.
According to Elbieta Dreliszak (Report, 2014), the manager of training and development
department, high level of knowledge management originates at attitudes and beliefs of
employees and managers who are initiators and participants in operations in this sphere.
Activities of headquarters in this sphere refer to translation of the concept of development of
competences into training activities and development of various forms of learning. Individual
operations also occur in operational part of the company. The major task and responsibility of
the people working in personnel structures is development of workers competences through
increasing their knowledge and skills. Each of Tesco employees works in compliance with
Tesco Values. One of the values that lets better understand achievements in the sphere of
knowledge management is expressed in the following words: We share knowledge and
experience to be pleased and satisfied with the work.
What is more Tesco is a new customer of LeasePlan Fleet Management. The company offers
complex services in the sphere of management of transportation fleet. Vehicles will be
managed externally in as many as five countries, including Poland (Czarnecki, 2013). New IT
systems supplied by this company provide access to information concerning the fleet via
Internet.
The company also focuses on new solutions and technologies that make it easier for
customers to do shopping. As one of the firsts it implemented the line of self-service
checkouts and installed cameras to make queues shorter.
In 2009 they also started loyalty program for its customers Clubcard. Clubcard program is
based on the idea that while doing everyday shopping, the shop exchanges money that are
spent into points that are quarterly exchanged into vouchers and discount coupons for
products from categories that are most often selected by customers. Additionally, while
paying with Tesco card, you can always benefit from Free Instalment Purchase Plan 0%.
The employees can, among others, benefit from a special Clubcard program for customers
that have a permanent 10% discount on shopping.
Already in 2012 the service of shopping via Internet E-shopping was started. Currently, the
service is available in 16 regions of Poland and reaches over 25% of Polish residents. Tesco
customers can order shopping while using computer or smartphone. They can also order
delivery to their place or come and personally collect the shopping while using Order and
Collect service.
11
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Tesco also offers Wi-Fi service to its customers. It is the response to adjusting to needs and
preferences of customers who can look for information about products using mobile devices
(Sztangret and Bilinska-Reformat, 2014b).
Tesco has spent USD 932 011 thousand on various tools from IT sector (state of 2011)
(Sztangret and Biliska-Reformat, 2014a). All projects implemented through these
expenditures, effectively support Tesco on the way to success. The company is constantly
developing. In the near future Tesco managers declare purchase of other IT solutions.
However, in recent days, Tesco representatives announced cutbacks in expenditures on IT,
due to deteriorating financial forecasts caused by generally difficult market conditions and
current investments. However, Tesco remains at the forefront of trade companies with respect
to the use of modern technologies (Baldwin, 2014).
6. CONCLUSION
It results from considerations included in the paper that in the present times, defined as New
Economy, there occurs business environment in which information and knowledge, thanks to
people and teleinformation technologies, are becoming the major driving force for economic
development and also the fundamental criterion determining business success or failure of
entities, companies, regions and whole economies.
This paper focuses only on the essence and importance of individual determinants essential
for management of contemporary enterprise such as knowledge, people, technologies and
intellectual capital. Each of the areas can, and should be more extensively and precisely
analysed and thus they can constitute the subject of further considerations in successive
papers by the Author.
7. LITERATURE
1. Baldwin C. (2014), Tesco to reduce IT spend in a bid to cut costs, [available at:
http://www.computerweekly.com/news/2240227795/Tesco-to-reduce-IT-spend-in-a-bid-
to-cut-costs accessed: 11.09.2014.].
2. Bernard J. (2006), A Typology of Knowledge Management System Use by Teams,
Proceedings of the 39th Hawaii International Conference on Social Sciences, [available at:
http://csdl2.computer.org/comp/proceedings/hicss/2006/2507/07/250770155a.pdf
accessed: 10.09.2014.].
12
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
13
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
14
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Znanje kao temeljni ekonomski resurs se po svojim kljunim obiljejima razlikuje od ostala
tri temeljna ekonomska resursa. Dok se rad, kapital i zemlja troe i umanjuju svoju vrijednost,
dotle se znanju uporabom i dijeljenjem poveava vrijednost jer se stvara novo znanje koje
moe biti temelj za unaprjeenje postojeih poslovnih procesa i stvaranje potpuno novih
proizvoda i usluga. tovie, vrijednost veine roba i usluga u modernoj ekonomiji zapravo se
temelji na znanju koje je u njih utkano. Ovo vrijedi za sve djelatnosti pa tako i za distributivnu
trgovinu. U ovome radu najprije e se obrazloiti pojmovi vezani uz stvaranje znanja u
poduzeima openito, zatim e se obrazloiti temeljni izvori znanja trgovakog poduzea i
poloaj informacijske tehnologije u modelu znanja trgovakog poduzea. Konano, detaljnije
e se obraditi informacijska tehnologija i njena uloga u stvaranju znanja trgovakog poduzea
poevi od transakcijskog informacijskog sustava preko primjene poslovne inteligencije do
suvremenih tehnologija koje mijenjaju tradicionalne poslovne procese u distributivnoj
trgovini.
15
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The key features of the knowledge as an basic economic resource are different comparing to
the other three basic economic resources. While the labor, capital and land are spending and
reduce its value over the time, knowledge increases its value throughout usage and sharing
because by sharing it creates new knowledge that can be the basis for the improvement of
existing business processes and the creation of entirely new products and services. Moreover,
the value of most goods and services in the modern economy is, actually, based on the
knowledge that is embedded in them. This applies to all business activities including the
distribution trade. In this paper, firstly, we will explain the concepts related to the creation of
knowledge in companies in general, and then we will explain the basic sources of knowledge
distributive trade companies. Afterwards, the position of information technology in the model
of knowledge of commercial enterprises will be described. Finally, we will scrutinize
information technology and its role in knowledge creating in commercial enterprises ranging
from transactional information system throughout the use of business intelligence up to
modern technologies which are changing the traditional business processes in distributive
trade.
1. UVOD
Ako pomnije prouimo stariju poslovnu literaturu, uoit emo da poslovni teoretiari jo od
davnih vremena zagovaraju proaktivan odnos poduzea i poslovnih ljudi prema znanju. Kao
primjer moemo uzeti Benedikta Kotruljevia koji je jo u 15. st. u svojoj knjizi "O trgovini i
savrenom trgovcu" pisao o odnosu trgovca prema znanju. Isticao je da trgovac ne smije
poslovanje obavljati po sjeanju, ve ga mora temeljiti na pisanim dokumentima; da treba
stalno uiti o sebi i drugima; te da informacije dobivene od drugih trgovaca mora istraiti
(Kotruljevi, prijevod 1985). Spomenuti naputci aktualni su i danas te moemo rei da su sr
teorije o upravljanju znanjem poduzea (engl. knowledge management).
Moemo posegnuti i za jo starijim izvorima, npr. oko 350. g. pr. Kr. osnovne ideje Sun Tzu-a
(kineskog vojskovoe) vezane uz postavljanje strategije temeljene na znanju, eksplicitno su
zapisane u knjizi Umijee ratovanja (2012):
Dubokim znanjem naela, nered se moe pretvoriti u red, promijeniti opasnost u
sigurnost, promijeniti razaranje u preivljavanje, promijeniti nesreu u sreu.
Duboko znanje jest biti svjestan smetnji prije smetnji, biti svjestan opasnosti prije
opasnosti, biti svjestan razaranja prije razaranja, biti svjestan nesree prije nesree.
16
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Meutim, neki zaetnikom ideje upravljanja znanjem smatraju Petera Druckera (2003: 116 i
241-244) koji je poetkom devedesetih godina dvadesetog stoljea znanje opisao kao
ekonomski resurs koji je po svome znaenju ispred triju tradicionalnih poslovnih resursa:
rada, kapitala i zemlje zato to znanje sve vie utjee na nain kako se temeljni resursi
kombiniraju sve bre stvarajui sve veu novu vrijednost za potroaa tako to se znanje
ugrauje u nove proizvode, usluge i procese mijenjajui strukturu vrijednosti proizvoda i
usluga. Ovo je detaljnije pojasnio Edvinsson (2003: 47-53) koji ukazuje na injenicu da se
priroda konkurentske prednosti preselila od fizikog prema neopipljivom, te da se ekonomija
danas vie ne smije temeljiti iskljuivo na produktivnosti fizikih resursa uloenih u proces
proizvodnje ili pruanja usluga. On naglaava da se vrijednost robe vie ne formira iskljuivo
po principu vrijednosti njene proizvodnje kako je tvrdio Adam Smith. Takoer, Edvinsson
(2003: 64) tvrdi da se vrijednost veine roba i usluga danas temelji na pameti koja je utkana u
njih, te da u ekonomiji znanja vrijednost postaje stvar iskustva. U takvoj ekonomiji ideje i
brzo uenje nova su valuta poslovanja, a neopipljiva dobra, tj. znanja mogu initi i do 90%
vrijednosti poduzea.
Tome u prilog govore podaci vodeih svjetskih poduzea gdje je oit sve vei porast udjela
neopipljive imovine u trinoj vrijednosti poduzea. Primjerice, Daum (2001: 4) prikazuje da
u strukturi imovine 500 poduzea s liste S&P ve krajem 1990-tih godina neopipljiva imovina
ini skoro 85% ukupne imovine poduzea, dok je poetkom 1980-tih ona inila manje od 40%
ukupne imovine poduzea.
Sredinom 1990-tih godina poinje se koristiti pojam intelektualnog kapitala kojime se opisuje
ekonomska vrijednost neopipljive imovine poduzea. Struktura intelektualnog kapitala
uobiajeno se dijeli na tri potkategorije (Bontis, 1998; Huang i dr., 2007):
1. ljudski kapital
2. strukturni kapital
3. kapital kupaca ili poslovnih odnosa.
17
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kapital kupaca i poslovnih odnosa odnosi se na poloaj i odnose poduzea u lancu vrijednosti.
Sustavan pristup organizaciji odnosa s kupcima i dobavljaima podie uinkovitost lanca
vrijednosti i poveava zadovoljstvo sudionika lanca. Zato poduzea razvijaju dugorone
odnose sa sudionicima svojeg lanca vrijednosti, te s njima razmjenjuju informacije kako bi
stvorili vee vrijednosti za krajnjeg potroaa i poboljali uinkovitost lanca nabave.
U nastavku emo obrazloiti pojam znanja te ciklusa stvaranja znanja u poduzeima, zatim
emo analizirati i opisati strukturu stjecanja znanja u trgovakim poduzeima, a u posljednjem
poglavlju detaljnije emo opisati informacijsku tehnologiju kao bitan imbenik stvaranja
znanja u trgovakim poduzeima.
U suvremenoj poslovnoj literaturi postoji razliit skup definicija o znanju koje uvelike ovise o
osobnom stajalitu i svjetonazoru autora. Za Druckera (2005: 167-169) je znanje informacija
koja je osnova za neko djelovanje i koja mijenja neto ili nekoga inei osobu ili organizaciju
sposobnom za uinkovitije djelovanje. On tvrdi i da se djelotvornost u poslovanju moe
nauiti (Drucker, 2001: 9-12).
Polanyi (1967: 4), a zatim Nonaka i Takeuchi (1995: 59) znanje poduzea, s obzirom na
mogunost njegove formalizacije, dijele u dvije kategorije:
1. eksplicitno (engl. explicit)
2. implicitno (engl. tacit) znanje.
Eksplicitno znanje je formalno znanje koje se moe iskazati, zapisati, prenijeti i sauvati u
nekom kodificiranom obliku (kao to je npr. knjiga, rjenik, baza podataka, web stranica,
dokument, graf itd.), stoga se kreirano eksplicitno znanje moe smatrati klasinom imovinom
poduzea. S druge strane, implicitno znanje je ono koje se ne moe formalizirati niti
kodificirati, ono proizlazi iz iskustva i ovisno je o kontekstu, a nalazi se u podsvjesnoj razini u
mozgu neke osobe. Kada se implicitno znanje eli prenijeti, to se obino radi razgovorom,
prianjem pria ili razmjenom iskustava.
S gledita poduzea implicitno znanje je problematino jer nije iskazano, nalazi se u mozgu
pojedinca pa se odlaskom pojedinca iz poduzea ono zapravo gubi. Stoga poduzea, s jedne
strane, trae naine za zadravanje sposobnih pojedinaca, a s druge strane, nastoje to vie
implicitnog znanja pretvoriti u eksplicitno, tj. kodificirano znanje pohranjeno na nekom
mediju koje e biti vlasnitvo poduzea i kojim e poduzee moi raspolagati i nakon to
pojedinac iz poduzea ode.
18
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Davenport i Prusak (1998) poduzee promatraju kao trite znanja gdje kupci (oni kojima je
znanje potrebno kako bi rijeili neki problem), prodavai (oni koji slove da neto znaju o
nekom procesu ili temi) i brokeri (posrednici izmeu onih koji znaju i onih kojima je znanje
potrebno) razmjenjuju znanje vodei se trinim principima koristei tri sredstva plaanja:
reciprocitet, ugled i altruizam. U takvim okvirima, tvrde Davenport i Prusak, stvaranje znanja
odvija se u 3 temeljna procesa, to su: (1) stvaranje znanja, (2) kodifikacija, te (3) prijenos
znanja.
S druge strane, polazei od pretpostavke da postoje dvije dimenzije znanja, tj. znanje koje se
moe formalizirati i znanje koje se ne moe formalizirati (eksplicitno i implicitno znanje),
Nonaka proces stvaranja znanja objanjava modelom spirale znanja ili tzv. SECI ciklusom (od
engl. Socialization; Externalization; Combination; Internalization). U nastavku e se pojasniti
pojmovi koriteni u spomenutom modelu.
Socijalizacija je proces kojim se implicitno znanje, tj. iskustvo dijeli izmeu pojedinaca
stvarajui novo implicitno znanje. Nonaka (2001 i dr.: 495) kao prvi primjer ovakvog
prijenosa znanja navodi naukovanje (struna praksa) gdje se znanje sa majstora na naunika
(egrta) prenosi na temelju procesa promatranje-oponaanje, taj proces jo nazivamo uenje
kroz rad (engl. learning by doing). Kao drugi primjer navodi druenja izvan radnog mjesta
kao to su zajedniki obroci kojima se izmeu zaposlenih izmjenjuje pogled na svijet i razvija
meusobno povjerenje.
Nonaka, takoer istie da kombinaciju znanja moe uvelike olakati kreativna uporaba
informacijsko-komunikacijske tehnologije.
19
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Nain na koji e trgovako poduzee ustrojiti svoje poslovanje i provoditi svoje procese ovisi
o vie razliitih imbenika. imbenici koji utjeu na poslovanje trgovakog poduzea mogu
se podijeliti u osnovne kategorije:
1. imbenici makrookruenja
2. imbenici mikrookruenja
3. unutranji imbenici.
imbenici makrookruenja su openiti trini uvjeti koji vrijede u nekoj dravi ili regiji, oni
predstavljaju kontekst u kojemu poduzee posluje. U imbenike makrookruenja ubrajaju se:
gospodarski, demografski, politiki, pravni i tehnoloki okvir poslovanja. Nain na koji
trgovako poduzee posluje u velikoj mjeri ovisi o sposobnosti njegove prilagodbe uvjetima
koji vladaju u okruenju, te o njegovoj sposobnosti za usklaivanje sa znaajnim djelovanjima
okruenja (Kent i Omar, 2003: 33). Kent i Omar (2003: 34) ukazuju na injenicu da razina
utjecaja vanjskih imbenika ovisi o fazi razvoja poduzea, oni tvrde da e poduzea u zrelijoj
fazi razvoja drugaije interpretirati i reagirati na imbenike iz okruenja nego poduzea u fazi
razvoja. Takoer, tvrde da poduzea isto okruenje mogu razliito interpretirati i ovisno od
stila menadera. U skladu s navedenim, razliita je i razina i detaljnost znanja koja poduzea
prikupljaju.
imbenici mikrookruenja su specifini trini uvjeti koji se odnose izravno na poduzee. Oni
su uskoj interakciji s poduzeem i izravno utjeu na planiranje poslovnih ciljeva i njihovu
operacionalizaciju. Prema analizi mikrookruenja, poduzee organizira svoje poslovne
procese te strukturira unutarnje procedure potrebne za izvrenje poslovnih procesa. U ove
imbenike ubrajaju se: poslovni partneri (dobavljai i kupci), konkurenti, dostupna radna
snaga, financijske institucije i logistike organizacije, a kod maloprodajnih poduzea
potroai. Kent i Omar (2003: 34) ukazuju i na to da poduzee treba analizirati nekoliko
imbenika mikrookruenja, a to su: dobavljai, kupci, konkurenti i ostali (banke,
osiguravajua drutva, prijevoznici itd., op. a.). Slian pristup imaju Dunne i dr. (2002: 105-
122) koji mikrookruenje razmatraju kroz nunost spoznavanja razine konkurencije i trine
strukture, te promatranje potrane i ponuake strane u maloprodaji. Oni tvrde da e
maloprodavai koji prouavaju i reagiraju na lokalnu konkurenciju biti profitabliniji nego oni
koji samo prouavaju trendove na dravnoj razini jer ti trendovi nuno ne utjeu na svaki dio
lokalnog trita (Dunne i dr., 2002: 109).
Temeljem opisanih imbenika, moemo zakljuiti kako se izvori znanja trgovakog poduzea
mogu podijeliti na:
1. unutarnje
2. vanjske.
20
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Unutarnji izvori su oni koji se nalaze unutar poduzea i kojima poduzee raspolae. U njih se
ubrajaju: zaposlenici koji koriste strunost za stvaranje novih znanja unutar poduzea, baze
podataka poduzea, arhive poslovnih dokumenata, knjige, asopisi i lanci koje poduzee
posjeduje, intranet i informacijski portal poduzea itd.
Vanjski su izvori oni koji se nalaze izvan poduzea koje poduzee ne stvara niti s njima
raspolae. Vanjski izvori su knjinice, Internet, baze podataka konzultantskih kua i vladinih
organizacija, informacijski portali drugih poduzea, ekstraneti, poslovne komunikacije i
dokumentacija koja se prima od poslovnih partnera, vladinih i nevladinih organizacija itd.
Mikrookruenje Kupci
Znanje poduzea
Zaposleni Konkurencija
Informacijska
Unutranji izvori
tehnologija
Suradnja
Svaka stavka u modelu znanja trgovakog poduzea ima svoja specifina obiljeja, ali u
ovome radu, u nastavku emo se fokusirati samo na informacijsku tehnologiju te njen utjecaj
na stvaranje znanja u trgovini.
Prema teoriji poslovne informatike, informacijski sustav poduzea trebao bi obavljati sljedee
funkcije:
1. obradu poslovnih transakcija
2. upravljanje osobnim uredskim poslovanjem pojedinca
3. biti potpora odluivanju na raznim razinama upravljanja.
21
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U skladu s ove tri funkcije kaemo da se poslovni informacijski sustav dijeli na tri
podsustava, to u: (1) transakcijski, (2) uredski i (3) menaderski. Slika 2 prikazuje razine
informacijskog sustava. Svaki od navedenih podsustava temeljit e se na razliitoj
programskoj osnovi (software), a koristit e zajedniku tehniku infrastrukturu u obliku baze
podataka i raunalne mree.
Dok se, tradicionalno, u informacijskom sustavu poduzea jednaka vanost pridavala svim
njegovim strukturnim komponentama 2 , danas takozvane "meke" (engl. soft) komponente
informacijskog sustava sve vie dobivaju na znaenju. To je i razumljivo, a proizlazi iz
injenice da su cijene hardverskih komponenti i standardnih programskih aplikacija danas
relativno niske, te da vie nema problema to se tie njihove dostupnosti na tritu.
Ono to je danas u informacijskom sustavu najvanije jest (a) znanje koje se ogleda u
programskim rjeenjima prilagoenim specifinim potrebama poduzea korisnika
informacijskih sustava, te (b) znanje ljudi koji e postojeu informacijsku tehnologiju koristiti
na inovativan nain stvarajui novo znanje koje je mogue implementirati u proizvode, usluge
i sam trini nastup poduzea.
2
tehnikoj infrastrukturi (hardware), mreama (netware), programskoj potpori (software), organizaciji podataka
(dataware), organizaciji cjelokupnog sustava (orgware) i ljudskoj komponenti (lifeware).
22
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: Ahlert, D., Becker, J., Kenning, P., Schtte, B (ur.), Internet & co. im Handel, Springer,
Berlin, 2000, str. 91
23
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U H-modelu trgovine u centru promatranja su zalihe robe (slika 3), te njihova nabava, prodaja
i otprema. S jedne strane H-modela nalazi se proces nabave robe koji se dijeli u nekoliko
podprocesa: naruivanje, doprema, zaprimanje, provjera ulaznih rauna, te voenje
knjigovodstva dobavljaa (tj. obveza). S druge strane modela nalazi se proces prodaje robe
koji obuhvaa marketinke aktivnosti, operacionalizaciju prodaje, otpremu robe i njen izlazak
sa skladita, fakturiranje i voenje knjigovodstva kupaca (tj. potraivanja).
Fazu inicijative moe zapoeti prodava koji pod odreenim uvjetima robe i usluge nudi
potencijalnom kupcu (ili kupcima), no est je sluaj i da inicijativa krene sa strane kupca. To
se dogaa u sluaju kada se kupac informira o dostupnosti robe i uvjetima sklapanja
kupoprodajnog posla putem upita.
Sljedea je faza zakljuak posla. Posao se izmeu kupca i prodavaa moe zakljuiti u obliku
opeg ugovora o suradnji ili konkretnog kupoprodajnog ugovora. No, u operativnom
poslovanju najei je nain zakljuivanje posla na temelju narudbe i njene potvrde.
Naruenu robu, na temelju specificiranih uvjeta prodava izuzima sa svojega skladita i putem
vlastite dostavne slube ili uz uporabu usluga transportnog poduzea isporuuje kupcu, uz svu
potrebnu prateu transportnu dokumentaciju. Roba nakon toga dolazi na skladite kupca koji
ju zaprima, potvruje primitak i odreuje njenu cijenu za daljnju prodaju.
Za isporuenu robu izrauje se raun, te kupac na temelju izdanog rauna (fakture) prenosi
sredstva na raun prodavaa, te ga o tome izvjeuje ime je trgovaki poslovni proces
zavren.
24
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
poslovnu suradnju. Nastavak poslovne suradnje je preporuljiv zbog trokova stjecanja novog
poslovnog partnera za koje se tvrdi da su i trostruko vei negoli su trokovi nastavka
poslovanja s postojeim poslovnim partnerima. Slika 4 prikazuje faze poslovnog procesa u
trgovini zajedno s njihovim temeljnim zadacima i ciljevima.
25
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Novo znanje iz baza podataka stvara se razliitim analitikim metodama koje imaju za cilj iz
pregrt prikupljenih transakcijskih podataka izvui skrivena znanja koja e omoguiti
ostvarenje boljih poslovnih rezultata. Skrivena znanja oitavaju se, primjerice, u
prepoznavanju pravila ponaanja poslovnih partnera dobavljaa i kupaca, pravaca kretanja
roba, te otkrivanju uzrono-posljedinih veza unutar podataka (npr. postoje li proizvodi koji
se kupuju zajedno, jesu li kupci skloni kupovanju supstituta itd).
26
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Iako se u literaturi istie da informacijska tehnologija nije i ne moe biti iskljuivi izvor
strateke prednosti poduzea, ona je osnova na kojoj se temelji ubrzanje procesa stvaranja
znanja. Ona je infrastruktura za provoenje razliitih analiza nad povijesnim transakcijskim
podacima, ali i sredstvo putem kojeg se prikupljaju znanja iz okoline poduzea. Ako se
svrsishodno koristi, ona ima pozitivan upliv u procesu donoenja odluka o poslovnoj strategiji
(Turban, 1999). Tradicionalnim shvaanjem informacijske tehnologije kao puke potpore
obavljanju elementarnih poslovnih transakcija, trgovaka poduzea proputaju priliku za
poboljanje poslovanja temeljeno na znanju kojeg ve ima pohranjenog u bazama podataka. S
ekonomskog gledita moemo rei da ovakav stav prema informacijskoj tehnologiji proizvodi
visoke oportunitetne trokove koji se ogledaju u proputenim prilikama za poboljanje
trinog nastupa ime se negativno utjee na proces stvaranja vrijednosti poduzea.
Poslovna se informatika danas osobito brzo razvija u podruju provoenja analiza i izradi
razliitih vrsta menaderskih izvjetaja. Najpropulzivnija grana poslovne informatike danas je
poslovna inteligencija. Ona, prema Panianu (2007: 4-5), obuhvaa etiri sastavnice, to su: (1)
klijentska inteligencija (znanja o kupcima, op.a.), (2) kompetitivna inteligencija (znanja o
konkurenciji i trinim uvjetima, op.a.), (3) inteligencija opskrbnog lanca (znanja o
dobavljaima i zalihama, op.a.), te (4) unutarnja inteligencija poduzea (znanja o uspjenosti
vlastitog trinog nastupa, op.a.).
Prema Eckersonu (2003), poslovna inteligencija, kao skupina alata za potporu stratekom
odluivanju, donosi niz opipljivih i neopipljivih prednosti za poduzee. Njegovo istraivanje o
uporabi sustava poslovne inteligencije u 510 poduzea pokazuje da je najvanija prednost
uteda vremena (60% ispitanika), zatim kod 59% ispitanika - postojanje jedne verzije istine3 i
poboljano strateko planiranje (kod 57% ispitanika); dok je poboljanje financijskog poloaja
poduzea koje se ogleda u porastu prihoda i poveanju stope povrata (ROI) na posljednjem
mjestu (oboje manje od 35% ispitanika).
3
pojam se odnosi na uporabu centralizirane baze podataka koja je zajednika za cijelo poduzee te zajedniki
postupak pripreme podataka prije analitike obrade, t.j. izbjegavanje redundancije podataka unutar
informacijskog sustava. Sve u informacijskom sustavu poinje i zavrava jedinstvenom bazom podataka.
27
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Slinu strukturu suvremenog informacijskog sustava opisuju Sahay i Zanjan (2008) koji
ukazuju na potrebu dostupnosti agregiranih poslovnih informacija u stvarnom vremenu. Oni
ukazuju da u lancu nabave poslovna inteligencija doprinosi boljem razumijevanju ukupnih
trokova i omoguuje optimizaciju funkcioniranja lanca nabave.
Kao glavne prednosti ovako ustrojenog informacijskog sustava Sahay i Ranjan (2008)
izdvajaju: brzu obradu velike koliine informacija uz njihovo agregiranje radi donoenja
odluka vezanih uz prodaju, te mogunost poboljanja efikasnosti poslovnih procesa, dok kao
glavne nedostatke istiu relativno visoke trokove uvoenja i sloenost sustava poslovne
inteligencije.
Burke (2006) razvoj tehnologija za pozadinske procese (engl. back-office) u trgovini promatra
kroz tri vala (faze). Svaki val temeljen je na razliitoj tehnologiji, a u fokusu interesa su
razliite varijable i mjere kojima se ocjenjuje uspjenost trinog nastupa trgovakog
poduzea (tablica 1).
28
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
29
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
najmodernije IT, Kalyanam, Lal i Wolfram (2006) kao tehnologije s velikim potencijalom
izdvajaju sljedee:
PSA je ureaj koji se postavlja na kolica za kupnju kako bi kupcu omoguio dobivanje
informacija o proizvodima, posebnim ponudama, te oitavanje cijene proizvoda prije
njegovog stavljanja u kolica. Ureaj se sastoji od ekrana na dodir (engl. touch screen) i itaa
crtinog koda, a sa sredinjim sustavom povezan je beinom WiFi vezom, dok za prikaz
tekstualnih i slikovnih sadraja koristi http protokol (Kalyanam, 2006: 96). Osim informiranja
kupca tijekom kupnje, najznaajnija je prednost ovoga sustava automatsko oitanje sadraja
kolica na izlasku iz prodavaonice kojim se proces kupovanja znaajno skrauje jer kupac
proizvode ne mora stavljati na pokretnu vrpcu kako bi blagajnik/ca oitavala cijene artikl po
artikl. S obzirom da su cijene svih proizvoda ve oitane prilikom njihovog stavljanja u
kolica, dovoljno je samo s PSA ureaja oitati informacije o sadraju kolica te izvagati
sadraj u kolicima. Usporeujui podatke o sadraju kolica oitane s PSA ureaja i teine
proizvoda pohranjene u centralnom raunalu, sa teinom sadraja kolica, omoguena je
dodatna kontrola prije kupevog izlaza iz prodajnog prostora ime se smanjuje mogunost
krae.
U novije vrijeme PSA se implementira kao aplikacija na pametni mobilni ureaj korisnika
(engl. smartphone) te se zapravo onda govori o MSA (eng. Mobile Shopping Assistant)
aplikaciji koja se vrlo lako moe integrirati sa drutvenim mreama, navigacijskim
aplikacijama, te drugim aplikacijama koje korisnik ima na svojem mobilnom ureaju. Ovako
se mogunosti stjecanja znanja o ponaanju potroaa znatno poveavaju s obzirom da veina
potroaa svoje pametne mobilne ureaje (engl. smartphone) intenzivno koristi u
svakodnevnom ivotu pa se produbljuje pitanje privatnosti i sigurnosti potroaa.
Inteligentne vage imaju ugraen sustav na bazi kamera za prepoznavanje robe koja se vae.
Povezane su sa centralnim raunalom otkuda povlae informacije o robi ukljuujui njen
datum nabave, rok uporabe, te cijenu. Kada kupac izvae robu, povezuju se s PSA ureajima
automatski prenosei podatke o vaganoj robi tako da kupac ne treba runo unositi podatke,
ve samo staviti izvaganu robu u kolica za kupnju.
30
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
RFID (engl. Radio Frequency IDentification) tehnologija ili tehnologija identifikacije radio
frekvencijom temelji se na uporabi elektromagnetskih oznaka (tagova) na proizvodima.
Oznake slue kao odzivnici koji reagiraju na radio frekvencijske valove, a mogu biti pasivne -
samo za itanje i aktivne - za itanje i pohranu podataka. Druga komponenta RFID sustava su
RFID itai koji odailju radio signale traei odgovor od jednog ili vie odzivnika. Iako
odzivnici ne trebaju biti u vidnom polju itaa kako je to bio sluaj sa crtinim kodom, ipak je
udaljenost izmeu itaa i odzivnika moe biti ograniavajui imbenik za uspjeh oitavanja
podataka. Trea komponenta RFID sustava je raunalna mrea u kojoj se obrauju i uvaju
podaci. Glavne prednosti RFID oznaka u odnosu na crtini kod su: olakano lociranje
proizvoda, nema potrebe za individualnim oitavanjem svakog proizvoda, mogunost pohrane
vee koliine razliitih informacija unutar same oznake te njihovo lake auriranje, olakanje
upravljanja robom na zalihi, lake praenje robe od proizvoaa do potroaa. Meutim,
visoki trokovi uvoenja ove tehnologije jo su uvijek ogranienje njenoj iroj primjeni. Zbog
navedenih prednosti pretpostavlja se da e ova tehnologija u bliskoj budunosti u velikom
dijelu zamijeniti poslovanje temeljeno na crtinom kodu, osobito za potrebe velikih isporuka
u logistikom lancu.
Ili jo vie, opisuju se i testiraju scenariji pametnih kunih ureaja kao to je primjerice
hladnjak koji e biti u mogunosti sam kreirati listu za kupnju i automatski ju proslijediti na
pametni telefon vlasnika ili ak izravno maloprodavau kako bi ovaj organizirao dostavu
robe.
31
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. ZAKLJUAK
Velik broj autora slae se kako je danas znanje osnova konkurentske prednosti poduzea
neovisno o njegovoj djelatnosti. Stoga se razvijaju modeli kojima se opisuje stvaranje znanja
u poduzeima. U ovome radu obradili smo modele Davenporta i Prusaka, s jedne strane, te
Nonake i suradika, s druge strane. U oba modela pokazuje se kako se sva znanja ne mogu
kodificirati i pretvoriti u opipljivu imovinu poduzea. Meutim, odreenim postupcima
znanja se mogu pretvarati iz jednog oblika u drugi te prenositi unutar poduzea i razmjenjivati
s okolinom to e dovesti do novih ciklusa stvaranja znanja.
Na kraju treba istaknuti kako je informacijski sustav je bitan, ali ne i jedini dio sustava za
upravljanje znanjem poduzea. Kako bi se proces stvaranja znanja mogao odvijati, nuna je i
odgovarajua razina obrazovanja zaposlenih, te njihova spremnost na suradnju u procesu
razmjene znanja.
6. LITERATURA
1. Ahlert, D., Becker, J., Kenning, P., Schtte, B (ur.) (2000), Internet & co. im Handel,
Springer, Berlin
2. Ahlert, D., Olbrich, R. i Schrder, H. (ur.) (2006), Wissenmanagement in Vertrieb,
Handel ind Unternehmensnetwerken, Deutscher Fachverlag, Frankfurt
3. Bontis, N. (1998), Intellectual Capital: an exploratory study that develops measures and
models, Management Decisions, Vol. 36., No.2, str. 63-76
4. Burke, R. R. (2006), The third wave of Marketing intelligence, u Kraft, M., Mantrala, M.
K. (ur.), Retailing in the 21st Century, Springer, Berlin, str. 113-125
5. Chou, D.C. i Tripuramallu, H.B. (2005), BI and ERP, Information Management &
Computer Security, Vol. 113, No. 5, str. 340-349
6. Daum, J. H. (2001), Intagible Assets and Value Creation, John Wiley and Sons, 2001.
7. Davenport, T. H. and Prusak, L. (1998), Working Knowledge: How Organizations
Manage What They Know, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.
8. Drucker, P. (2001), Efikasan direktor, Binoza Press, Zagreb
9. Drucker, P.(2005), Najvanije o menadmentu, M.E.P. Consult, Zagreb
10. Drucker, P.(2003), The New Realities, Transaction Publishers, New Jersey (ponovljeno i
ureeno izdanje)
11. Dunne, P. M., Lusch, R. F., Griffith, D. A. (2002), Retailing, Thomson Learning
12. Eckerson, E. (2003), Smart Companies in the 21st Century: The Secrets of Creating
Succesful Business, Intelligent Solutions, The DW Institute, Seattle
13. Edvinsson, L. (2003), Korporacijska longituda, Difero, Zagreb
14. Hansen, H.R. (1996), Wirtschaftsinformatik I, Lucius&Lucius, Stuttgart
32
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
15. Huang, C.C., Luther, R., Tayles, R. (2007), An evidence-based taxonomy of intellectual
capital, Journal of Intellectual Capital, Vol. 8, No. 3, str. 386-408
16. Kalyanam, K., Lal, R. i Wolfram, G. (2006), Future Store Technologies and Their Impact
on Grocery Retailing, in Kraft, M., Mantrala, M. K. (ur.), Retailing in the 21st Century,
Springer, Berlin, str. 96-112
17. Kent, T. i Omar, O.(2003), Retailing, Palgrave MacMillan, N.Y
18. Kliment, A. (2003) , Tradicionalne i digitalne poslovne komunikacije, Mikrorad, Zagreb
19. Kotruljevi, B. (1458, prijevod 2005), Knjiga o umijeu trgovanja, prijevod Binoza press
20. Kotruljevi, B. (1458, prijevod 1985), O trgovini i savrenu trgovcu, 1458., prijevod s
komentarom, JAZU, Zagreb
21. Nonaka, I. i Takeuchi, H. (1995), The Knowledge Creating Company, Oxford University
Press
22. Nonaka, I., (1994) A Dynamic Theory of Organizational Knowledge Creation,
Organization Science, Vol. 5, No. 1, str. 14-37
23. Nonaka, I., Toyama, R., i Byosire, P. (2001), Theory of Organizational Knowledge
Creation: Understanding the Dynamic Process of Creating Knowledge, u Diekers,
Berthoin Antal, Child, Nonaka (ur.), Handbook of Organizational Learning and
Knowledge, Oxford University Press, str. 491-517
24. Panian, . i suradnici (2007), Poslovna inteligencija, Narodne Novine, Zagreb
25. Polanyi, M.(1967), The Tacit Dimension, Doubleday, New York
26. Sahay, B.S., Ranjan, J. (2008), Real Time Business Intelligence in Supply Cahin
Analytics, Information Management & Computer Security, Vol. 16, No. 1, str. 28-48
27. Skandia (1995), Intellectual Capital, Supplement to Skandia's Annual Report
28. Sria, V. (2003 i 2004), Inventivni menader u 100 lekcija, Znanje, Zagreb
29. Sria, V. (1994), Inventivni meneder, MEP Consult, Zagreb
30. Turban, E. et al. (1999), Information Technology for Management: Making Connections
for Strategic Advantage, J. Wiley & Sons, New York
31. Turban, E., Sharda, R., Aronson, J. E. & King, D. (2007), Business Intelligence: A
Managerial Approach, Pearson Prentice Hall
32. Weitz, B. A. i Whifield, M.B. (2006), Trends in U.S. Retailing, in Kraft, M., Mantrala,
M. K. (ur.), Retailing in the 21st Century, Springer, Berlin, str. 59-75
33
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Znanje je kljuni element procesa upravljanja u organizaciji. Prijenos znanja, kao element
upravljanja znanjem, odreen je vjetinama i kompetencijama osoba koje sudjeluju unutar
organizacije i njenih suradnika. Kompetencije su sloeni skup vjetina, kao i uenje i iskustva
tima u poslovnim procesima. To je jedinstvena kombinacija materijalnih i nematerijalnih
resursa, koja se oslanjaju na znanje i odreivanje veliine postignutih ciljeva kroz
ukljuivanje klastera navedenih resursa. Kompetencije poduzea usporeuju se sa procesom
stvaranja znanja o kupcima, suradnicima i konkurentima, kao i integracijom tih znanja s
tehnologijom. Moemo govoriti o sinergijskom uinku koji proizlazi iz udruivanja znanja,
sposobnosti i vjetina te takoer naina razmiljanja razliitih entiteta, organizacija i ljudi koji
primjenjuju IT rjeenja. Oni favoriziraju uinkovito upravljanje znanjem koje je uvjet
konkurentnosti u tekoj gospodarskoj stvarnosti.
SECI model Ikujira Nonake, komentiran od strane autora poput H. Takeuchi, M. Alavi, D.E.
Leidner, M. Hayes, G. Walsham, Kimble i G. Von Krogh, u velikoj mjeri je opisan u
literaturi. Proceduralni pristup upravljanju znanjem predstavili su D.J. Skyrme, M. Sarvary,
W.R. Bukowitz i R.L. Willson. Resursni pristup znanju temelji se na konceptu koji je
predstavio D. Leonard-Barton. SECI model poznat je kao model "izvora znanja". Cilj ovog
rada je identificirati postojee poglede na holistike/integralne modele upravljanja znanjem i
konstruirati model na temelju studija iz knjievnosti i analize na znanju utemeljenih odnosa
promatranih na razini suradnje izmeu subjekata IT sektora i njihovih partnera u podruju
trgovine.
34
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
SECI model by Ikujiro Nonaka and commented upon by such authors as H. Takeuchi, M.
Alavi, D.E. Leidner, and also by M. Hayes, G.Walsham, Kimble as well as G. Von Krogh, is
extensively described in literature. Procedural approach to knowledge management is
presented for example by D.J. Skyrme, M. Sarvary, W.R. Bukowitz and R.L. Willson.
Resource approach to knowledge is based on the concept presented by D. Leonard-Barton. It
is known as the model of knowledge sources. The goal of this paper is to identify existing
views on holistic / integral models of knowledge management and to construct such a model
on the basis of studies in the literature and analysis of knowledge-based relations observed on
the level of cooperation between IT sector entities and their partners in the sphere of trade.
Critical analysis of the literature of the subject and profound case analysis are the methods
applied to attain the goal. The application of the case study method seems to be justified
because of the fact that: 1/ the studies concern contemporary, dynamic phenomena and
knowledge about the phenomena that is being created; 2/ they concern the study of a real
context of these phenomena at quite significant ambiguity of borders between their contexts
and the very phenomena, and 3/ the subject of the study is too complicated to explain the
cause-and-effect relationships by means of the method of survey or experiment. Leaders of IT
sector on Polish and worldwide market, including IBM, Microsoft, Intel and their commercial
partners, Value Added Distributors and Value Added Resellers, are the entities in the
research. In the period between 2000 and 2013 the authors regularly analysed the content of
Internet webpages of selected entities and authorised press / sponsored interviews presented in
trade and IT magazines, including Computerworld, IT-manager and CIO.
35
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
emission and absorption, as well as knowledge creation through cooperation and networking
of the process of knowledge management in studied companies is particularly important.
1. INTRODUCTION
The first collections of case studies that emphasised the importance of knowledge
management in dimensions of its strategies, processes and measurement are by Morey,
Maybury and Thurasingham of 2002 (Morey et al., 2002). Earlier, in 1999 the notion of
personal knowledge management5 had been introduced. It referred to knowledge management
on individual level (Wright, 2005; Grundspenkins, 2007; Smedley, 2009; Pollard, 2008).
Knowledge management is defined by Beckman, through the prism of decision-making
approach, process approach (Cross, 1998; Blake, 1998; Perechuda, 2005), process and system
approach (Malhorta, 1998; OSullivan, 2007) and holistic approach (Bounfour, 2003;
Quintus, 1997).
Most of these definitions include several aspects of knowledge management, such as creating
the environment for knowledge formation, using the knowledge and creating knowledge for
decision-making, or they treat knowledge as a set of organizational and operational rules. In
general, most authors of the definitions assume that knowledge management enables an
organization to gain, store, transfer and apply knowledge inside and outside the organization.
Many authors point at benefits of application of knowledge management in an organization
(table 1).
4
The milestones in development of knowledge management include: announcing by Chaparrel Steel in 1975 that
its strategy and structure will be based on knowledge management and publishing by Skandia company the
annual report in 1991 annexed with the so-called Navigator the report on the value of intellectual capital. In
1993 in Boston there was the first conference on the subject of knowledge management. Others see the
beginning of the concept of knowledge management in the 1987, when in the USA they organised the
conference entitled Managing the Knowledge Assets into 21st Century and in Sweden the so-called Konrad
Group was started. It was engaged in intellectual capital management. Consultancy companies were one of the
first that noticed the need to distinguish a new level of management. For them knowledge was a product by
itself. Repositories including experience and knowledge of their consultants, for example KnowlegeCurve
(PricewaterhouseCoopers), Kworld (KPMG), Knowledge Xchange (Andersen), Knowledge Direct and others
started to be created.
5
Personal knowledge management (PKM) is a group of processes that include classification, storing, searching
for and getting knowledge with participation of individuals, in their everyday activities and ways in which these
processes support their activity. It is a bottom-up approach to knowledge management that emphasises the
importance of people in the process of growth, development and learning as opposed to the KM top-down
concept.
36
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
As it is shown in table 1, according to many authors, the scope of benefits resulting from
applying knowledge management in an organisation is really broad and undisputed.
Thus the problems of knowledge management, which is the synergy effect resulting from
combination of knowledge, competences and skills as well as ways of thinking of various
entities, organisations and people that apply IT solutions, particularly in BtoB relations, the
entities of technologically engaged sector of IT sector and their commercial partners in hard
economic reality seem particularly interesting.
37
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
In the literature of the subject, SECI Model by Ikujiro Nonaka is extensively described and
commented upon by other authors such as, among others: H. Takeuchi, M. Alavi, D.E.
Leidner, and also M. Hayes, G.Walsham, Kimble, and G. von Krogh. Further, process-based
approach to knowledge management is presented for example by D.J. Skyrme, M. Sarvary,
W. R. Bukowitz and R.L. Willson. Resource-based approach to knowledge is primarily
founded on the concept presented by D. Leonard-Barton, known as the model of "knowledge
sources". In the literature, relatively less attention is focused on the views on the subject of
holistic / integral model of knowledge management and the structure of such a model.
Literature studies and many years research of IT and trade sector entities performed by the
authors suggest application of such models at least in some extend. The paper undertakes the
problems of knowledge management through the prism of marketing concept including
network marketing that is in relations with customers and cooperants, while particularly
focusing on the last group.
In the paper the case study method that refers to knowledge management-based BtoB
relations of IT and trade sector entities is applied. The article analyses the case studies
described in secondary sources published in specialist periodicals and reports
(Computerworld, IT-manager, CIO) between the years 2000 and 2013. Critical analysis
of opinions of managers of IT sector (that is IBM, Microsoft, Intel and their commercial
partners) presented in sponsored press articles 6 that were significant suppliers of IT solutions
according to rankings in specialist magazines, was performed. Additionally, the content of
Internet webpages of selected entities was regularly analysed.
6
Because of the degree of complexity and innovative character of the research problem that is being solved,
research methods that are not classified in scientific sources are applied; however they are the ones of few that
can be applied on this stage, in the situation of unwillingness of selected respondents to be interviewed and their
suggestions to refer to authorised press statements.
38
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Knowledge application
The structure of this model shows not only scientific understanding of knowledge but also
social aspects of knowledge construction. It is not limited to the stage of revealing knowledge
but concerns repeated social interactions. Knowledge management ought to be supported by
all organisation stakeholders which, in turn, should find reflection in company outcomes. This
is about complementary approach to knowledge management as scientific and social category.
Holistic approach to knowledge management (SET KM Model) is based on three pillars: (1)
company strategy, that is, a strategic organisational concept of knowledge and learning, (2)
environment of knowledge creation, co-sharing and using, that are dependent on the company
and objective determinants, (3) tools of knowledge that favour the processes of effective
knowledge management in the company (Choo, 1998; Nonaka and Konno, 1998; Von Krogh
et al. 2000; Alvarenga Neto 2008).
According to Choos views the company functioning on the basis of knowledge is the one that
approaches knowledge in strategic dimension (1), through the prism of its meaning in a
particular context of decision forming and making. The strategic goal of the company is the
awareness of meaning of knowledge in defined dynamic and complex environment of the
enterprise functioning, ability to search for and interpret adequate information enabling to
understand the trends and scenarios of the environment composed of customers, cooperants,
competitors and other stakeholders. Knowledge formation is a process of constructing and / or
acquiring knowledge, organising and processing information for the purpose of generation of
new knowledge through dispersion and learning of the organisation. New, generated
knowledge constitutes foundations for assumptions of new knowledge creation and thus
development of new skills and company competences and also other participants in the so-
called community of knowledge.
According to Choo decision making process is driven by search for alternatives that are at
least satisfactory from the point of view of a particular enterprise in specific circumstances,
while selection of one solution implies the abandonment of the others, and so the compromise
and / or the cost of possibly lost opportunities resulting from other solutions. Fully rational
decision would require excellent competences of organizations in the sphere of gaining
information as well as knowledge acquisition and involvement. On the other hand, Pfeffer and
Sutton (Pfeffer and Suton, 2000), believe that it is not enough to know what to do, but how to
act in practice. Therefore, knowledge management is located in the area of tactical operations
39
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
of the company, combining the preferences of management with the realities of operational
level.
Nonaka and Konno are authors of the knowledge creation environment concept and its later
promoters are Nonaka, Tsoukas and Snowden (Nonaka and Konno, 1998; Tsoukas, 2005;
Snowden, 2003). Knowledge environment is a context in which knowledge is created and
applied (figure 2).
40
Figure 2. Holistic model of knowledge management
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Space for
Storing in knowledge new
repositories knowledge
creation
Communicating
Strategy of knowledge
This environment may have a physical character (that is the office space, organisational units
in the company), and / or virtual (that is e-mail, video-conferencing), and / or mental (that is
expressed by ideas and thoughts). Knowledge environment can be created by individuals,
assignment groups, project teams and informal groups of stakeholders. Knowledge
environment is composed of sub-sphere of creation, interaction and dialogue, systematisation
and making processes which corresponds to each element of SECI Model by Nonaka and
Takeuchi. This concept of knowledge environment should be expanded by the elements
inside the organisation that are conducive to creativity, including trust, tolerance and care.
According to Alvarenga Neto (Alvarenga Neto and Choo, 2010) "favourable conditions" are
necessary on the tactical level, as an element connecting strategic dimension of knowledge
management with its operational implementation. In this context, knowledge management
should not mean controlling it, but promoting its creation and sharing in the space of
knowledge-based organization. Nonaka and Takeuchi as well as Von Krogh also mention
other elements that shape the knowledge context: creative chaos, redundancies, structures,
organisational culture and peoples behaviour, leadership and the vision of the future.
Alvarenga Neto and Choo conducted systematisation of factors that constitute knowledge
context while distinguishing four groups: social and behavioural, cognitive, informational as
well as business and management that are differently configured in various stages of
processes of knowledge creation, transfer and application in internal company environment.
IT tools and practices as well as processes serving implementation of the concept into real
action are the third sphere of holistic knowledge management model (3). They differ
depending on the level of realisation of knowledge management. Strategic level is focused on
formation of knowledge community, space for organisational learning and tools of strategic
concept of knowledge creation. Operational level concerns rather coordination in execution of
tasks resulting from strategic concept of knowledge management, application of competitive
competences and market research.
7
The concept occurred in connection with the attribute of contemporary economy in the form of the so-called
system products. Their value for customer is determined by the fact that they function in a particular, extended
system of products and services and the networks of their users. System products provide customers with profits
on condition of existence and effective functioning of the whole system of products and services and those who
use them (abinski, 2012; Szymura-Tyc, 2005).
42
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
services can be bigger if the relations in the chain / network of values, which are knowledge-
based, between an enterprise, partners in the network 8 and the customer (according to the
concept of network marketing) are more efficient9. Skilful use of the concept of chain and /
or value network completed with the concept of marketing knowledge management is a way
to provide desired value to stakeholders. This process gains effectiveness while being
implemented on the market approached as the forum of knowledge and competences
exchange10 between network partners (figure 3).
Because of strategic importance of value networks of companies that build value for
customer, they are called strategic networks (Jarillo, 1998; Buchel, 2010; Gulati et al. 2000)
(figure 4).
8
Chain enterprise is a group of independent, in legal sense, economic entities that implement various ventures
and projects coordinated by the company integrator / Promoter that has distinguishing competences. Major
features of chain enterprises include: voluntary character of joining the network, parallel realisation of various
economic projects and ventures, compatibility of competences of the company integrator and other cooperants,
occurrence of islands of tacit knowledge, shorter and shorter life cycle of products and services, permeation with
other chains, application of computer networks in the processes of communication and a large potential of
organisational learning. Motivational determinants for joining the network should include: globalisation of
business activity, atomisation of economic, social, political and cultural life, virtualisation of business activity,
specialisation that allows for sale in the network of key competences, easier access to information, faster
diffusion of explicit knowledge, possibility and necessity of knowledge sharing in the network, the chance to use
a part of silent knowledge of the company-integrator, growth in the power of influence and security of
functioning. (Perechuda, 2005)
9
The grounds for such an approach are found in Porters model of values system. The system of values includes
chains of values of all participants in chain relations and thus each of the participants influences the value
obtained by direct buyer and indirectly also influences the value obtained by final customer. It also results from
this model that value for customers also occurs in the process of use of the purchased product or service by final
customer. Cooperation between entities that form the system of values favours formation of competitive
advantage of the whole system. (Porter, 1995)
10
In the market perceived as a forum, the company / cooperant and consumer get close and mutual temporary
roles cannot be predicted. Supply and demand are short-lived phenomena and have a context character. Supply
is associated with facilitation at request of an exceptional consumers experience. The value is created in various
places of partners interactions. Co-creation experience is the basis for value. Consumers and consumer
communities can also start a dialogue with each other. Consumer selects the key company and the environment
of experience in which they will perform interactions and co-create the value. The key company, its products,
employees, business partners and consumer communities efficiently get together, creating the environment of
experiences in which particular individuals co-create their own experiences. Consumers can gain surplus from
companies. The value is jointly acquired. Consumers expect a clear vision of experience in their own language.
As a result, trust can occur. Consumers are competitors in values acquisition. (Prahalad and Ramaswamy, 2005).
43
Figure 4. Value network ad holistic model of knowledge management, marketing approach
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Cooperants knowledge chains Cooperants value chains Cooperants knowledge chains Cooperants knowledge strategy Knowledge of entities of
customers interactions
Company value Company value chain,
Partners/ Knowledge strategy
competitors/stakeholders chain process approach
of the ecompany
knowledge chains Customers
/konkurenta/interesariusza knowledge chain
activities
with partner / designing products and storing in knowledge
processes communities of
competitor/ stakeholder redepositories creation by cooperation
management of human enthusiasts
resurces communicating
deevelopmeent of IT knowledge
systems passive and active strategy of knowledge
purchasing policy
knowledge storing, emission and
marketing
knowledge application absorption
infrastructural activity
Instructions and
recommendations strategy of creation
Realisation
According to Parolinis concept (Parolini, 1999) the network of companies, while building its
own and network competitive position , is focused on creation of adequate configuration of
relations, actions and flows for the purpose of creation of value desired by the customer
(Kwiecie, 2007). Particular operations are perceived as distinguished processes activated by
entities involved in the network for the purpose of creation of value. Knowledge management,
including marketing knowledge, is such a separated process of network companies.
Knowledge network11 is a resultant of knowledge chains (Carlucci et al. 2004; Lee and Yang,
2000), the management of which can be defined as an attempt at optimisation of knowledge
flow in chain business processes through reducing the time of access to appropriate source of
knowledge which means providing necessary knowledge to the place where it is required at
adequate time and amount.
Knowledge management, including marketing knowledge, is composed of processes that
facilitate acquisition, application and development of this knowledge for the purpose of
creation of network value and / or its growth, and formation of competitive advantage
(Haanes and Lowendhal, 1997; Marr and Schiuma, 2001). According to the definition of
marketing knowledge as customers and cooperants knowledge, and knowledge from
customer and cooperant, the process of knowledge management occurs in all three stages of
value creation by chain enterprises, that is in the stages of: realisation activities, support
activities and external transaction management.
Contemporary economic reality demands efficient creation of relations with partners for the
benefit of creation of multi-values expected by the customer. It is a value that is a result of
synergistic effect of cooperation of entities to the benefit of satisfying more and more
demanding, but also aware, customer. For this purpose a specific type of business knowledge
communities are established. They most often form a system of qualified cooperation with
certified access to determined resources of cooperating entities. The disposer of key values, in
this case knowledge resources, usually performs the function of relation regulator, defining
bundles of competences that a cooperant should have at their disposal. Such relations are of
asymmetrical character. Relations can also take symmetrical form at the lack of superiority
from any partner. However this relation rarely occurs in BtoB relations model based on
knowledge diffusion between the entities of the sectors of IT products and trade.
11
CKB (collaborative knowledge building) concept, defined as a group of entities established for cooperation in
the sphere of knowledge creation and application, constitutes the foundations for the concept of knowledge
network. This concept was introduced by Scardamalia and Bereiter in 1994 (Scardamalia and Bereiter, 2004) and
continued by Paavola, Lipponen and Hakkarainen (Paavola et al. 2002).
45
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Table 2. The biggest IT firms on Polish market in 2012/2013 (by revenues from sales of
products and services)
Location in the Company revenues from sales of products and Dynamics 2012/2013
ranking services in 2012
2012 2013
7 6 IBM Poland 1323700000 PLZ/330925000 Euro 16%
While creating a specific type of knowledge communities all over the world, competence
centres of studied companies knowledge promoters, provide competence and hardware
support for Commercial Partners but also for customers. They significantly facilitate the
processes associated with porting, testing and also integration of applications created in
response to market needs. The centres ensure professional assistance on every stage of
development and lifecycle of application, while enabling remote or local access to the latest
technologies, software tools and safe IT laboratories. Additionally, experts run technical
workshops and seminars in the sphere of new IT products for business partners (table 3).
Table 3. Competence centres and communities of IBM, Microsoft and Intel firms
IBM Innovation Centre (IIC) Microsoft Partner Membership Centre Intel IT Centre
43 global centres Community forms: Intel Support Community,
Partner Network Support, IT Peer Network,
Partner Support Community, Maker Community
Microsoft Community Connections, Intel blogs
Microsoft Partner Network,
International Association of Microsoft
Certified Partners (IAMCP),
Worldwide Partner Conference (WPC),
Microsoft US Partner Team blog,
Microsoft Academy
29 centres in regions
147 specialist communities e.g. IBM
PureData-Enzee Community, IBM
PartnerWorld Community, Industry
Solutions Business Partner
Community, IBM Security
Community, IBM Asset and Facilities
Management Community, IBM Cloud
Computing community, IBM Software
Community, The Worldwide IBM
InfoSphere Community, IBM Service
Management community, The
Worldwide IBM ECM Community,
ICS Business Partner Community,
Middle East and North Africa Business
Partner Community, IBM Solutions for
Smart Business, Nordic IBM Managed
Service Providers Community, IBM
Energy Management Community,
46
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Profits for commercial partner resulting from participation in the community of competence
centres concern:
- reduction of expenditures related to software development shorter production cycle and
remote access to testing environments;
- immediate reacting to market needs integration of own solutions with the newest
platforms of knowledge promoter;
- increasing the application scope multiplatform solutions offering the customer the
freedom of choice;
- fast increase in effectiveness access to promoters newest technologies and developed
testing environments;
- knowledge expansion broad training offer in the sphere of creation of solutions that are
compatible with promoters platforms;
- improvement of quality designing, creating and testing of high quality scalable and
reliable solutions;
- minimisation of risk ensuring compatibility of solutions;
- larger customer satisfaction providing integrated, scalable and reliable solutions.
The range of support from knowledge Promoter most often includes: collecting
partners/customers requirements, planning solution architecture, preparation of hardware
configuration, preparation of licensing model and software, preparation and conducting tests
in IIC as well as preparation of solution documentation.
Three levels of participation, with larger profits on the successive level, mean that the
company can join the program on the level that corresponds to its business strategies provided
that it obtains a specific number of certification points (table 4).
47
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
48
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Access to profit bundle corresponding to the level of participation of companies takes place
after collecting a determined number of points that define the bargaining power and are
obtained in the following categories of activities:
Recommending, sale and technical service of Promoters products,
Achievements in the sphere of solutions, that is, implementation of Partners own
solutions in customers environment on Promoters hardware and software,
High satisfaction of customers, confirmed by results of surveys,
New qualifications and certifications obtained by employees and products of Partners
company,
Active participation in programs conducted by the Promoter
Generating incomes that is, sale of hardware, software and services, or remarkable
influence on sale of products and services.
49
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Table 6. Dynamics of incomes of companies running VAD and VAR type distribution
activity in Poland between 2006 and 2013, in %
Company 2006/2007 2007/2008 2008/2009 2010/2011 2011/12 2012/2013
ABC Data 22,9 7,5 -12,4 10 23 23
Action SA 39,2 28,6 -17,7 34 27 34
AB SA 23,4 11,3 -10,1 30 20 19
Komputronik 53,4 34,9 14,1 18 25 22
Incom SA - - - 8 -11 27
Veracomp 19,9 8,3 5,1 16 21 57
NTT System 81,4 16 -24,1 18 3 6
Praxis SA 2,7 4 -12,6 3 11 76
RRC Poland 35 -31,8 15,3 13 6 28
Arcus 20,5 21,6 -11,1 -28 38 66
Senetic - - - 67 83 97
Source of the figure: Computerworld TOP200, Ranking firm informatycznych i
telekomunikacyjnych 2006-2014 [Ranking of Information and Tele-communication
companies 2006-2014]
Data presented in the table above clearly show increase in dynamics of incomes of companies
running VAD and VAR type distribution activity after crucial years of 2008 to 2009.
According to managers of IT companies, these are the years after which activities for the
benefit of value added in the form of specialist knowledge and counselling and active
participation and / or development of competence centres were intensified. It is observed that
the very close and deep specialisation could be the power of smaller distributors, which is
50
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
illustrated by the dynamics of incomes of relatively young companies Arcus and Senetic in
recent years.
5. CONCLUSIONS
As it is shown by research results, entities of the sector of IT products and trade implement
holistic model of knowledge management, particularly in its sub-system of BtoB relations12.
The so-called competence centres constitute the framework for knowledge creation and its
diffusion. They are established most often by the promoter of knowledge-based relation.
Functioning of the Centre is most frequently observed in several forms of communities that
differ with respect to the type and scope of competences that are the object of exchange.
Competence centres are the expression of the adopted assumption of creation of knowledge
through cooperation in communities.
Studied entities of IT sector apply qualified system of knowledge diffusion. The range of
resources made available by the Promoter depends on activity of participants in relations
according to strictly determined criteria of assessment that is defined by the object of relations
or the knowledge commander himself. Profits available in programs are useful on every stage
of business cycle, from activity planning (while making available the tools and resources
useful for company running and developing), through development of skills (assistance in
creating and retaining knowledge in defined areas of specialisation through providing access
to training resources and software for internal applications and for demonstration purposes),
development of possibilities (marketing activities useful for Partners in creation of demand
and increase in sale in connection with premiere of new products and other marketing
initiatives), development of commercial activity (programs of increase in sale and advantage
over competitors), and supporting customers (tools and services useful to obtain high
customer satisfaction and maintain strong relations with customers.
Described knowledge-based relations of entities of IT sector are of network quality because of
two reasons: because of full awareness, expressed in involvement in management of
knowledge based on synergistic effects of cooperating Partners and due to realisation of such
ventures most often online.
6. LITERATURE
1. Alavi, M., Leidner, D. (1999), Knowledge Management systems: Emerging views and
practices from the field.in: International Conference on System Sciences, pp.239
12
This model is also realised in the sphere of BtoC relations which is described by the author in the papers
entitled: Knowledge communities as a way of applying the client knowledge management concept: The case of
IT sector in Poland; Corporate Strategy and Government Policy. Challenges & issues in the 21st Century Global
Academy of Business & Economic Research; Issues in Global Research in Business & Economics, New York
2012, pp. 15-31; Marketing knowledge management in structural approach; community of practice in Microsoft
international comparison. La Societe De Linformation Perspective Europeenne Et Globale, Studia
Ekonomiczne [Economic Studies], Department Scientific Bulletins of the University of Economics 2013, pp.144-
157
51
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
52
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
53
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
44. Von Krogh,G., Ichijo, K., Nonaka, I. O. (2000): Enabling knowledge creation: how to
unlock the mystery of tacit knowledge and release the power of innovation. Oxford;
New York, Oxford University Press
45. Wright, K. (2005), Personal knowledge management: supporting individual
knowledge worker performance. Knowledge Management Research and Practice 3,
pp. 156165
46. abiski, L. (editor), Marketing produktw systemowych [Marketing of System
Products]. PWE Publishing house, Warsaw 2012 pp. 2-12
54
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
55
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The paper analyzes the importance of retail trade from the point of view of employment in the
national economy (share of retail trade in the total number of persons employed in business
economy), on the one hand, and the importance of human resources in the business operations
of retailing companies on the other hand. In that way, apart from the theoretical consideration
of the importance of employment and of the employed in the retail trade, attempts are also
being made to ascertain modern trends in the retailing in the republic of Croatia in
comparison with other European countries.
The results of the performed research works confirm the thesis about the development of
retail trades as the integrator in the value creation chains, of the decline of importance of the
retail trade from the point of view of employment on the one hand, and about growing
importance of the quality of the employed in retail trade companies on the other hand.
For the Republic of Croatia, the analysis is focused on the trends in the total number of people
employed in the entire distributive trade, and especially in the retail trade. These trends are
also observed in the concentration processes. For self-service non-specialized shops selling
predominantly foodstuffs, especially, analysis was directed at the trends in the realized work
productivity of the sales personnel and in the realized productivity of the selling surface over
the past 25 years. It has been concluded that the observed retail segment has not achieved
satisfactory work productivity.
Keywords: retail trade, number of employed, selling surface, human resources management,
Republic of Croatia
56
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
1. UVOD
Svrha je rada isticanje opadanja vanosti zaposlenosti u maloprodaji, s jedne strane, i porasta
vanosti kvalitete zaposlenih u maloprodajnim gospodarskim subjektima, s druge strane.
Kao gospodarska djelatnost maloprodaja ima svoju vanost, izmeu ostalog, i zbog svoga
udjela u ukupnom broju zaposlenih u pojedinoj zemlji. Zaposlenici, upotrebom odreenih
tehnologija ostvaruju svoje uinke u pojedininom gospodarskom subjektu, ali i u cijelom
nacionalnom gospodarstvu.
57
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Neto drukija je kasnije koritena klasifikacija Eurostata (prema NACE, Rev 2, 2008) o
ukupnoj distributivnoj trgovini (Sekcija G Trgovina na veliko i trgovina na malo; popravci
motornih vozila i motocikla), te o njezinim sastavnicama:
U svakome sluaju, maloprodaja je prodaja dobara i usluga konanom potroau (Cox iBrittain,
1990, str. 3). U naim emo razmatranjima uzeti navedeno poimanje maloprodaje u smislu
prodaje na malo trgovake robe i usluga vezanih uz prodaju robe konanom potroau, bez
obzira na to koji je subjekt obavlja.
Maloprodajni je lanac (engl. retail chain) kompanija koja posluje s mnogim maloprodajnim
jedinicama pod zajednikim vlasnitvom i obino ima centralizirano odluivanje za definiranje
i implementiranje njezine strategije. Neki su maloprodajni lanci divizije veih korporacija ili
holding kompanija (Levy and Weitz, 2009, str. 63). Tu se, dakako, isprepliu maloprodajne i
veletrgovinske djelatnosti.
58
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Dakako, danas se dopunjuju zadae marketinga koje je utvrdila klasina marketinka teorija
(oblikovanje proizvoda, oblikovanje cijena, distribucija i komunikacija), prije svega zbog
marketinga usluga, sa sljedeim varijablama: upravljanje ljudskim resursima, upravljanje
procesima, upravljanje fizikom pogodnou (Marketing-Mix, 2007).
59
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Vanost zaposlenih u suvremenoj maloprodaji neprestano raste osobito zbog promjena koje se
stalno dogaaju i koje oni trebaju provoditi. Osobito se to moe uoiti pri uvoenju i
provoenju poslovne koncepcije upravljanja kategorijama proizvoda (engl. category
management- CM), jer u toj se koncepciji i radi o stalnoj promjeni. To je velika
organizacijska promjena koju slijede promjene u aktivnostima koje zaposlenici obavljaju, te u
pristupu nainu na koji ih obavljaju. Dakle, i nakon to proe razdoblje uvoenja, promjene
su jo uvijek svakodnevne, jer se stalno mjenjaju elje i potrebe potroaa, odnosi s
dobavljaima i tehnologije. Time se mijenjaju i kategorije proizvoda i poslovi vezani uz njih.
I upravo zato su spremnost na suradnju i otvorenost za razumjevanje ireg poslovnog
konteksta najvea promjena u ljudskom ponaanju koju pred zaposlenike stavlja upravljanje
kategorijama proizvoda (Muller i Singh, red., 2006, str. str. 374).
Zbog toga sve vanijom postaje uporaba suvremenih (osobito informatikih) tehnologija.
Suvremene informatike tehnologije i sve bolja softverska rjeenja dobivaju na znaenju u
primjeni novih poslovnih koncepcija, osobito upravljanja kategorijama proizvoda (CM),
upravljanja opskrbnim lancima (engl. supply chain management SCM) i drugih. Naime,
uvoenjem novih tehnologija smanjuje se potreba za zaposlenicima, ime se ublaava
problem prevelike fluktuacije radne snage. Jednako tako, uporabom novih tehnologija mogu
se bitno sniziti trokovi u maloprodaji, a i pruiti bolje usluge potroaima.
60
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
stanja - moraju se u obzir uzeti brojni imbenici unutarnji i vanjski, meu kojima je svakako
i suvremena tehnologija (Mller-Hagedorn, 1984, str. 36 39).
Dakle, tehnologiju kao vanjski imbenik treba povezati s metodom prodaje kao unutarnjim
imbenikom. S tim u svezi, u trinoj se analizi polazi od Abellove sheme koja u spoznaji
marketinkih strategija proizlazi iz shvaanja da nije dovoljno samo navoenje proizvoda
(objekata) na jednoj strani i trita na drugoj strani, nego da treba poslovna polja dalje
podijeliti na: ciljne grupe, vrste postojeih potreba, odnosno funkcije, te tehnologije kojima e
se omoguiti izvrenje funkcija, odnosno zadovoljavanje potreba izabranih trinih segmenata
(v.Mller-Hagedorn, 2005, str. 44).
Tehnologije u maloprodaji mogu se podijeliti na one koje se koriste vie na razini poslovne
jedinice - prodavaonice, i na one koje se koriste na razini cijele maloprodajne kompanije
(Lerchenmller, 2003, str. 504 - 517 ). Kao primjeri razliitih tehnologija u maloprodaji
mogu se navesti: (a) tehnologija informacija o ponudi, izlaganju, npr. tradicionalni katalozi,
elektroniki mediji; (b)tehnologije savjetovanja: osobno, putem odgovarajueg oblikovanja
prodavaonica, putem medija; (c)tehnologije dostave, samoodnoenja, opskrbe (Mller
Hagedorn, 2005, str. 45).
61
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
To znai da se pri proizvodnji robe ili usluga te njihove isporuke kupcima moraju izgraditi
odnosi ne samo s klijentima, nego i s kljunim dobavljaima i preprodavateljima. Stoga je za
maloprodajnu kompaniju vaan cijeli tzv. opskrbni nalac (lanac dobave), koji se sastoji kako
od partnera koji joj prethode, tako i od partnera koji slijede iza nje. U njeg su ukljueni i
dobavljai i posrednici, pa ak i klijenti posrednika, te se stvaraju tzv. mree isporuke
vrijednosti (usp. Kotler i dr., 2006, str. 857 i 859). Uloga ljudskoga imbenika u tim
koncepcijama je osobito znaajna zbog koritenja suvremenih tehnologija.
Kao uvjet za ostvarenje tih uinaka u uzima se veliina prodajne povrine. Dakako, mogla bi
se analizirati i tehnika opremljenost maloprodavaa, odnosno potroaa (ako je u pitanju
online maloprodaja). Tu bi se u obzir mogli uzeti pokazatelji o pristupu potroaa Internetu ili
podaci o koritenju pojedinih suvremenih informatikih tehnologija.
62
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Meutim, nakon 2008. godine broj zaposlenih u distributivnoj trgovini poeo se smanjivati,
jer su se poeli pokazivati znaci gospodarske recesije. To je vidljivo iz grafikona 2 u kojem su
podaci o broju zaposlenih skupljeni prema neto drukijoj metodologiji.
50
0
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Napomena: * prosjean broj zaposlenih (godinji prosjek temeljem stanja na kraju svakog
tromjesjeja)
Izvor: xxx (2003 2009), SLJH, Razna godita
63
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
150
109 110 104 103
100
50
0
2008 2009 2010 2011
64
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Treba istai da s razvojem procesa koncentracije sve vee znaenje za razvoj maloprodaje
dobivaju krupne trgovinske kompanije i kooperacijske tvorevine, s obzirom da se trgovinsko
poslovanje razvija u uvjetima novih tehnologija i globalizacije.
65
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
66
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
67
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
4. ZAKLJUAK
68
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. LITERATURA
1. Barth, K.; Hartmann, M.; Schrder, H., (2002), Betriebswirtschaftslehre des Handels,
Fnfte berarbeitete ud aktualisieerte Auflage, Verlag Dr. Th. Gabler, Wiesbaden.
2. Cox, R.; Brittain, P. (1990), Retail Management, Pittman Publishing, London.
3. Dujak, D. (2012), Uloga maloprodaje u upravljanju opskrbnim lancem, Doktorska
disertacija, Ekonomski fakultet u Osijeku, Osijek, 2012.
4. Kneevi, B. (2011), Usporedba distributivne trgovine u Hrvatskoj i lanicama
Europske unije, u knjizi: Segetlija, Z. ; Knego, N.; Kneevi, B., Dunkovi, D.:
Ekonomika trgovine, Novi informator, Zagreb, 2011., str. 429 - 440.
5. Kotler, Ph. (2001), Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning, Implementation and
Control, Nineth Edition (1997.), Prijevod, Mate, Zagreb, 2001.
6. Kotler, Ph.; Wong, Veronica; Saunders, J.; Armstrong, G.(2006), Principles of
Marketing, Prentice-Hall, 2003, Prijevod, MATE, Zagreb, 2006.
7. Lademann, R. P. (2013), Wettbewerbskonomische Grundlagen des Betriebs-
formenwettbewerbs im Lebensmitteleinzelhandels, Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden
[dostupno na: http://www.lademann-associates.de/images/docs/, pristupljeno:
10.05.2014.]
8. Ladwig, F.(2002), Multi-Channel Commerce im Vertrieb, Betriebswirtschaftliche
Verlag Dr. Th. Gabler, GmbH, Wiesbaden, 2002.
9. Lerchenmller, M. (2003), Handelsbetriebslehre, Vierte berarbeitete und aktualisierte
Auflage, Friedrich Jiel verlag GmbH, Ludwigshafen (Rhein).
10. Levy, M.; Weitz, B. (2009), Retailing Management, Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill,
Company, Inc.
11. Mason, J. B.; Mayer, M. L. (1990), Modern Retailing, Fifth Edition, Richard D. Irwin,
Homewood, Boston.
12. Mller-Hagedorn, L. (1984), Handelsmarketing, Verlag W. Kohlhammer, Berlin-
Kln-Mainz, 1984.
13. Mller Hagedorn, L. (2005). Handelsmarketing, Vierte berarbeitete Auflage,
Verlag W. Kohlhammer, Stuttgart.
14. Muller, J.; Singh, J. red (2006), Category management Efikasan odgovor na potrebe
kupaca u maloprodaji, Internacionalni centar za profesionalnu edukaciju, Zagreb.
15. NACE Rev. 2 (2008), Statistical classification of economic activities in the European
Community, Eurostat, Methodologies and Working Papers, European Communities,
69
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
70
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
11. xxx (1971 1991), Statistiki godinjak Hrvatske (SGH), razna godita, Republiki
zavod za statistiku SR Hrvatske, Zagreb (do 1991.)
12. xxx: (2003 2013), Statistiki ljetopis Hrvatske (SLJH), Razna godita, Dravni
zavod za statistiku Republike Hrvatske, Zagreb [dostupno na: http://www.dzs.hr,
pristupljeno: 27.06.2014].
13. xxx (2014), Strukturno-poslovne statistike, Dravni zavod za statistiku Republike
Hrvatske, Zagreb [dostupno na: http://www.dzs.hr, pristupljeno: 26.06.2014].
14. Xxx (2014), Ultragross [dostupno na: http://www.ultragros.hr, pristupljeno:
26.06.2014].
71
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Trgovina zbog svojih posebnosti spada u gospodarske djelatnosti niskih plaa. ivotni
standard ove populacije zaposlenika slabi, a menadment pod pritiskom postizanja vee
produktivnosti rada sve je zahtjevniji. Postavlja se pitanje perspektive i poloaja radne snage
u hrvatskoj trgovini u uvjetima krize i nakon mogueg izlaska iz krize.
72
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
As a result of its distinctive features, the trade sector is a low-wage sector. The living standard
of trade employees is low and the standards set by the management, pressured to achieve
higher labour productivity, are constantly raised. This paper aims to analyse the position of
labour force in Croatian trade industry in the current crisis and its future prospects post-crisis.
The paper identifies elements of strategic human resource management in trade in order to
demonstrate the strategic importance of employee satisfaction in achieving higher
productivity. Using the available statistical data, labour productivity in Croatian trade is
compared to labour productivity in several European countries, as productivity is considered a
multilayered indicator of labour force performance. The paper will analyse the living standard
of trade industry employees which depends primarily on the relative level of wages. An
increase in the rate of economic growth in the country is expected to force the management of
trade companies to increase their efforts in terms of organising work and using and combining
different types of employment in order to increase labour productivity and consequently
improve trade employees prospects in a competitive environment.
1. INTRODUCTION
The development of trade in Croatia has been hampered by the perennial recession, high rate
of older unemployed workers, uncertain demand and unpredictable retail sales. All of this has
negatively affected the financial performance of trade businesses and their growth potential.
Due to poor purchasing power and lack of impulses for economic growth, the loyalty of end
customers is increasingly based on the supply of low-priced goods, which increases the share
of loyal but unprofitable customers.
Due to low profitability in trade industry, there is a lot of pressure to keep labour costs down,
while, at the same time, trying to achieve high performance and provide the best possible
service to end customers. Whether trade businesses will achieve their strategic goals depends
on customer satisfaction and loyalty, where human factors play a key role.
Current market conditions are alarming in terms of trade employee prospects, particularly in
retail, the largest sub-sector which employs 132.000 people representing 10% of total
employment population. Many studies have shown that motivated and committed personnel
are more likely to provide high-quality customer service and thus affect customer loyalty and
performance of trade businesses. The main drivers of personnel motivation in low-wage
industries, including trade, are the level of pay and respect for workers' rights. Given the low
73
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
profitability and the need for high labour force flexibility, it is difficult for the management to
motivate and retain employees and increase productivity at the same time. The prospects of
the trade sector employees depend on economic policies of a country in general, as well as
key factors of strategic human resource management aimed at enhancing employee
satisfaction as a precondition for successful financial performance of a business. It is
necessary to make better use of various types of employment following the example of some
European countries, such as the Netherlands, in order to improve performance through better
organization of work and allocation of tasks.
By using the available statistical data, the paper aims to identify the level of labour
productivity in Croatian trade sector and compare it with labour productivity in several
European countries. Labour productivity is a multilayered indicator of labour force
performance. The living standard of trade industry employees, which depends primarily on
their wages, will be assessed. Their standard of living determines their well-being and job
satisfaction. It is to be expected that, as the rate of economic growth increases, the
management of trade businesses will have to increase their efforts to adjust human resources
efficiency to the needs of a competitive environment.
2. LITERATURE OVERVIEW
The possibility of wage growth in the trade sector and thereby improvement of the living
standard of trade sector employees is related to the profitability and productivity of a trade
business and to the way in which the strategy considers the position of workers (Horibe,
1999). There is growing evidence that customer loyalty is driven by how loyal employees feel
to the company (Ulrich, 1989).
Studies have shown that there is a close correlation between employee satisfaction and
superior financial performance. Unsatisfactory financial performance is the end result of an
activity, i.e. of previous issues. However, employee (dis)satisfaction can indicate that a
company has problems much earlier.
74
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Employment type affects labour and hourly labour productivity, thus affecting total labour
costs and profitability of a trade business. A trade business that plans well and is flexible
enough to adapt the number of employees to the workload in a shop is more profitable and
increases its gains because of higher labour utilization. Employment type, i.e. full-time, part-
time or temporary, significantly affects labour productivity (Giessen, et al., 2009).
The trade sector can be described as a low-wage sector, as the wages in the sector are lower
than in the manufacturing industries, except in some countries such as Slovakia and Norway.
Another distinctive feature of the sector is a difference in earnings between men and women,
in particular in Austria, France and the Netherlands (Eurofound, 2009). Furthermore, the
Eurofound survey shows that only 15% of trade employees in the European Union have
completed tertiary education (ISCED 5 + 6), 57% have completed medium educational level
(ISCED 3 + 4) or upper-secondary education, while the remaining 28% are unskilled workers.
The latter percentage has been decreasing.
Low labour productivity in Croatian retail trade is a result of low demand and low wages.
Gross wages in retail are very low: 29% lower than the average for the economy and 17%
lower than the average for trade. Low wages in retail do not increase labour productivity, nor
do they attract potential employees. Average gross wages in Croatian trade sector are 49%
lower than the average wages for the sector in the EU (Ani, 2014).
If an average wage in a sector is lower than the average wage for the economy, it is only to be
expected that young people will lose interest in enrolling in trade education programs, and
that labour productivity level, at which the relevant knowledge and skills are used, will
decrease. Low wages are related to low labour productivity and may have a negative impact
on the competitiveness in the long term (Agencija, 2012).
In his analysis of supermarkets in the Netherlands, Klaveren (2010) showed that the
intertwining of tasks has a negative effect on the motivation of the sales staff. He mentions
that one person performs the tasks of a cashier, shelf stacker, shift leader, and is even
involved in product procurement and this happens quite often. The sales staff is of the opinion
that managers do not value their flexibility as much as they expect them to. Nevertheless, the
Netherlands is among the leading countries in Europe in terms of labour productivity in retail.
Finding a job in retail is relatively easy and conventional wisdom suggests that the industrys
employment policy is to employ semi-skilled staff. Given that in the European Union one in
seven workplaces is in retail and distribution, any kind of changes and improvements in terms
of human resource management and employment practices can have a major impact on the
development of this sector, but also the economy as a whole. The trade sector is also
75
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
characterised by a large number of big retailers, who have strong bargaining power in the
labour market and also benefit from internationalization processes allowing for the
recruitment of skilled and experienced workers under more advantageous conditions.
The prospects of trade sector workers depend on the management of trade businesses and the
configuration and use economic policy factors and the institutional framework in the trade
sector. It is important to look at the prospects of human resources in trade due to its
significance in terms of the number of jobs and its contribution to the gross domestic product.
This is closely monitored because trade is among those industries that could play a key role in
the economic recovery from the recession and stimulate economic growth. Profitability of
trade businesses, employee satisfaction and the availability of skilled labour in the labour
market are prerequisites for higher living standard of this segment of workforce, which is
closely related to trade sector productivity and wage levels.
Distinctive characteristics of trade industry in Croatia affect labour policy, human resource
management and employee satisfaction, as shown in Table 1.
The role of trade management is reflected in five strategic objectives of human resource
management on which the prospects of trade labour force depend:
staff qualifications,
sales personnel training,
relative personal income,
personnel motivation,
personnel retention.
76
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
assignment to an adequate work post and pay grade setting. The national education system
with its performance criteria is responsible for the current structure of qualifications in the
local market that is available to trade businesses. Better qualification structure of employees
leads to higher expectations of the management, creates conditions for better performance in
less time, and provides greater stability and security of an organization because employees
have broad specialized knowledge, which means fewer mistakes. Lack of adequately qualified
workforce increases costs of employee training needed to integrate them into the functional
units of the business and management policy.
The aim of training in retail is to create staff that will be able to better respond to daily tasks
and problems. The training includes communication with employees at shop and managerial
levels, and teaching them about special skills necessary to promote organizational culture of
the retailer and effectively conduct communication marketing programs. The training can
include providing information about how prices and arrangement of various product
categories affect customers; what is important for the profitability of the shop; which shop
operations can be streamlined, etc. By acquiring specialized skills and knowledge, employees
become more confident in performing their everyday tasks because they are familiar with the
operations involved and aware of the goals. With this their work becomes more productive,
thus improving the quality of retail services in the long term, which is a strategic objective of
trade strategy. Operations management is expected to achieve better performance because the
training involves investment in the intangible aspect of business, namely organization and
coordination of employees, tasks and set business objectives.
Net pay and the method of setting it depend on the payroll policy developed by the senior
level management. Payroll policy plays a key role in the strategic planning of a trade business
because personnel costs together with procurement costs make up a major part of total costs.
Personnel costs per employee are often considered an important indicator of shop productivity
and a measure of the effectiveness of management in achieving the expected results with the
minimum number of employees. Given that net profit margins of retailers are below 3%,
changes in personnel costs are a very sensitive issue for the management which is also
exposed to other pressures and factors such as collective bargaining, strategic positioning of
the retailer in the market, and the like. Average gross pay of a trade worker is well below
average for other industries. In February 2014, 16% of all employed persons worked in the
trade sector in Croatia. Relative pay, i.e. low disposable income of trade employees is a
consequence of low level of skills required to perform these jobs, as well as the fact that
finding employees is easy because of excessive supply in the labour market and pressure to
keep operating costs down. Low pay industries are not attractive; however, creating other
preconditions, such as better qualification structure of the workforce and their specialization,
could contribute to the increase of trade employee wages.
Developing motivation for work in a low-pay workplace, without job security and predefined
schedule of working hours is an especially difficult task for strategic management. Dedicated
employees achieve better performance results, but they have to be motivated. Willingness to
provide information and helpfulness are important prerequisites for building loyalty among
customers. Employees can be motivated using financial or non-financial rewards; however, in
less developed countries such as Croatia, where trade employee wages are low compared to
the average wage, major drivers of employee motivation are wages and respect for workers
rights.
77
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
An increase in the living standard is determined by average labour productivity growth, which
depends on the abilities, skills and motivation of employees in the workplace (Bernanke &
Frank, 2001, p. 184). Job performance creates changes in the local and wider social
environment. A measure of the living standard of the population and economic growth of a
country is real GDP per person, which can be expressed simply as the product of
multiplication of average labour productivity and the share of the employed labour force in
the total population of a country. This shows that the quantity of goods and services a person
consumes depends on the quantity of goods and services a worker produces and the number
of people working. Thus, real GDP and the living standard can grow only if labour
productivity has increased and / or if the number of employees has increased.
700
in milions of Kuna
30.000
600
500
20.000
400
300
200 124 10.000
100
- -
N
F
L
E
Average
G
M
I
J
D
B
L E N D I B M J H F G C
78
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Labour productivity in trade industry in Croatia is low (Figure 1), although trade (G), together
with manufacturing (C), is the leading industry in terms of its contribution to the GDP (Figure
2) and the number of employees (Figure 3) and this is true not only for Croatia. This shows
that trade employs a large number of people and that labour productivity is low. How can this
situation be improved, taking into account the role of management, entrepreneurial
environment and regulatory framework? The above leads to the conclusion that it is necessary
to improve employees attitude towards their work assignments and change the organization
of work, taking into account, for example, the similarity of tasks and responsibility for the
performance of the shop. It is necessary to use more flexible types of employment as part time
(Figure 4) and temporary working contracts (Figure 5) that will suit the needs of the business
and the workload. To increase labour productivity, it is essential to consistently recruit skilled
workforce from the labour market and improve the quality of equipment and technology used.
Due to the size of the sector and the fact that this industry employs a significant share of the
total number of employed persons, even small improvements would have an appreciable
effect on the economy.
Figure 3. Percentage of wholesale and retail trade sector (NACE G) employment in total
employment in some EU countries.
20%
16%
14%
12%
10%
EU - 28 Bulgaria Czech Germany Croatia Italy Hungary Austria Slovenia Slovakia
Source: Eurostat. Republic
The living standard of workers and their contribution to the economic growth depends on:
education opportunities,
relative personal income,
workplace conditions and stability,
consumption opportunities,
other conditions and opportunities (i.e. regulatory framework).
Figure 4. Share of part time workers in wholesale and retail trade industry in 1Q2014.
60% 53%
50%
40%
31% 30%
30%
22%
20% 13%
10% 6% 7% 5%
1%
0%
European Czech Croatia Germany Hungary Netherlands Austria Slovenia Slovakia
Union (28 Republic
countries)
79
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Source: Eurostat.
In a sector where the majority of the working population has a low standard of living; where
there is low labour productivity, minimum working conditions, no workplace stability, and
employees lack education opportunities, positive effects cannot be produced on personal
consumption of the population and average living standards in the country as a whole.
Figure 5. Share of temporary working contracts in wholesale and retail trade industry in
1Q2014.
25%
22%
20%
16% 15%
15%
11% 11%
10% 8%
6%
4% 5%
5%
0%
European Czech Croatia Germany Hungary Netherlands Austria Slovenia Slovakia
Union (28 Republic
countries)
Source: Eurostat.
Consumption patterns affect the way the retail industry operates and organizes its labour
force. The organization of work, type of employment and payroll policy should be adapted to
evolving demand patterns. Qualified employees have greater capacity and knowledge.
5. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The prospects of retail labour force, i.e. trade labour force in general, depend on an increase in
labour productivity in the retail sector and the relative level of wages. For the purpose of this
paper, we have used the latest available Eurostat statistics on productivity per employee
according to NACE classification, Eurostat microdata about hourly wages according to
NACE classification, and hourly wages per level of education in 2011. The structure of
qualifications in the trade sector was a subject of a special report prepared by the Croatian
Agency for Vocational Education and Training, which contains useful information about
Croatian trade labour force composition by educational level.
The intent is to compare the situation in Croatia with several countries of Central and Eastern
Europe and the EU-28 average. High correlation coefficients between these statistical
variables make it easier to observe their relationship patterns.
6. RESEARCH RESULTS
Labour productivity per worker in trade sector in Croatia amounts to 46% of the EU average
(Figure 6). Labour productivity is measured as the amount of generated gross value added per
worker. Ani (2014, p. 9) points out that low labour productivity in Croatian trade is a result
of low demand and low wages as there is a close correlation between labour productivity and
wage levels. Reducing the number of working hours of Croatian trade industry employees,
80
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
together with better organization of work and use of flexible employment types could increase
productivity and thus the trade labour force wages. An increase in retail sales and gross
margins could also increase labour productivity and support a number of other development
trends. However, given the current recession, these expectations remain in the background.
60
48 49,3
50
41,2
in thousand EUR
40 36
31,5
30
19,6 20
20 16,7
13,9
10
0
EU (28 Czech Croatia Germany Hungary Netherlands Austria Slovenia Slovakia
countries) Republic
Source Eurostat.
According to the Agency for Vocational Education and Training data, of the total number of
trade industry employees in Croatia in 2010, 39% of employees have completed upper
secondary level education, 34% have completed secondary level education, while 19% have
completed high-level education. In the five-year period from 2006 to 2010, a fall of 33% was
recorded in the number enrolments in secondary level education for trade professionals, while
there was only a slight drop in the number of enrolments in upper secondary level education
(Agencija, 2012). It is evident that the number of skilled trade professionals with upper-
secondary level education has increased in relation to trade professionals with secondary level
education. It can therefore be expected that the percentage of employees with upper secondary
level education will grow in the trade sector.
Figure 7 shows that in less developed European countries, including Croatia, the average
wage of trade sector employees significantly exceeds the hourly wage of employees with
upper secondary level education (grammar school). In developed countries, the situation is
different. This leads to the conclusion that economic growth in the less developed countries
further decreases the living standard of trade industry employees. It is only to be expected that
their living standard will be lower than at the moment if one compares their wages with the
wages of employees with upper secondary level education.
81
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Figure 7. Hourly wage in distributive trade sector and hourly wage upper secondary
level education in 2011 in several European countries using purchasing power parity
standard - PPP.
25
20
15
10
Trade industry, in particular retail trade as its largest segment, depends on the local demand
trends, i.e. household consumption. Given high unemployment rates and high uncertainty in
the market, the purchasing power is low and people tend to buy cheaper products. Low
consumption is mainly reflected in refraining from spending money on durables.
7. CONCLUSION
A much higher level of labour productivity in the trade sector at the EU level than that in
Croatian trade is the result of, among other things, a different representation of various types
of employment. In the developed countries part-time employment is common, while it is
almost non-existent in Croatian trade. A predominant type of employment in Croatian trade is
fixed-term employment, which creates uncertainty among employees and adversely affects
their motivation for work. This type of employment does not attach any importance to
retaining loyal employees, which negatively affects the financial performance of retailers.
Clearly, strategic human resource management in Croatian retail is limited. Better adjustment
of the organization of work to the needs of a business and the dynamics of business operations
would provide greater opportunities for labour productivity increase. In addition, better
organization of tasks is possible by using skilled workforce that will be able to perform
several similar tasks. The latter applies, in particular, to operational tasks in shops. The
practise of recruiting cheap unskilled workforce has begun to lose momentum and the
proportion of such employees in shops is on a constant decrease.
Despite the significance of trade in terms of its share in total employment and contribution to
the GDP at the level of the European Union, trade industry lacks capacity to offer above-
average wages that match the wages for the same level of education in the majority of other
industries. Trade will continue to be a low-wage industry, which will make it even more
difficult to build loyalty among workers. Croatian trade management could ensure a
significantly higher standard of living for this segment of workforce but only if it takes
proactive measures to change current human resource management practices and significantly
82
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
increases labour productivity, especially in terms of the organization of work in shops. This
will definitely lead to a reduction in the number of employees in trade and such changes
require strong support through national economic policy.
8. REFERENCES
83
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Drago Pupavac
Veleuilite u Rijeci, Hrvatska
Saetak
Temeljni cilj ove znanstvene rasprave jest istraiti vanost ljudskih potencijala u poslovanju
trgovinskih poduzea, odnosno pronai odgovor na pitanje koji je pristup upravljanju
ljudskim potencijalima u trgovinskim poduzeima primjereniji, trokovni ili razvojni. Da bi se
dokazala postavljena hipoteza o ljudskim potencijalima kao pokretau poslovanja trgovinskih
poduzea u razliitim su kombinacijama primjenjene brojne znanstvene metode od kojih se
izdvajaju metoda analize i sinteze, induktivna i deduktivna metoda, metoda intervjuiranja i
metoda regresijske i korelacijske analize. Dobivene spoznaje u ovoj znanstvenoj raspravi
trebaju predstavljati kvalitetna polazita za sagledavanje vanosti ljudskih potencijala u
poslovanju trgovinskih poduzea, a s ciljem afirmacije razvoja ljudskih potencijala kao naina
za stjecanja konkurentskih prednosti.
Kljune rijei: ljudski potencijali, trgovinska poduzea, zaarani krug, arobni krug, razvoj
zaposlenika
84
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Drago Pupavac
Veleuilite u Rijeci, Hrvatska
Abstract
The basic objective of this paper is to see how important human resource are in the overall
business of trading companies, and to fin out which approach to maniging human resources in
trading companies is more appropriate, cost or developmental. To prove the hypothesis that
human resources are the driving force of business succes in trading companies, various
combinations of scientific methods have been applied: methods of analysis and synthesis,
induction and deduction, interview method, and method of correlation and regression
analysis. The resulting scientific knowledge should be regarded as a qualitative basis to
consider the importance of human potential management in trading companies, where the aim
is to gain competitive advantage through affirmation of developmental approach to human
resource management.
Keywords: human potential, trading companies, vicious cycles, virtuous cycles, employee
development
1. UVOD
Trgovina je vaan segment hrvatskog gospodarstva i po svim elementima ima znaajan udio u
broju poduzetnika i broju zaposlenih. U trgovini prema kriteriju udjela u ukupnom broju
registriranih pravnih osoba posluje 26 % gospodarskih subjekata, zapoljava oko 22 %
ukupnog broja zaposlenih, a udio distributivne trgovine u BDP-u kree se oko 9,3 %
(www.hgk.hr). Do izbijanja ekonomske krize trgovina je biljeila visoke stope rasta to se
nakon 2007. godine promijenilo. Tako je primjerice smanjen udio trgovine u BDP-u sa 10,9
posto u 2007. godini na 9,9 posto u 2011. godini. U razdoblju od 2008. do 2011. godine
dolazi do pada broja zaposlenih u trgovini. U 2012. u odnosu na 2009. godinu zaposlenost u
trgovini smanjena je za 21.756 radnika (10,7 posto), a u trgovini na malo za 7.655 radnika
(7,5 posto). U tom je razdoblju u gospodarstvu zaposlenost smanjena za 76.900 radnika, to
znai da trgovina sudjeluje s ak 28,3 posto u smanjenju zaposlenosti (www.eizg.hr).
Sadanja razina prometa u trgovini na malo jo uvijek je oko 19% manja u odnosu na isto
razdoblje 2008. godine. Rezultanta je to slabe domae potranje koja je prisutna u duljem
recesijskom razdoblju, izazavana primarno sve nepovoljnijim stanjem na tritu rada, odnosno
sve niom razinom ostvarenog dohotka. Sa smanjenjem standarda, promjenila se i struktura
potronje: - sve se vie troi na egzistencijalno potrebne proizvode, a sve manje na luksuzne,
uz razduivanje stanovnitva po osnovi kredita (www.index.hr).
85
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Maloprodai u Hrvatskoj u odnosu na prosjek EU-27 ostvaruju 39,4% niu proizvodnost rada,
51% niu maru po zaposlenom i 42% manju profitabilnost po zaposlenom (Sektorske
analize, 2013, 10). Za postizanje prosjeka EU-27 potrebne su relativno visoke stope rasta
maloprodajnog prometa. Namee se pitanje, Kako to ostvariti? Promatranjem ljudskog rada
kao svakog drugog resursa (trokovni pristup) ili promatranjem ljudskog rada kao razvojnog
resursa? Promatarnje ljudskog rada kao svakog drugog resursa nemee upravljanju ljudskim
resursima paradigmu minimiziranja i/ili eliminiranja trokova rada. U skladu s tim, da bi
racionalizirali trokove poslovanja, trgovinska poduzea smanjuju ionako niske bruto plae
koje u prosjeku iznose 5 497 kuna. U sijenju 2013. godine u odnosu na isti mjesec 2012.
godine, u trgovini su bruto plae smanjene za 0,5 posto, a u trgovini na malo za 0,6 posto.
Nadalje, poveava se razlika u visini bruto plae izmeu trgovine na malo, trgovine i
gospodarstva. Bruto plae su u trgovini na malo za 31,1 posto nie od prosjeka gospodarstva i
za 17,6 posto nie od prosjeka trgovine. Niske plae u trgovini nisu motivirajue za poveanje
proizvodnosti rada i za privlaenje radne snage i tako trgovinska poduzea ostaju u zaaranom
krugu loeg poslovanja. U skladu s tim, postavljena je temeljna hipoteza rada: Da bi
trgovinska poduzea izala iz zaaranog kruga loeg poslovanja nuno je da razvoj ljudskih
potencijala bude prepoznat kao jedan od temeljnih pokretaa poslovanja. Rezultati
istraivanja temelje se na primarnim i sekundarnim podatcima.
2. PROBLEM ISTRAIVANJA
Gotovo svaki etvrti ili peti zaposlenik u Hrvatskoj radi u trgovini. Radi se o loim, tekim i
slabo plaenim poslovima, poslovima koji ne nude nikakve ili vrlo male mogunosti
nagraivanja, razvoja i napredovanja. Niske plae u trgovini proizlaze iz tradicionalnog
shvaanja da trgovaka poduzea ne mogu ponuditi bolje poslove jer se njihov model
poslovanja temelji na konkuriranju niskim cijenama. Ako trgovaka poduzea investiraju vie
u zaposlenike kupci e morati platiti vie. I zaista lako je zakljuiti da zaposlenici dm imaju
visoke plae jer su njihovi kupci voljni platiti vie cijene. No, napredak trgovakog lanca Lidl
s jedanaestog na tree mjesto najpoeljnih kompanija u 2014. godini, po istraivanju koje ve
godinama provodi portal MojPosao, ohrabrujue je u potrazi za novim modelom poslovanja
trgovinskih poduzea. Premda se radi o vodeem diskonteru na hrvatskom tritu, plae
zaposlenika Lidla su iznad hrvatskog prosjeka u sektoru maloprodaje. Prole godine kada su
mnogi poslodavci otputali zaposlenike i smanjivali plae Lidl je svim svojim zaposlenicima
koji rade u trgovinama i u skladitu poveao plae za etiri posto. Poveanje plae dobilo je
1450 zaposlenika (www.poslovni.hr). Time je Lidl demonstrirao da ak i u ovom segmentu
maloprodaje, loi poslovi nisu konstanta ve stvar izbora. Tako se dokazuje mogunost da se
ulaganjem u zaposlenike, ulae u zadovoljne kupce, odnosno u uspjeh poduzea.
Logino je da se ovdje namee pitanje, ako je to tako oito, zato svi ne rade tako? Glavni
razlog lei u injenici da je troak rada najee najvei kontrolirajui troak trgovinskih
poduzea i da iznosi vie od 10% ukupnih prihoda. Veina trgovinksih poduzea promatra
ljudske potencijale nositeljima trokova, a ne nositeljima prihoda te ne udi njihova trajna
orijentacija na sniavanje trokova rada, odnosno smanjivanje broja zaposlenih u vrijeme
krize. U skladu s tim, rad voditelja pojedinih poslovnica vrednuje se u ovisnosti o tome da li
oni ispunjavaju postavljene mjesene (tjedne) ciljeve. Ovi menaderi najee nemaju
kontrolu nad prodajom (rijetko odluuju o robnom asortimanu, cijenama, promociji, izgledu
prodajnog prostora), ali imaju kontrolu nad trokovima rada (plaama). Kada prodaja padne
86
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
oni odmah smanjuju broj zaposlenih. Pritisak na sniavanje trokova rada toliko je velik da ne
udi epidemija neplaenih sati rada (Novi list, 2014). Prema procjenama sindikata radnici u
trgovini u Hrvatskoj odrade besplatno 30 dana godinje. Takva praksa prisutna je u
trgovakim lancima diljem svijeta, ukljuivi i Wal-Mart. Ferrell (2004.) je opisao Wal-Mart
kao poduzee koje prisiljava zaposlenike na prekovremeni rad i kao poduzee koje
diskriminira ene i manjine u promociji na menaderske pozicije. U naelu zaposlenici Wal-
Marta imaju manje plae i slabije beneficije nego drugi zaposlenici u maloprodaji. Sa radnom
snagom od 1.4 milijuna ljudi, politika plaa Wal-Marta glavni je krivac za niske plae u
maloprodajnom sektoru diljem SAD. S druge strane, filozofija pritiska Wal-Marta na svoje
dobavljae, izravno ili neizravno osigurava kupcima godinju utedu veu od 100 mlrd. USD.
U ovom sluaju, beneficije jedne grupe dionika kupaca posljedica su trokova druge grupi
dionika zaposlenika. Igra sa nultom sumom.
No, razmotrimo to se dogaa kada menader supermarketa otpusti odreeni broj zaposlenika
kako bi snizio trokove poslovanja i poveao dobit. Tipini supermarket predstavlja
kompleksno proizvodno operativno mjesto. Sadri prosjeno oko 39 000 raznih vrsta artikala
(www.statisticbrain.com), od Francovog ipsa do zubne paste Zirodent Saponie Osijek. Roba
se u supermarkete dostavlja na dnevnoj bazi bilo od proizvoaa, bilo iz vlastitih
distribucijskih centara. Zaposlenici moraju zaprimiti robu i sloiti je na odgovarajue police.
U supermarketu tjedno ima i do 100 promocija, a dnevno se prosjeno usluuje oko 2 500
kupaca. Promet kupaca oscilira na dnevnoj i tjednoj bazi. U ovakvom poslovnom okruenju
potrebno je dobro poznavati posao da bi se pravi proizvod naao u pravo vrijeme na
odgovarajuoj polici. Maloprodavatelji imaju vei broj proizvoda nego to ih mogu izloiti te
je na dnevnoj bazi nuno ne samo istovariti (zaprimiti) potrebne proizvode nego ih je iz
skladita nuno postaviti na odgovarajue police na prodajnom prostoru te po potrebi vratiti
natrag u skladite. Primjerice, artikli se vraaju u skladite nakon to je zavrena promotivna
akcija ili je nuno oteene artikle ili one kojima istie rok valjanosti ukloniti sa polica. Prema
procjenama radi se o vie od 1% izloenih proizvoda. Ove su proizvodne operacije samo na
izgled jednostavne. Njihovo izvravanje zahtijeva radnikovu sposobnost prosuivanja. Loe
plaeni, neobueni i nemotivirani zaposlenici trebaju pratiti koji se robni artikli prodaju,
odluiti to zadrati na prodajnim policama, a to skloniti u skladite, te zapamtiti gdje se
nalazi koji artikl. Vanost zaposlenika proizlazi i iz injenice da brojna pitanja kupaca
zahtijevaju balansiranje izmeu interesa prodavaa i elje kupaca. Primjerice, treba li izloiti
popularni proizvod na police i time umanjiti prodaju slinih, a skupljih proizvoda? Treba li
kupcu koji ne moe pronai odgovarajui proizvod pomoi ili mu rei da e taj proizvod sutra
biti na akciji? Pitanje koje se ovdje nuno namee jeste: Mogu li loe plaeni i nemotivirani
zaposlenici obavljati ovaj posao na zadovoljavajui nain? U maloprodaji mjeovite robe
gotov treina izgubljene prodaje pripisuje se fantomskim nestaicama. Radi se o
proizvodima koji se nalaze u skladitu supermarketa, ali ih nema na policama u prodajnom
prostoru ili se nalaze na krivom mjestu. Prema procjenama strunjaka profit trgovakih
poduzea mogao bi biti i do 25% vei da nema ovih fantomskih nestaica. Nedostatak
proizvoda na polici u prodajnom prostoru ue promatrano vodi do trokova izgubljene
prodaje, a ire promatrano do loijeg upravljanja zalihama i loijeg planiranja promocijskih
87
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
aktivnosti. Kada kupac nije naao odgovarajui proizvod zbog fantomske nestaice, sustav
zaliha biljei postojanje tog proizvoda, a blagajna ne registrira prodaju istog. Sustav za
predvianje zakljuuje da se za proizvodom ne ispoljava potranja i smanjuju se predvianja
potranje za proizvodom u budunosti, te e maloprodavatelj imati manji broj tih proizvoda
na zalihama ili ih uope nee naruivati. To znai da dananji proizvodno operativni problemi
utjeu ne samo na dananju ve i buduu prodaju, odnosno profit.
Mali proraun za
plae
Niska
Niska prodaja i
kvaliteta/kvantiteta
dobit
rada
88
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kako promet od trgovine na malo od izbijanja gospodarske krize biljei negativne stope rasta
evidentno je da je taj promet ovisan o gospodarskim kretanjima, odnosno razini bruto
domaeg proizvoda. Ova povezanost u Republici Hrvatskoj dosta je jaka i to na nain da kada
raste BDP, raste i promet od trgovine na malo, premda po niim stopama rasta. Vrijedi i
obrnuto, kada je stopa rasta BDP-a negativna, negativna je i stopa rasta prometa od trgovine
malo, ali esto po viim negativnim stopama rasta. Ova povezanost za razdoblje od 2003. do
2014. godine izraena koeficijentom korelacije iznosi r=0,89. Meutim, paljivijom analizom
grafikona 1 razvidno je da kretanja realnih stopa rasta prometa u trgovini na malo navjeuju
budua kretanja BDP-a.
Grafikon 1. Meuodnos realnih stopa rasta BDP-a i relanih stopa rasta prometa u
trgovini na malo
10
-10
-15
*procjena
Izvor: Priredio autor prema: Domazet, 2013, 79; Statistiki ljetopis Republike Hrvatske,
2011., str. 395; Statistiki ljetopis Republike Hrvatske, 2013., str. 404
Naime, negativna realna stopa rasta (-1,5%) prometa trgovine na malo iz 2008. godine unato
pozitivnoj stopi rasta BDP-a u toj godini navjestila je recesiju u koju e zapasti hrvatsko
gospodarstvo. Isto tako, moe se ustvrditi da neto nie negativne stopa rasta prometa
trgovine na malo iz 2013. i 2014. godine navjeuju zaustavljanje negativnih stopa rasta
hrvatskog gospodarstva. Temeljem navedenog moe se nedvojbeno ustvrditi da trgovina
predstavlja uzrok i posljedicu gospodarskog rasta.
89
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Drugo vrlo vano pitanje koje se postavlja pred menadere trgovinskih poduzea, a koje se
tie planiranja ljudskih potencijala jeste pitanje meupovezanosti zaposlenosti u trgovinskom
sektoru, narodnom gospodarstvu i ukupnom zapoljavanju. Da bi se dobio znanstveno
utemeljen odgovor na ovo pitanje u nastavku ove znanstvene rasprave temeljem podataka iz
tablice 2 istrait e se meuovisnost kretanja broja zaposlenih u trgovinskom sektoru, bruto
domaeg proizvoda i ukupne zaposlenosti u Republici Hrvatskoj.
90
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Regresijska analiza veze izmeu broja zaposlenih u trgovinskom sektoru, BDP-a i ukupnog
broja zaposlenih daje sljedei model viestruke linearne regresije:
Temeljem provedene regresijske analize (cf. tablicu 2) moe se zakljuiti da postoji statistiki
znaajna povezanost izmeu broja zaposlenih u trgovinskom sektoru, BDP-a i ukupnog broja
zaposlenih (R=0,98; F(2,11)=211,78; p<0,01). Aplikativnost navedenog modela za planiranje
kretanja broja zaposlenih u sektoru trgovine prikazana je grafikonom 2.
91
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
2,2E5
2,1E5
2E5
1,9E5
1,8E5
1,7E5
1,6E5
1,5E5
1,4E5 Observed
1 5 9 13 Mean Predicted
3 7 11 Minimum
Osim kvantitativne analize ljudskih potencijala za proboj zaarnog kruga loeg poslovanja
trogivnskih poduzea nuna je i njihova kvalitativna analiza. Radi se o radno intenzivnoj
gospodarskoj djelatnosti u kojoj se uglavnom zapoljavala radna snaga nie kvalifikacijske
strukture. Proces globalizacije i razvoj trgovakih lanaca rezultirat e znaajnom
kvalitativnom promjenom kvalifikacijske strukture zaposlenih u sektoru trgovine. Da je tome
tako potvruju i podatci o tome da je maloprodaja u Velikoj Britaniji, odnosno Njemakoj
sektor s najveim gubitkom nekvalificiranih poslova.
92
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Banke
-56
proizvodnja el. opreme
-58
tisak
-61
proizvodnja strojeva
-61
proizvodnja metala
-63
proizvodnja hrane
-82
-97 poljoprivreda
-262 maloprodaja
Izvor: Priredio autor prema: Oesch, D. (2013). Occupational Change in Europe, Oxford
University Press,Great Britain, p. 63
93
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
kemijska proizvodnja
-94
hoteli, restorani
-111
proizvodnja strojeva
-115
graditeljstvo
-141
proizvodnja hrane
-152
poljoprivreda
-159
proizvodnja tekstila
-179
maloprodaja
-259
proizvodnja metala
-280
Izvor: Priredio autor prema: Oesch, D. (2013). Occupational Change in Europe, Oxford
University Press,Great Britain, p. 63
180000
160000
140000
120000
100000
80000 2012.
1986.
60000
40000
20000
0
94
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: Priredio autor prema: Statistiki godinjak SR Hrvatske, 1989., str. 111 i Statistiki
ljetopis 2013., str. 144.
Velik proraun za
plae
etiri su naina da trgovinsko poduzee ostvari model arobnog kruga poslovanja: 1) nuditi
manje preveliki broj artikala poveava trokove poslovanja, ne nuno i prihode trgovinskog
poduzea. Isto vrijedi i za preveliki broj akcijskih prodaja; 2) ostvariti fleksibilnost kroz
polivalentnu obuku zaposlenika zaposlenici trebaju raditi ono to je u odreenom trenutku
potrebno. Kada je veliki broj kupaca u trogivnskom poduzeu posvetiti se usluivanju kupaca,
a kada je manji broj kupaca posvetiti se drugim radnim zadatcima; 3) eleminirati trokove
gdje god je to mogue izuzev na zaposlenicima primjerenije je imati koejeg zaposlenika
vie nego da postojei izvravaju zahtjeve kupaca trei; 4) dozvoliti zaposlenicima da donose
manje odluke tako se osigurava responzivnost trgovinskog poduzea lokalnim zahtjevima
poveavajui zadovoljstvo kupaca i zaposlenika.
95
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
4. ZAKLJUAK
5. LITERATURA
1. Dess, Gregory; Lumpkin, Tom (2005). Strategic Management: creating competitive
advantages, Boston [etc,], McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
2. Domazet, T. (2013). Novi ekonomski model i novo liderstvo za novi razvoj, Zbronik
radova 23. Tradicionalnog savjetovanja Ekonomska politika Hrvatske u 2014.,
Juri, LJ. (ur.), Opatija, 13.-15.11.2013., Hrvatsko drutvo ekonomista, Zagreb, str.
54-98.
3. Dravni zavod za statistiku, Statistiki ljetopis 2013., Zagreb.
4. Dravni zavod za statistiku, Statistiki ljetopis 2011., Zagreb.
5. Fisher, M., Netessine, S., Krishman, J. (2006). Retail Store Execution: An Empirical
Study, dostupno na https://opimweb.wharton.upenn.edu/files, pristup: 25.09.2014.
6. Gali, G. (2014). Epidemija neplaenih radnih sati, Novi list, 30.04.2014.
96
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
7. McShane, Steven; Von Glinov, Mary Ann (2010). Organizational Behaviour, 5th
edition, Boston [etc.], McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
8. Oesch, D. (2013). Occupational Change in Europe, Oxford University Press,Great
Britain.
9. Pupavac, D., Lipovaa, S., Seen, V. (2012). Zadovoljstvo zaposlenika imbenik
uspjenosti suvremenih poduzea, Zbornik radova Meimurskog veleuilita u
akovcu, Vol. 3, No 2., str. 79 83.
10. Republiki zavod za statistiku SR Hrvatske, Statistiki godinjak SR Hrvatske 1989.,
Zagreb.
11. Robbins, Stephen; Judge, Timothy (2009). Organizacijsko ponaanje, dvanaesto
izdanje, Mate, Zagrebaka kola ekonomije i managementa, Zagreb.
12. Sektorske analize, Vol. 2, No. 20, travanj 2013.
13. http://www.statisticbrain.com/supermarket-statistics (pristup:6.10.2014.)
14. Trgovina na malo, www.eizg.hr, pristup: 2.10.2014.
15. www.dzs.hr , PC-Axis baze podataka (pristup: 5.10.2014.)
16. www.hgk.hr, pristup: 3.10.2014.
17. www.index.hr, pristup: 2.10.2014.
18. www.poslovni.hr, pristup: 18.02.2014.
19. Zeynep, T.(2012). Why Good Jobs are Good fo Retailers, Harward Business
Review, January-February., str. 124 - 131.
97
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Trgovina ima vanu ulogu u ukupnom gospodarstvu Republike Hrvatske i Europske unije. U
radu e se analizirati znaaj trgovine na razini Hrvatske i Europske unije i to na parametrima:
broj poduzetnika u djelatnostima trgovine i njihov udio u ukupnom broju poduzetnika,
ostvareni ukupni prihod, broj zaposlenih odnosno udjel broja zaposlenih u trgovini u
ukupnom gospodarstvu.
Zakonodavni okvir ima vanu ulogu u gospodarstvima openito, kao bitan preduvjet koji
omoguuje rast i razvoj gospodarstva, a posebno onaj dio kojim se reguliraju radni odnosi.
Budui da je vei dio radnog prava u nadlenosti nacionalnih zakonodavstva, u radu se
analiziraju zakonske osnove s posebnim osvrtom na dio koji se odnosi na djelatnost trgovine u
Republici Hrvatskoj.
Uvaavajui aktualna kretanja te razvoj e-trgovine te znaajni rast iste, kao i potencijal u
njenom razvoju u budunosti, u radu e se dati osvrt na postojee stanje, ali i trendove u e-
trgovini. Analizirati e se i ukupni globalni trendovi u djelatnostima trgovine.
Kljune rijei: trgovina, maloprodaja, veleprodaja, zaposleni, ukupni prihod, Hrvatska, EU,
e-trgovina
98
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
Trade plays an important role in the overall Croatian and European Union economy. This
paper will analyze the importance of trade at the Croatian and European Union level in
following parameters: the number of entrepreneurs in distributive trade and their share in the
total number of entrepreneurs, the total revenue, and the share of the employment in trade in
the overall economy.
In Croatia, more than a quarter of businesses are registered in trade - the share of
entrepreneurs in trade in the total number of entrepreneurs in 2013 was 26.03%. Around 5.5
million businesses or every fourth entrepreneur operate in trade sector of the European
Union. For example, at EU level the number of entrepreneurs in trade is 1.5 times higher than
in the construction industry and three times more than in the hospitality and catering industry.
Furthermore, entrepreneurs in trade sector achieved a total revenue of 213.48 billion kuna in
Croatia. Entrepreneurs in trade sector participated in the total income of all the Croatian
entrepreneurs with 34.86%. At the EU level companies in trade sector realized a total revenue
of 8.3 trillion euros. Number of employees in trade indicate the fact that trade is leading or the
second largest employer in the Croatian and the European Union economy. So at the Croatian
market approximately 16% of all employees work in the trade sector, while EU trade sector
employs about 13% of all employees. Employees are important macroeconomic parameters
for all economies, while creating value by taking into account the economic aspect, but
distributive trade also has important social contribution to the economy as a whole. The paper
analyzes wages in the trade sector in Croatia, as one of the main economic and social
indicators of the economy of a country. All observed parameters confirmed the importance of
trade and significant contribution to the Croatian and the EU economies.
The legislative framework has an important role in the economy in general, as an essential
prerequisite that enables the growth and development of the economy, especially the part
which regulates labor relations. Since most of the labor law is in the jurisdiction of national
legislation, the paper analyzes the legal basis, with special reference to the part which relates
to the trade activities in Croatia.
Taking into account the current trends and the development of e-commerce and significant
growth of the same, as well as the potential for its development in the future, this paper will
give an overview of the current situation, but also the trends in e-commerce. Also, the overall
global trends in trade sector will be analyzed.
Keywords: trade, retail, wholesale, employees, total revenue, Croatia, EU, e-commerce
99
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
1. UVOD
Rad tematizira i zakonodavni okvir radnih odnosa na nivou Hrvatske, uvaavajui injenicu
da je stabilan zakonodavni okvir, posebno onaj koji ureuje rad i radne odnose temelj, ali i
bitna pretpostavka rasta i razvoja svakog gospodarstva.
Uvaavajui sve prisutne trendove globalno, ali i na nivou Unije rad analizira efekte i uinke
etrgovine kao nezaobilazne realnosti i budunosti u gospodarskim tokovima Europe i svijeta.
13
Osnovni pokazatelji trgovine u Republici Hrvatskoj u 2013., 2014. Hrvatska gospodarska komora, Sektor za
trgovinu, Zagreb, str. 2
100
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U 2013. godini svi poduzetnici u Republici Hrvatskoj su ostvarili ukupno 612,44 milijardi
kuna prihoda. Ukupan prihod poduzetnika u djelatnosti trgovine u 2013. godini iznosio je
213,48 milijardi kuna. Poduzetnici u djelatnosti trgovine sa svojim ostvarenim prihodom
sudjelovali su u ukupnim prihodima svih poduzetnika Republike Hrvatske sa 34,86% 14 .
Tablini prikaz ukupnih prihoda u djelatnostima trgovine dan je u tablici 2.
14
Ibidem, str.3
15
Priopenje inozemna izravna ulaganja u Republiku Hrvatsku, 2013., Hrvatska narodna banka, Zagreb
16
Priopenje inozemna izravna ulaganja u Republiku Hrvatsku po djelatnostima, 2013., Hrvatska narodna banka,
Zagreb
101
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: Hrvatska narodna banka, Priopenje inozemna izravna ulaganja u Republiku Hrvatsku
po djelatnostima, (2013.), str. 1
17
Nacionalna klasifikacija djelatnosti iz 2007. godine
18
Priopenje zaposleni prema djelatnostima u prosincu 2013., 2014., Dravni zavod za statistiku, Zagreb
102
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Trgovina ;
15,80%
Trgovina
Gospodarstvo;
Gospodarstvo
84,20%
103
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
G45; 7,42%
3.2. Prosjene mjesene neto plae zaposlenih u pravnim osobama Republike Hrvatske
u 2013. godini s posebnim osvrtom na djelatnost trgovine
19
Priopenje prosjene mjesene isplaene neto plae zaposlenih za prosinac 2013., 2014., Dravni zavod za
statistiku, Zagreb
104
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Na razini Europske unije ukupno 5,5 milijuna tvrtki posluje u djelatnosti trgovine. Od
ukupnog broja registriranih u djelatnosti trgovini u maloprodaji je registrirano 3,7 milijuna
tvrtki, dok u veleprodaji posluje 1,8 milijuna tvrtki /vidi tablicu 6./. Analizom veliine tvrtki u
djelatnosti trgovine razvidno je da veina tvrtki spada u kategoriju malih i srednjih tvrtki,
odnosno 30% svih malih i srednji tvrtki na nivou Europske unije posluje u trgovini. Kad je
105
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
rije o maloprodaji 95% svih tvrtki spada u kategoriju malih tvrtki koje zapoljavaju manje od
10 zaposlenih. U veleprodaji preko 90% tvrtki posluju kao mikro tvrtke 20.
Tablica u nastavku /broj 7./ donosi pokazatelje o poduzetnicima u djelatnosti trgovine, istiui
neke od parametara poput pitanja vlasnitva poduzetnika u trgovini, te pitanja veliine
poduzetnika u djelatnosti trgovine.
Na razini Europske unije tvrtke u djelatnosti trgovine su ostvarile ukupan prihod od 8,3
trilijuna eura. Od ukupnog prihoda ostvarenog u djelatnosti trgovine, 2,6 trilijuna ostvarila je
djelatnost maloprodaje, dok je ostatak od 5,7 trilijuna eura ostvaren u djelatnosti
veleprodaje21, to je i prikazano i u tablici 8.
Maloprodaja 2,6
Veleprodaja 5,7
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 16
Napomena: podaci za ukupni prihodi ostvaren u djelatnosti trgovine odnose se na 2011.g.
20
Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors for the European economy, Institute of retail management,2014.,
Said Business school, University of Oxford, Brussels, str. 15-19
21
Ibidem, str. 29-33
106
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Trgovina je na razini Europske unije drugi najvei poslodavac, odmah iza proizvodnje, te
zapoljava 13% svih zaposlenih, odnosno svaki sedmi zaposleni u Europi radi u trgovini. U
trgovini je na razini Europske unije zaposleno 29 milijuna zaposlenih, odnosno 18,6 milijuna
u maloprodaji i 10,4 milijuna u veleprodaji. Primjerice, 8, 3% svih zaposlenih na razini Unije
radi u djelatnosti maloprodaje, odnosno 4,6% svih zaposlenih u Uniji radi u veleprodaji.
Analize pokazuju da 2/3 svih zaposlenih u trgovini radi u malim i srednjim tvrtkama. Valja
istaknuti, da trgovina osim velikog znaaja u ukupnom broju zaposlenih na nivou Unije ima
veliki znaaj i u nizu poslovnih mogunosti koje nudi zaposlenicima u smislu funkcija,
poslovnih vjetina te razvoja poslovnih mogunosti. Naime, trgovina zapoljava zaposlene
razliitih profila od doktora znanosti do zaposlenih s osnovnim poslovnim kompetencijama
to je svojevrsno bogatstvo ove djelatnosti. Trgovina je na razini Europske unije i generator
novih radnih mjesta, i to posebno za mlade, tako primjerice 22% svih zaposlenih mladih od
15 do 24 godine radi u djelatnosti trgovine 22.
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 19
Grafikon u nastavku /vidi grafikon 3./ potvruje injenicu da je trgovina drugi najvei
poslodavac, iza proizvodnje na razini Europske unije, te zapoljava ukupno 13% svih
zaposlenih. Slijedi potom, zdravstvo i socijalna skrb sa 10% zaposlenih, gradnja sa 7%, javna
administracija i obrana sa 7%, obrazovanje sa 7% , administrativni i drugi popratni poslovi sa
6%, znanost i tehnologija sa 6%, poljoprivreda sa 5%, transport i skladitenje 5%, smjetaj i
usluge hrane 5%, financije i osiguranje 3%, informacije i komunikacije 3%, ostale usluge 4%,
trgovina motornim vozilima 2% te umjetnost i zabava 2%.
22
Ibidem, str. 19-23
107
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 19-26
Grafikon koji slijedi /vidi grafikon 4./ daje prikaz udjela zaposlenih u trgovini u ukupnom
gospodarstvu Europske unije zbirno za djelatnosti trgovine, naglaavajui vanost trgovine
kao drugog po veliini poslodavca na nivou Unije.
Trgovina; 13%
Ukupno gospodarstvo
Trgovina
Ukupno
gospodarstvo ;
87%
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 25
Nadalje, znaaj trgovine kao poslodavca na nivou Unije, vidljiv je kad se ralani trgovina na
djelatnost maloprodaje i veleprodaje. Tako, trgovina na malo na nivou ukupnog gospodarstva
Europske unije zapoljava 8,3% zaposlenih /vidi grafikon 5./. Analiza udjela zaposlenih u
108
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
djelatnosti veleprodaje na nivou Europske unije pokazuje da na nivou Unije u veleprodaji radi
4,6% zaposlenih /vidi grafikon 6./
Maloprodaja;
8,30%
Maloprodaja
Ukupno gospodarstvo
Ukupno
gospodarstvo;
91,70%
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 24
Veleprodaja;
4,60%
Veleprodaja
Ukupno gospodarstvo
Ukupno
gospodarstvo;
95,40%
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 24
Zbirni prikaz trgovine, kao vanog poslodavca na razini Unije donosi tablica u nastavku,
potvrujui njen znaaj u broju zaposlenih, udjelu zaposlenih u djelatnostima trgovine u
ukupnom broju zaposlenih u Uniji, zaposlenih s obzirom na veliinu poduzetnika i drugo /vidi
tablicu 10./ .
109
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5.1.Zakon o radu
Temeljni zakonodavni okvir kojim se regulira radni odnos u Republici Hrvatskoj je Zakon o
radu, ako drugim zakonom ili meunarodnim ugovorom, koji je sklopljen i potvren u skladu
s Ustavom te objavljen, a koji je na snazi, nije drukije odreeno23. Zakon o radu definira i
pojam radnika i poslodavca. Vaei Zakon o radu je stupio na snagu 7. kolovoza 2014.
godine, a objavljen je u slubenom glasilu Republike Hrvatske u Narodnim novinama broj
93/2014. No, vano je istaknuti, da sukladno odredbama lanka 234. Zakona o radu na dan
stupanja na snagu istog prestaju vaiti sve odredbe Zakona o radu objavljenog u Narodnim
novinama broj 149/09, 61/11, 82/12 i 73/13 osim lanaka 222., 223., 224. i 225, a kojim se
regulira sudjelovanje radnika u odluivanju kod prekograninog pripajanja ili spajanja
poslodavca.
Prvi kolektivni ugovor za djelatnost trgovine24 donesen je 1998. godine. Tim su se ugovorom
ureivala prava i obveze zaposlenika iz rada i temeljem rada, kao i prava i obveze poslodavca,
sukladno pozitivnim zakonskim propisima. Izmjenama i dopuna Kolektivnog ugovora za
djelatnost trgovine 25 koje su zakljuene 24. oujka 2005. godine predmetni kolektivni
ugovor proirio se na sve poslodavce i radnike u djelatnosti trgovine u Republici Hrvatskoj.
No, u 2013. godini poslodavci u djelatnosti trgovine su otkazali kolektivni ugovor, a slijedom
prestanka vaenja kolektivnog ugovora izmeu ugovornih strana na temelju odredbe lanka
267. stavka 5. Zakona o radu26, poevi od dana 16. srpnja 2013. godine prestala je proirena
primjena Kolektivnog ugovora za djelatnost trgovine te Izmjena i dopuna kolektivnog
ugovora za djelatnost trgovine. Obzirom da navedeni Kolektivni ugovor nije na snazi
poslodavci u djelatnosti trgovine moraju potivati pozitivne propise koji ureuju radno-
pravne odnose (Zakon o radu, Zakon o minimalnoj plai i druge).
23
Sukladno lanku 1. Zakona o radu
24
Kolektivni ugovor za djelatnost trgovine objavljen je u Narodnim novinama broj 41/1998
25
Izmjene i dopune Kolektivnog ugovora za djelatnost trgovine objavljene u Narodnim novinama broj 79 /2005
26
Tada vaei Zakon o radu objavljen je u Narodnim novinama broj 149/09, 61/11, 82/12 i 73/13
110
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Internet trgovina na razini Europske unije biljei znaajni rast iz godine u godinu. Tako je, u
2013. godini na nivou Europske unije u internet trgovini ostvarena prodaja od 350 milijardi
eura 31 . Tablica u nastavku donosi predvianja razvoja e-trgovine, koja potvruju sve vei
znaaj e- trgovine u ukupnoj djelatnosti trgovine.
27
Vaei Zakon o trgovini objavljen je u Narodnim novinama broj 87/08, 96/08,116/08, 114/11,68/13, 30/14
28
Sukladno lanku 1. Zakona o radu
29
Op.cit. lanak 15. Zakona o trgovini
30
Sukladno tumaenju zakondavca Ministarstva gospodarstva Republike Hrvatske, dostupno na slubenoj
stranici predmetnog ministarstva www.mingo.hr
31
Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors for the European economy, Institute of retail management,2014.,
Said Business school, University of Oxford, Brussels, str. 35-37
111
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 59-69
Izvor: Said Business school, University of Oxford, Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors
for the European economy, (2014.), str. 65
Globalni trendovi u trgovini pod utjecajem su globalne gospodarske krize, koja je nedvojbeno
dovela do promjena navika u ponaanju potroaa, i sad ve moemo govoriti o novim
112
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
navikama potroaa. Izraen trend je i sve vea konkurencija, ali i takozvana zamagljena
konkurencija u smislu sve veeg mijeanja HORECA sektora i maloprodaje, jaa i suradnja
trgovine i proizvodnje. Pregled ATKeraney trendova dan je u tablici 12.
7. ZAKLJUAK
Analizom osnovnih pokazatelja djelatnosti trgovine u radu je dan prikaz vanosti trgovine,
posebno maloprodaje i veleprodaje na ukupno gospodarstvo Hrvatske i Europske unije.
Analizirani pokazatelji potvrdili su znaaj trgovine na nivou Hrvatske i Unije, ija je Hrvatska
punopravna lanica od 1. srpnja 2013. godine, u svim promatranim parametrima. Ukupan broj
poduzetnika u djelatnostima trgovine ukazuje na injenicu da veliki broj poduzetnika posluje
u trgovini. U Hrvatskoj je vie od etvrtine poduzetnika registrirano u djelatnostima trgovine,
dok je na nivou Unije svaki etvrti poduzetnik registriran u promatranoj djelatnosti. I
analizirani ostvareni ukupni prihodi potvruju znaaj trgovine, tako su u Hrvatskoj
poduzetnici ostvarili 34,86% ukupnog prihoda svih poduzetnika, dok je na nivou Unije
32
Priopenje uporaba informacijskih i komunikacijskih tehnologija (ikt) u kuanstvima i kod pojedinaca u
2013., prvi rezultati, 2014., Dravni zavod za statistiku, Zagreb
113
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
primjerice prihod ostvaren u trgovini tri puta vei od onog ostvarenog u industriji
graevinarstva. Posebno, vaan znaaj trgovine ogleda se u zaposlenosti, i to i u broju
zaposlenih, i u udjelu zaposlenih u odnosu na sve zaposlene u gospodarstvima Hrvatske i
Unije. Osim to je trgovina drugi najvei poslodavac u gospodarstvu Hrvatske i Unije, ona je
vani generator radnih mjesta u promatranim gospodarstvima i to posebno kod socijalno
osjetljivijih skupina drutva meu kojima se istiu mladi Europljani. Veliki udio mladih
zaposlenih u djelatnostima trgovine daje veliki doprinos gospodarstvu, uvaavajui visoku
razinu nezaposlenosti meu mladima na nivou Unije, a zaposlenou mladih osigurava se rast
i prosperitet sljedeim generacijama te drutvu u cijelini. Kod zaposlenosti u djelatnostima
trgovine valja istaknuti i irinu radnih mjesta koje trgovina nudi ovisno o steenim
kvalifikacijama, znanjima i vjetinama, i to u razliitim kategorijama mladim i starijim,
mukim i enskim, zaposlenim na neodreeno i odreeno, ali trgovina nudi i irok spektar
mogunosti samozapoljavanja. Analizirani su i osnovni trendovi u trgovini, s posebnim
osvrtom na sve prisutni trend razvoja e-trgovine i e-poslovanja openito. Naime, znaaj rasta
e-trgovine potvruju i osnovni pokazatelji ostvareni na nivou Unije u 2013. godini. No,
strunjaci predviaju nastavak trenda i razvoja e- trgovine i u 2014. godini, kad e primjerice
18% potroaa kupovati on-line kanalom na razini Unije.
8. LITERATURA
1. How retail and wholesale can boost growth and create jobs in Europe, 2013.
Eurocommerce, Brussels
2. Kolektivni ugovor za djelatnost trgovine objavljen u Narodnim novinama broj 41/98,
75/05, 79/05
3. Osnovni pokazatelji trgovine u Republici Hrvatskoj u 2013., 2014. Hrvatska gospodarska
komora, Sektor za trgovinu, Zagreb
4. Priopenje prosjene mjesene isplaene neto plae zaposlenih za prosinac 2013., 2014.,
Dravni zavod za statistiku, Zagreb
5. Priopenje zaposleni prema djelatnostima u prosincu 2013., 2014., Dravni zavod za
statistiku, Zagreb
6. Priopenje uporaba informacijskih i komunikacijskih tehnologija (ikt) u poduzeima u
2013., prvi rezultati, 2014., Dravni zavod za statistiku, Zagreb
7. Priopenje uporaba informacijskih i komunikacijskih tehnologija (ikt) u kuanstvima i
kod pojedinaca u 2013., prvi rezultati, 2014., Dravni zavod za statistiku, Zagreb
8. Priopenje inozemna izravna ulaganja u Republiku Hrvatsku, 2013., Hrvatska narodna
banka, Zagreb
9. Priopenje inozemna izravna ulaganja u Republiku Hrvatsku po djelatnostima, 2013.,
Hrvatska narodna banka, Zagreb
10. Seier Larsen, M., Global trends in retail and implications on Croatia and SEE, 2014., 11.
Progressive magazine konferencija, Zagreb
11. Study - Retail and wholesale: Key sectors for the European economy, Institute of retail
management,2014., Said Business school, University of Oxford, Brussels
12. Zakon o radu objavljen u Narodnim novinama broj 149/09, 61/11, 82/12 i 73/13
13. Zakon o trgovini objavljen u Narodnim novinama broj 87/08, 96/08,116/08,
114/11,68/13, 30/14
14. Zakon o radu objavljen u Narodnim novinama broj 93/2014
114
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
115
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
In order to face todays challenges of a changing retail environment and to obtain the
competitive advantage on the market, retailers are forced to undertake the coordination and
consolidation of all management subsystems (system of values, planning, monitoring and
control, informing, organization, and human resource management). Therefore, companies
have implemented controlling as the support of the managers` decision making, and the
increase of managers` efficiency, effectiveness and adaptation to changing market
environment. From the theoretical and empirical point of view, this paper analyses the
function of controlling in the human resource management in the Karlovac county retailing.
In such a way, competences required by controllers, as the managers` partners, as well as the
impact of controlling on the increase of retailers` knowledge level and skilled competences
are presented.
1. UVOD
Kontroling je struna, aktivna i neutralna potpora odluivanju. Cilj ovog rada je analizirati
funkciju kontrolinga kao svojevrsne potpore odluivanju, te poveanju efikasnosti i
efektivnosti rada menadmenta maloprodajnih poduzea u Karlovakoj upaniji, gdje
maloprodaja i trgovina predstavljaju znaajan generator prihoda, ali i zapoljavanja
stanovnitva.
116
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Odreeni uvjeti, vanjski i unutarnji, poput niih gospodarskih stopa rasta, promjena
drutvenog okruenja, promjena svjetskih gospodarskih i politikih uvjeta, skraenja ivotnog
ciklusa proizvoda, autoritarnog stila rukovoenja, centralizirane organizacije upravljanja,
nejasnih ciljeva poduzea, nejasne strategije asortimana i proizvoda poduzea, slabosti u
nabavi, prodaji, upravljanju suradnicima, posljednjih tridesetak godina uvjetovali su razvoj i
potrebu za kontrolingom. Dobar pokazatelj procesa razvoja kontrolinga je injenica da se
nakon razvoja i afirmiranja na podruju proizvodnje, kontroling u razvijenim trinim
gospodarstvima nastavio razvijati u podruju usluga, prvenstveno u podruju trgovine.
Kontroling se moe definirati kao funkcija odnosno preciznije podsustav menadmenta koji
pridonosi efikasnosti i efektivnosti rada menadmenta ime se poveava vitalnost poduzea i
sposobnost prilagoavanja promjenama. Moe se objasniti i kao funkcija u menaderskom
sustavu usmjerena ka poveanju efikasnosti osiguravanjem relevantnih znanja o injenicama i
metodama, na osnovi ega je mogue poveati stupanj menaderske spremnosti pri
suoavanju s promjenama u poduzeu i izvan njega (Weber, 1993:46 u: Rupi i Datkovi,
2013: 44). Promatra se i kao nain razmiljanja, konzultant menadmenta i poduzea u cjelini
te ekonomska savjest poduzea.
Teorija i praksa kontrolinga se u Hrvatskoj poela razvijati devedesetih godina 20. stoljea.
Istraivanja prakse kontrolinga u Hrvatskoj provela je Osmanagi Bedenik 2001. i 2007.
godine te ustanovila da je 2001. godine od 70 ispitanih poduzea, 53% njih imalo odjel
kontrolinga, dok je 2007. godine od 82 poduzea, 74% njih imalo odjel kontrolinga. Dakle,
ova injenica ukazuje na poveanje zastupljenosti odjela kontrolinga u hrvatskim
organizacijama potaknuto sve sloenijim i dinaminijim uvjetima poslovanja. Prethodno
spomenuta istraivanja 2001. i 2007. dokazala su i to da kontroling pridonosi i poveava
poslovni uspjeh organizacija te se zbog toga smatra imbenikom poslovnog uspjeha.
117
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
118
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
119
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
120
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U svim zemljama trgovina predstavlja veoma vanu granu nacionalne ekonomije koja prelazi
granice jedne zemlje i stvara jedinstvo globalne ekonomije. Moe se definirati kao
mehanizam uravnoteenja odnosno ekonomska djelatnost iji je krajnji cilj povezivanje
proizvoaa i potroaa. Trgovina na malo predstavlja usluivanje krajnjeg potroaa radi
osobne upotrebe ili upotrebe u kuanstvu. Nacionalna klasifikacija djelatnosti (NKD) 2007.
definira trgovinu na malo na sljedei nain: Trgovina na malo je prodaja robe krajnjim
potroaima, tj. stanovnitvu za osobnu upotrebu ili upotrebu u kuanstvu (SLJRH 2013.:403)
Od trgovine na malo treba razlikovati maloprodaju. Maloprodaja predstavlja dio trgovine na
121
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
malo koja ukljuuje prodaju na malo, no nabava moe biti organizirana na veliko.
Maloprodaja obuhvaa uz prodaju proizvoda i usluge vezane za tu prodaju proizvoda te druge
usluge, tako da se maloprodaju moe definirati kao gospodarska djelatnost prodaje proizvoda
ili usluga krajnjem potroau za osobnu upotrebu ili upotrebu u kuanstvu. Maloprodaja je u
posljednjih dvadesetak godina u razvijenim trinim gospodarstvima ula u fazu zrelosti, a u
tranzicijskim zemljama (posebno u Republici Hrvatskoj) ona se razvija bre od ukupnog
gospodarstva (Segetlija, 2010: 47). Prema podacima Hrvatske gospodarske komore
upanijske komore Karlovac 2012. godine u Karlovakoj upaniji djelatnost trgovine je
stvorila drugu po redu vrijednost izvoza nakon preraivake industrije, sa 610 tisua
amerikih dolara (period 1. 3. mjesec 2012. godine). Na vanost djelatnosti trgovine, tj.
maloprodaje u Karlovakoj upaniji ukazuje i zaposlenost jer prema Hrvatskom zavodu za
zapoljavanje - podrunom uredu Karlovac u 2012. godini najvie je radnika zaposleno u
preraivakoj industriji 20,8% (1112), zatim u djelatnosti pruanja smjetaja i pripreme hrane
14,8% (790), a potom u trgovini 13,9% (742). Stoga, valja zakljuiti kako trgovina, i
konkretno, maloprodaja imaju vanu ulogu u razvoju i napretku lokalne, nacionalne, ali i
globalne ekonomije.
122
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Osim ERP-a, sustava koji se prvi pojavio, postoje jo dva bitna informacijska sustava, nastala
nakon ERP-a, prisutna u maloprodaji, a to su: SCM, upravljanje lancem dobave i CRM,
upravljanje odnosima s kupcima. Aral, Brynjolfsson i Wu (2006) proveli su istraivanje kojim
je zakljueno kako upotreba ERP sustava utjee na ostvarivanje produktivnosti poslovnih
sustava te da takva poduzea primjenjuju i SCM i CRM sustave. U procesu razvoja i izbora
informacijskog sustava dolazi do odreenih problema, poput slabosti i manjkavosti takvih
sustava koji su uzrokovani injenicama: informacijski sustavi kontrolinga openito se
razvijaju za veliki broj korisnika, a ne pojedinane korisnike; informatiari programeri ne
mogu predvidjeti sve zahtjeve kontrolera i menadera. Prilikom programiranja takvih sustava,
informatiari programeri ne mogu uzeti u obzir specifinosti svake djelatnosti odnosno
organizacije, sustavi se razvijaju za veliki broj korisnika zbog: smanjenja trokova i
dostupnosti velikom broju subjekata. Stoga je razvoj univerzalnih informacijskih sustava
kontrolinga veoma zahtjevan proces koji se u dananje vrijeme veoma rijetko provodi, a
rezerviran je za najvea trgovaka poduzea.
123
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kako bi se ustanovilo u kojoj mjeri kontroling osigurava podizanje razine znanja i strunih
sposobnosti zaposlenika u maloprodanim poduzeima, nakon teorijskog dijela gdje je
temeljem rezultata sekundarnog istraivanja osiguran pregled vjetina koje moraju
posjedovati kontroleri, kao poslovni partneri menadera, pristupilo se primarnom istraivanju
metodom intervjuiranja u maloprodajnim poduzeima u Karlovakoj upaniji. Istraivanje
postojanja i uloge kontrolinga u maloprodajnim poduzeima u Karlovakoj upaniji je
provedeno meu est maloprodajnih poduzea u Karlovakoj upaniji u periodu od 09.06. do
20.06.2014. godine. U uzorak je primarno izabrano osam maloprodajnih poduzea od kojih je
est predstavnika maloprodajnih poduzea odnosno ciljane istraivake skupine pristalo na
intervju, to je stopa povrata od 75%. Dva predstavnika, koja su odbila razgovor, su se
opravdali injenicom da ne smiju davati takve informacije ili nemaju saznanja.
Ciljevi istraivanja su ostvareni temeljem metode intervjuiranja ija podloga je bio podsjetnik
za intervju s 28 otvorenih i zatvorenih pitanja s viestrukim odgovorima nabrajanja i
rangiranja. U namjerni uzorak su odabrana mala, srednje velika i velika maloprodajna
poduzea za koje se pretpostavlja da u svojoj organizacijskoj strukturi imaju kontroling kao
organizacijsku cjelinu odnosno kao odjel. Ciljanu istraivaku skupinu su najee
predstavljali lanovi uprave, voditelji raunovodstva, prodaje odnosno voditelji poslovnica
malih, srednje velikih i velikih maloprodajnih poduzea. Podloga odnosno predloak za
sastavljanje upitnika bili su sljedei izvori: Osmanagi Bedenik (2004) i Osmanagi Bedenik
(2007).
3. REZULTATI ISTRAIVANJA
124
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
4. ZAKLJUAK
125
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. LITERATURA
1. Aral, S., Brynjolfsson, E. i Wu, D.J. (2006) Which came First, IT or Productivity? The
virtuous cycle of investment and use in enterprise systems. Twenty Seventh
International Conference on Information Systems, Milwakee., Dostupno na:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=942291 [16.07.2014.]
2. Dunkovi, D., Rui, D., Juri, . (2010) Informacijska tehnologija u funkciji
napretka trgovine u recesiji. Izazovi trgovine u recesiji, Renko, S., Kneevi, B.,
Vouk, R. (urednici), Ekonomski fakultet Zagreb, Zagreb, str. 173-194.
3. Ganslen, S. et al. (2012) Temeljna naela kontrolinga, prema Internationaler
Controller Verein (ICV) i International Group of Controlling (IGC), prijevod: Oko, J.
i Meter, M., Dostupno na:
www.igc-controlling.org/img/pdf/ICV_IGC_Valuepaper_KR.pdf [16.07.2014.]
4. Hrvatska gospodarska komora upanijska komora Karlovac (2012) Gospodarska
kretanja u Karlovakoj upaniji., Dostupno na: https://www.hgk.hr/wp-
content/blogs.dir/1/files_mf/Gospodarska%20kretanja%2020.6.2012.pdf [10.07.2014.]
5. Hrvatski zavod za zapoljavanje podruni ured Karlovac (2012) Kretanje na tritu
rada u 2012. Izvjetaj o radu u 2012. godini., Dostupno na:
www.hzz.hr/UserDocsImages/KA_Godisnjak_2011.pdf [11.07.2014.]
6. Ivezi, V. (2003) Istraivanje potreba za suradnicima u djelatnosti kontrolinga u
Hrvatskoj. Zbornik Ekonomskog fakulteta u Zagrebu, 1(1), str. 207 219., Dostupno
na: http://hrcak.srce.hr/index.php?show=clanak&id_clanak_jezik=41425
[16.07.2014.]
7. Kent, T. i Omar, A. (2003) Retailing. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
8. Oko, J. i vigir, A. (2009) Kontroling upravljanje iz backstagea. Zagreb: Altius
savjetovanje d.o.o. i Kognosko.
9. Osmanagi Bedenik, N. (2007) Kontroling Abeceda poslovnog uspjeha. 3.
dopunjeno izdanje, Zagreb: kolska knjiga.
10. Osmanagi Bedenik, N. i Lalovac, B. (2007) Kontroling faktor poslovnog uspjeha:
primjer hotelskih poduzea. Acta turistica, 19 (1), str. 83-99.
11. Osmanagi Bedenik, N. (2004) Kontroling Abeceda poslovnog uspjeha. 2.
dopunjeno izdanje, Zagreb: kolska knjiga.
12. Panian, . i urko, K. (2010) Poslovni informacijski sustavi. Zagreb: Element.
13. Rupi, N. i Datkovi, A. (2013) Kontroling pretpostavka djelotvornog rada
menadmenta. Praktini menadment, IV(1), str. 43 49, Dostupno na:
http://hrcak.srce.hr/index.php?show=clanak&id_clanak_jezik=175102 [15.07.2014.]
14. Segetlija, Z. (2010) Maloprodaja u Republici Hrvatskoj i u nekim europskim
zemljama. Izazovi trgovine u recesiji, Renko, S., Kneevi, B., Vouk, R. (urednici),
Ekonomski fakultet Zagreb, Zagreb, str. 35-50.
15. Statistiki ljetopis Republike Hrvatske 2013., dostupno na:
http://www.dzs.hr/Hrv_Eng/ljetopis/2013/sljh2013.pdf (17.07.2014.)
16. Weber, J. (1993) Einfuhrung In das Controlling. Stuttgart: Poeschel.
126
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Europsko drutvo (Societas Europaea, dalje: SE) daje mogunost osnivaima iz drava
lanica Europske unije za osnivanje unificiranog supranacionalnog oblika trgovakog drutva
ime se doprinosi mobilnosti drutava na jedinstvenom europskom tritu. Analiza osnovanih
SE na podruju drava lanica Europske unije ukazuje da je najvei broj osnovanih drutava u
protekle tri godine ostvaren u Republici ekoj. Analizirajui pravno i ekonomsko okruenje
SE u Republici ekoj te temeljem provedene analize autorice daju mogue preporuke za
hrvatsku poslovnu praksu s posebnim naglaskom na izbor oblika drutva za poslovanje u
prekograninoj trgovini. Posebnosti ovog drutva su mogunost odabira izmeu monistikog i
dualistikog ustroja korporativnog upravljanja te registracija u dravi lanici za koju osnivai
procijene kao najbolju opciju. Takoer posebnost je ureenje sudjelovanja radnika pa je i to
jedna od mogunosti odabira u odnosu na mogunosti dane Direktivom 2001/86/EC o
sudjelovanju radnika. Sudjelovanje radnika kao i odabir mjesta registracije drutva sluiu u
svrhu iznalaenja najboljeg mogueg ureenja kako za radnike tako i za poslodavce. Jednom
osnovano SE moe poslovati na teritoriju bilo koje drave lanice bez zapreka.
Kljune rijei: Societas Europaea (europsko drutvo), EU, osnivanje drutva, prekogranino
poslovanje, sudjelovanje radnika
127
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The European company (Societas Europaea, hereinafter SE) provides for its founders a
supranational form of company that is unified in all EU Member States and which contributes
to the mobility of companies within the European Internal Market. The analysis of SE
established on the territory of the European Union Member States shows that the greatest
number of ses in the past three years is in the Czech Republic. By analysing the legal and
economic environment in the Republic of Croatia and Czech Republic, the authors provide
possible recommendations for Croatian business practices with special emphasis on the choice
of company form in cross-border trade. Special features of this company are the possibility to
choose between monistic and dualistic structure of corporate governance and registration in
the Member State for which the founders assessed as the best option. The participation of
workers is also a special feature, so it is one of the choices in relation to the options given in
Directive 2001/86/EC concerning the workers participation. Workers participation as well as
the place of registration of a company can serve for the purpose of finding the best possible
arrangement for both workers and employers. The SE once established may operate in the
territory of any Member State without obstacles.
1. UVOD
128
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Analize osnovanih drutava ukazuju da se osnivai uglavnom priklanjaju onom ustroju organa
koji je u njihovoj nacionalnoj dravi lanici poznat od ranije (Braendle i Noll, 2005).
U kontekstu trgovine SE kao oblik trgovakog drutva potrebno je razmotriti kao jedan od
moguih oblika supranacionalnih drutava kojima se olakava poslovanje na unutarnjem
tritu to je upravo i jedan od temeljnih ciljeva njegove regulacije na europskom nivou. U
nastavku lanka autorice analiziraju pravnu osnovu za osnivanje i poslovanje SE u Republici
Hrvatskoj i Europskoj uniji, te razloge ubrzanog poveanja broja ovih drutava u Republici
ekoj i mogunosti prijenosa pozitivnih iskustava na Republiku Hrvatsku posebice u odnosu
na olakavanje prekograninog poslovanja i trgovine.
Razvojem prava drutava u Europskoj uniji ukazala se potreba za ustrojem oblika drutava
koja mogu bez ogranienja poslovati na nivou itave Europske unije odnosno kretati se bez
ogranienja preko nacionalnih granica drava lanica. Usporedna analiza prava drutava i
korporativnog upravljanja u dravama lanicama Europske unije ukazuje na niz razliitosti u
nacionalnim pravima (Horak i Dumani, 2011) i potrebu za uniformiranjem pravila prava
drutava i korporativnog upravljanja do najvie mogue mjere. Ovo se ukazuje kao nuno i
kada se razmatra trgovanje posebice preko granice. Razlike izmeu pravnih regulacija u
okviru prava drutava proizlaze prvenstveno iz temeljnih razliitosti izmeu anglosaksonskog
i kontinentalnog pravnog sustava, meutim to nije jedini uzrok (Horak i Dumani, 2011)
Kako bi se omoguila to vea dostupnost ovog oblika trgovakog drutva, te kako bi se ono
moglo prilagoditi razliitim pravnim sustavima Uredba o statutu Europskog drutva predvia
mogunost izbora ustroja organa. Mogunost izbora ustroja organa upravljanja drutvom
doprinosi njegovoj prihvaenosti od strane osnivaa (Linmondin, 2003). Upravo je financijska
kriza dodatno ukazala da ne transparentne aktivnosti zajedno sa slabim korporativnim
upravljanjem mogu utjecati ne samo na trgovaka drutva, ve na cjelokupno gospodarstvo
(Hopt et al. (eds.), 2005), pa ak i na globalnom nivou.
Iz perspektive prava i privatna i pravila javnog prava imaju za cilj osiguranje efikasnog
regulatornog okvira. Iz perspektive korporativnog upravljanja, osim pravila sadranih u
zakonima i pravilnicima samodisciplina unutar drutva i organa drutva moe se uspjeno
osigurati i kroz pravila tzv. soft law (Study on monitoring and enforcement pracitces in
Corporate Governance in the Member States, RiskMetrics Group, September 2009., available
at www.riskmetrics.com; EcoDa Comply or explain Preserving governance flexibility with
quality explanations, Report, EcoDa annual conference, 2012).
Novim Akcijskim planom Europske Komisije (Action Plan: European company law and
corporate governance a modern legal framework for more engaged shareholders and
sustainable companies, Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the
Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions,
COM (2012) 740/2) definirani su zahtjevi za odreivanjem modernih obvezujuih pravila
imajui na umu da pravila soft law-a (Bodiroga Vukobrat i Horak, 2008; Wymeersch, 2005) u
obliku preporuka nisu efikasno ostvarili postavljene ciljeve. S druge strane mora se imati na
umu da obvezujua pravila mogu smanjiti fokus sa substance dobrog korporativnog
upravljanja te da mogu ukloniti temeljnu odgovornost upravnih organa i dioniara za kvalitetu
korporativnog upravljanja i smanjiti usklaenost korporativnog upravljanja i regulative.
Formalistiki pristup kroz princip comply or explain (Horak i Bodiroga-Vukobrat, 2011,
Seidl i Sanderson, 2009) dovodi do pristupa upravnim odborima kroz zakonodavstvo bez
dubinske diskusije o korportinom upravljanju u samom drutvu ve s odvjetnicima i
129
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
revizorima koji moraju ispuniti nune formalnosti (EcoDa Comply or explain Preserving
governance flexibility with quality explanations, Report, EcoDa annual conference, 2012).
Kodeksi korporativnog upravljanja kao izvori soft law-a predstavljaju skup nunih pravila i
postupanja unutar drutva. Obzirom da su kodeksi korporativnog upravljanja oblik soft law-a,
to znai da se primjenjuju dobrovoljno, uvijek se postavlja pitanje kava e biti njihova
primjena u praksi. U praksi (Horak i Bodiroga-Vukobrat, 2011; Horak i Bodiroga-Vukobrat,
2008) kodeksi korporativnog upravljanja mogu imati istu vanost za drutvo u cjelini kao i
propisi kada postoji prava posveenost lanova organa upravljanja drutvom. Temeljem
istraivanja Classens and Yurtoglu navode kako je efikasnost prisile dvostruko jaa u
dravama s razvijenim tritima u odnosu na trita u nastajanju i tranzicijske ekonomije.
Ovaj zakljuak moe se potvrditi i na primjeru Republike Hrvatske kada se razmatra izvjee
HANFA-e o korporativnom upravljanju (dostupno na
http://www.ripe.hanfa.hr/hr/publiciranje/izvjesca/).
130
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
mogu biti ustrojena kao SE. Oznaka drutva kao societas europea ukida probleme u
prilagodbi i razliitim nacionalnim oznakama i naziva za drutvo kao to je primjerice sluaj
kod drugih vrsta trgovakih drutava (npr. Aktiengesellschaft u Njemakoj za dioniko
drutvo, public company limited by shares u Velikoj Britaniji, societe anonyme u Francuskoj,
naamloe vennootschap u Nizozemskoj i drugo). U odreenim e se sluajevima na poslovanje
drutva primjenjivati nacionalno pravo ili odredbe statuta drutva ime se omoguava utjecaj
nacionalnog prava za regulaciju pojedinih pitanja, te se na taj nain osigurava utjecaj
nacionalnog prava na pojedina pitanja regulacije supranacionalne forme. Razmatrajui
razloge za osnivanje SE Eidenmller, Engert i Hornuf (2009) navode niz prednosti koje su
prepoznali sami osnivai. Prvenstveno se to odnosi na ublaavanje efekta koji proizvodi
obvezno sudjelovanje radnika u upravljanju drutvom, ustrojem drutva temeljem
monistikog ustroja u dravama koje predviaju iskljuivo dualistiki ustroj drutva za
drutva koja su ustrojena na nacionalnoj razini te uzimajui u obzir mogunost za
prekograninu mobilnost SE radi poreznih razloga. Nije mogue izvojiti jedan razlog za
osnivanje SE, ve se najee radi o nizu povezanih razloga.
Razvidan je relativno mali broj novo osnovanih SE tijekom prvih godina nakon stupanja na
snagu Uredbe o europskom drutvu u listopadu 2004. Prema podacima dostupnima na
slubenim stranicama Europskog instituta sindikata trgovine (www.etui.org) u poetku su za
to postojala dva razloga: postojala je odreena nesklonost prema potpuno novom obliku
drutva i provedba Uredbe o europskom drutvu u brojnim dravama lanicama bila je
odgoena. U 2008. godini broj novo registriranih SE se udvostruio sa 88 ukupno
registriranih drutava u 2007.godini na 174 SE. U sljedee dvije godine broj registriranih SE
ponovno pada. U 2011. godini broj novoosnovanih SE naglo raste na 362 novih SE (u
usporedbi s 211 novih SE u 2010. godini). Najvei broj novoregistriranih SE bio je u 2012.
godini s registriranih 569 SE.
131
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Razlog tako velikom broju novoosnovanih drutava u ekoj nisu posve jasni. Temeljem
dostupnih podataka i istraivanja ovog pitanja (Ernst&Young; Eidenmller, H., Lasak, J,
2011), razvidno je da postoji vei broj razloga za relativno veliki broj novoosnovanih drutava
u Republici ekoj u odnosu na druge drave lanice. Za veinu tih drutava ne postoje
podatci koji bi mogli dati odgovore za razloge osnivanja obzirom da se u veem broju radi o
drutvima koja nemaju niti jednog radnika, te podatci o njima nisu dostupni kako na Internetu
tako niti putem telefonskog istraivanja (Eidenmller, H, Lasak, J., 2011).
Osim ovih tzv. primarnih naina osnivanja SE, postoji i mogunost petog naina osnivanja SE
gdje postojee SE osniva drutvo ker u obliku SE.
132
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Uredba o statutu Europskog drutva omoguuje izbor izmeu dualistikog ili monistikog
ustroja organa drutva koji se odreuje statutom. U sluaju kada je drutvo ustrojeno
temeljem monistikog ustroja u drutvu se ustrojava jedan organ upravljanja upravni odbor
koji se sastoji od izvrnih i neizvrnih direktora. Odredbom recitala 14 Uredbe o statututu
Europskog drutva navodi se kako se Europskim drutvom mora efikasno upravljati te ga
propisno nadzirati. Mora se imati na umu da u Zajednici trenutno postoje dvije razliite
mogunosti za ustroj organa dionikih drutava. Iako se SE mora omoguiti izbor izmeu ova
dva sustava potrebno je jasno definirati odgovornosti osoba koje se odnose na upravljanje
drutvom od onih koje se odnose na nadzor.
U sluaju dualistikog ustroja drutva ustrojavaju se dva organa upravljanja: nadzorni odbor i
uprava drutva. lanovi uprave imenuju se od strane nadzornog odbora, te je u nekim
zakonodavstvima predvieno sudjelovanje radnika. lanovi uprave drutva ne mogu biti
istovremeno i lanovi nadzornog odbora (Horak i Dumani, 2008). Na ustroj organa drutva
primjenjuju se nacionalna pravila drave u kojoj SE ima registrirano sjedite. Sukladno
133
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Drave lanice razlikuju tri oblika sudjelovanja radnika u upravljanju drutvom. Njemaki
model u kojem postoji sudjelovanje radnika u organima drutva, francuski model u kojem se
formira poseban organ u obliku radnikog vijea koje ima pravo na informacije i savjetovanje
organa upravljanja drutvom prilikom donoenja odluka i engleski model kolektivnog
pregovaranja koji daje pravo na informacije i savjetovanje. Direktiva predvia pregovaranje
prilikom osnivanja SE tijekom kojih se donosi odluka o obliku sudjelovanja radnika.
Pregovaranje zapoinje u trenutku kada organ upravljanja donese odluku o osnivanju SE i
traje 6 mjeseci do najvie godinu dana. Ukoliko je u razliitim drutvima zastupljen razliiti
oblik sudjelovanja radnika osnovat e se posebno pregovarako tijelo koje e odabrati model
koji je najpovoljniji za radnike.
Meutim, kada se razmatra ustroj organa SE u Republici ekoj mora se naglasiti kako eko
zakonodavstvo za ustroj SE predvia dvije mogunosti. Mogunost monistikog ustroja koji
predvia jedan organ koji mora imati najmanje tri lana ili dualistiki ustroj s dva organa u
134
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
kojem sluaju nije propisan broj lanova. Smatra se da je ovakav dualistiki ustroj s jednim
lanom u svakom od organa upravljanja upravo najekononominiji te objanjava razloge
izbora prilikom osnivanja drutva koji idu u prilog dualistikom ustroju imajui u vidu da je
jedan od temeljnih razloga osnivanja pojednostavljenje poslovanja (Eidenmller, H; Lasak, J.
2011). Nacionalno dioniko drutvo u ekoj mora biti ustrojeno temeljem dualistikog
ustroja, te svaki od organa mora imati najmanje tri lana svakog od organa upravljanja osim
kada se radi o drutvima koja imaju jednog dioniara.
Kada se razmatra dobrobit ovog oblika drutva mora se naglasiti mogunost prijenosa sjedita
drutva bez potrebe likvidacije ili prestanka drutva kao jedne od temeljnih ideja SE kroz to
se ostvaruje veliki stupanj fleksibilnosti i mobilnosti unutar unutarnjeg trita. Podaci ukazuju
da se broj premjetanja sjedita poveava te izmeu listopada 2004. i oujka 2014., manje od
4 posto (79) od trenutano registriranih SE prenijelo sjedite u drugu dravu lanicu.
Kada se razmatra dobrobit ovog oblika za trgovinu potrebno je ukazati da je trenutno u planu
preoblikovanje veeg broja drutava koja su do sada poslovala kao nacionalna drutva u SE s
obzirom da SE mogu osnovati osnivai iz najmanje dvije razliite drave lanice to doprinosi
lakem poslovanju i daje mogunost izbora sjedita SE. Ova kategorija ukljuuje drutva u
kojima je ve pokrenut postupak preoblikovanja u SE, primjerice, godinja skuptina
dioniara odobrila je plan preoblikovanja i/ili je uspostavljeno pregovarako tijelo te je
namjera za preoblikovanje javno objavljena. Kako je ranije navedeno razlozi preustroja nisu
dostupni, meutim moe se zakljuiti da je prepoznatljivost kroz europsku robnu marku
sigurno jedan o vanih razloga.
135
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
4. ZAKLJUAK
136
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
u sluajevima kada je sredinje mjesto upravljanja i izvan prostora Europske unije odnosno
Europskog gospodarskog prostora ime se broj moguih osnivaa drutva znaajno proiruje.
Od kad je uvedena mogunost ustroja SE, 2004. godine kako bi se ostvarili ciljevi
jedinstvenog europskog trita te pojednostavilo ostvarenje slobode poslovnog nastana za
trgovaka drutva, broj registriranih SE u stalnom je porastu. Statut SE omoguuje
prekograninu mobilnost drutava osiguravajui SE da se osnuju i primjenjuju pravno,
regulatorno i porezno okruenje kao svoju kompetitivnu prednost. Razliita regionalna
rasprostranjenost SE kao i mali broj sluaja prijenosa sjedita drutva kao i prekograninih
spajanja i pripajanja ukazuju da se mogunisti izbora koje su ponuene prilikom osnivanja SE
ne koriste na oekivani nain (Horak, Bodiroga-Vukobrat, 2011). SE omoguuje da se organi
drutva ustroje temeljem monistikog ili dualistikog ustroja organa drutva. Ovakva
fleksibilnost prilikom odabira ustroja organa drutva nije dovela do toga da je jedan oblik
prevladao drugi, ve se odabir ustroja organa drutva temelji na specifinom poslovnom
okruenju svakog drutva. Tako se organima upravljanja SE, prua mogunost da se osnuju u
drugoj dravi lanici to e, kako neki autori pretpostavljaju, otvoriti vrata za europsko trite
osnivanja drutava (Horak i Bodiroga-Vukobrat, 2008).
5. LITERATURA
1. Action Plan: European company law and corporate governance a modern legal
framework for more engaged shareholders and sustainable companies, Communication from
the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, COM (2012) 740/2
2. Bodiroga-Vukobrat, N., Horak, H. (2011), Kodeksi korporativnog upravljanja-
instrument socijalno odgovornog gospodarenja, Zbornik radova Socijalno odgovorno
gospodarenje, Tim press i Pravni fakultet Sveuilita u Rijeci, Zagreb.
3. Braendle, U.C., Noll, J. (2005), The Societas Europaea A step towards convergence
of corporate governance systems, [dostupno na
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=704881, pristupljeno: 20.10.2014. ]
137
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
138
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
23. Schmidtmann, D. (2012), The European Company (Societas Europaea SE) Caught
In Between Cross-Border Mobility and Lock-In Effect An Empirical Analysis on the
Influence of Exit Taxation upon Cross-Border Mergers and Seat Location Decisions, World
Tax Journal, Volume 4, No 1
24. Seidl, D., Sanderson, P. (2009), Applying Comply or explain: conformance with
codes of corporate governance in the UK and Germany, Centre for Business Research,
University of Cambridge Working Paper No. 389, p.5., [dostupno na
http://www.cbr.cam.ac.uk/pdf/WP389.pdf, pristupljeno: 20.10.2014.]
25. Siems, M.M. (2005): The impact of the European Company (SE) on legal culture,
European Law Review, Vol. 30.
26. Study on monitoring and enforcement pracitces in Corporate Governance in the
Member States, RiskMetrics Group (2009), [dostupno na www.riskmetrics.com,
pristupljeno: 20.10.2014.]
139
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Fokus panje marketing menadera koji se bave prometom roba i usluga finalne potronje se
pomie s potroaa na kupce. Mnogo vie se zna i mnogo vie se i dalje istrauje ponaanje u
procesu kupnje, utjecajni faktori i aktivnosti kojima se kupovina stimulira. Shodno tome,
dolazi do modifikacija kako marketinkih instrumenata tako i pojedinih marketinkih
aktivnosti. Trgovaka poduzea su lideri ovih promjena u kanalima marketinga. Meutim,
promjena strategijskog fokusa nee biti uspjena ukoliko se paralelno ne priprema
implementacija strategijskih promjena. Ovaj rad je posveen analizi promjena i priprema koje
su neophodne u trgovinskim poduzeima, ali i kod drugih sudionika u kanalu marketinga.
Trgovina na malo dri mnoge resurse potrebne za provedbu shopper marketinga pod svojom
kontrolom pa samim tim nosi i najveu odgovornost za (ne)uspjeh implementacije nove
marketinke filozofije.
Kljune rijei: trgovinski marketing, shopper marketing, dugoroni odnosi, kupci, potroai
140
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
Marketing managers who are engaged in trade of goods and services for final consumption
shift their focus from consumers to shoppers. Much more is known and there are still more
researches which investigate behavior in the shopping process, influential factors and
activities that stimulate shopping. Therefore, there is a modification of both marketing
instruments and certain marketing activities. Trading companies are leaders in these changes
in marketing channels. However, changes in strategic focus will not be successful if it is not
prepared in parallel with implementation of strategic changes. This paper is devoted to an
analysis of changes and preparations which are necessary in a trading companies but with
other participants in the marketing channel as well. Retail trade holds many of the resources
necessary for the implementation of shopper marketing under its control, and thus bears the
greatest responsibility for the (un)successful implementation of a new marketing philosophy.
Keywords: retail marketing, shopper marketing, long term relationship, shoppers, consumers
1. UVOD
Maloprodaja je danas vodea karika lanca opskrbe. Ona je, u sutini, i izvorite i finale
aktivnosti opskrbe. U pitanju je rezultat svojevrsne trgovinske revolucije, burnog razvoja
maloprodaje i maloprodajnog poslovanja (Lovreta et al., 2013, p. 545-559).
141
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
mogue realizirati, da Walmart dobije Nobelovu nagradu za doprinos drutvu. Ovaj div
zapoljava vie od 2,1 milijuna radnika, godinje dijeli 4 milijarde $ dividendi, nudi rjeenje
za opskrbu siromanijeg dijela stanovnitva, suzbija inflaciju, humanitarno djeluje,
unapreuje biznis komplementarnih radnji u blizini, itd. Meutim, mnogi, a izmeu ostalih i
Dean i Sobel, kritiziraju efekte Walmarta (Dean, Sobel, 2008, s. 38-45). Rasprava o znaaju
Walmarta se moe promatrati kao metafora diskusije znaaja naraslih trgovaca u suvremenim
kanalima marketinga.
Moderna maloprodaja razvija svoju trgovinsku marku (PL private label), kao put do
diferenciranja, izgradnje lojalnosti kupaca i unaprijeene profitabilnosti. Tako, na primjer, U
Njemakoj, panjolskoj, Slovakoj, Velikoj Britaniji i vicarskoj sudjelovanje privatne robne
marke nadilazi 40% ukupnog maloprodajnog prometa, koliinski gledano. Vrijednosno
sudjelovanje privatne robne marke u prometu prelazi 40% uea u Velikoj Britaniji i
vicarskoj. IGD uoava da trini udio robne marke korespondira s vremenom uvoenja - to
ranije uvoenje to vee trino uee. Na primjer, u Velikoj Britaniji u kojoj privatna robna
marka zauzima 48% maloprodajnog trita, prva 4 PL artikla su uvedena rane 1924. godine
142
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
(IGD Kantar, 2010). Ciljevi PLa i menadmenta maloprodajnog marketinga, pri tom,
ukljuuju: inoviranje i diferenciranje, generiranje uteda i uinkovitosti, mnogo intenzivniji
rad s kupcima, realizaciju ciljeva korporativne odgovornosti i razvoj inovativnih formata. Da
bi postigli izloene ciljeve, poznati trgovaki lanci kao to su Walmart, Carrefour, Tesco i
MetroGroup favoriziraju pet razina PL segmentacije - premium, specijalno, osnovno, diskont
i vrijednost za novac (IGD Research, 2011).
Maloprodavai postaju brendovi u punom smislu rijei, na emu intenzivno rade u funkciji
ostvarenja vee lojalnosti kupaca. Vaan prethodni pomak u tom pravcu predstavlja
pozicioniranje na razini poduzea (Ries i Trout, 1981), prodajnog objekta i kategorije
proizvoda (Fowler i Goh 2012, p.10). Time raste pritisak na dobavljae u pravcu inoviranja i
prilagodbe njihovih ponuda i rada.
Budunost: kapitalizacija na
Od PLa do
vlasnitvu maloprodajnog brenda
maloprodajnog
Razvoj Rastue brenda
menadmenta diferenciranje
Limitirana snaga kategorije
V
maloprodavaa IV
III
II
I
143
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Upravljanje
ponaanjem
kupaca
5 trendova u
maloprodajnom
marketingu
Eksperimentisanje
Inovacije u
sa drutvenim
promociji
medijima
144
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Tehnologija u punom smislu rijei oblikuje maloprodajni servis i oekuje se njezin sve vei
utjecaj na nain kupnje. Jasan je zahtjev za boljom, usredotonijom ponudom u prodajnom
objektu ili za unapreenjem rada u objektu. Tesco koristi IBM tehnologiju automatskog
popunjavanja prodajnih polica, omoguujui bolju opskrbljenost time to se signalizira
nedostatak robe ili pogreno lociranje proizvoda u funkciji uinkovitijeg upravljanja
asortimanom. Primjetno je sve aktivnije ponaanje i konkurisanje malih trgovaca naspram
maloprodajnih lanaca.
Veliki moraju da nadju nain suprostavljanja agilnim start up biznisima, ija se ekspanzija
predvia zbog vee inovativnosti na planu maloprodaje iskustva. Takvi online start up
biznisi koji nude dobru lokalnu uslugu su Hubbub (UK), Greenling (US) i Taobao (PRC), koji
nude odlinu ponudu robe lokalnih proizvoaa, s malim izravnim isporukama (Taobao
Focus, Greenling, Hubbub Bring, 2014). Francuski Auchan na ovakve konkurentske izazove
odgovara kroz Drive objekte, koji nude uslugu narui & pokupi u roku od tri sata, na bazi
irokog asorimana (Auchan Drive, 2014).
Na kraju, i iznad svega, povjerenje kupaca je najvredniji resurs, koji se teko gradi i vrlo lako
gubi. Povjerenje je temelj lojalnosti kupaca. Tako, na primjer, Delhaize nudi svojim kupcima
ansu da sretnu i doekaju dobavljae svojih PL proizvoda kako bi istaknuli svoj aktualni
fokus na kvalitetu i unaprijedili povjerenje kupaca u njihove brendove (Delhaize Reorganizes,
2014).
145
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
146
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Iako je potreba za suradnjom bila jasna svima, rezultati esto nisu bili zadovoljavajui.
Obeanja koja su dobavljai i maloprodavai u startu davali jedni drugima nisu esto bila
potovana. Razlog je ponekad bio taj to je realizirani pristup bio unilateralan, kao to je na
primjer, pretjerano forsiranje svoje robe od strane proizvoaa ili naknadni pritisak trgovaca
po pitanju rabata. Suradnja je bila siromana i svodila se na nekoliko poslovnih podruja, a
najee samo na promociju. esto se ispoljavao neprofesionalizam i neznanje komercijalista
na strani dobavljaa, ali i nabavljaa u maloprodajnim organizacijama. Tamo gdje je i dolo
do ozbiljnijeg angairanja menadera kljunih kupaca na planu razvoja partnerstva sa
maloprodavaima, iskrsavali su operativni problemi, koji su vodili do zakljuka da treba
traiti nova rjeenja za suradnju u kanalima marketinga (Blythe, 2005, pp. 95-110).
Van der Ster prevazilaenje datih problema vidi u prijelazu na partnersku fazu razvoja
suradnje u kanalima marketinga. Partnerstvo se realizira na vie polja, poput razmjene
informacija, opskrbe, asortimana, cijena, logistike, i sl. Navedeno vienje odnosa trgovaca i
dobavljaa upotpunjujemo razradom nalaza konzultantske kue Nielsen, koja daje precizniju
kronoloku analizu. Nielsen takoer evidentira prvobitno vodeu ulogu proizvoaa i njihovih
brandova u kanalima marketinga (Nielsen, 1994). Razdoblje burnog razvoja brand
managementa je vezano za Marshallov plan i znaajne investicije u Europi, paralelno praene
razvojem sredstava komunikacije i najavom informacijskih tehnologija. Proizvodne
tehnologije, mali broj masovnih medija i rast ivotnog standarda znaili su pretpostavke
afirmacije nacionalnih brendova i dominacije dobavljaa u kanalima marketinga.
147
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
poetak osamdesetih godina prolog stoljea. Dobavljai znaajno osjeaju uinke snane
pozicije trgovaca u kanalima marketinga i reagiraju na neki od sljedeih naina: uvoenje
dodatne marke (12%), kampanja jaanja svijesti o benefitima od proizvoda (26%), pristup
viih cijena (27%), snienje cijena (32 %), fokus na povijest marke (36%), koritenje novih
kanala marketinga (46%), vei naglasak na kvaliteti marke (46%), promjena u veliini
pakiranja (47%), vie promocija (52%) i vei naglasak na vrijednosti marke (53%) (IGD,
November 2010). Takva izravna obrambena reakcija dobavljaa praena je i intenziviranjem
kolaborativnog ponaanja, olienog u ve navedenom marketingu usmjerenom na trgovinu
(trade marketing).
148
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Inovacija menadmenta kategorije se moe vezati takoer za 1985. godinu (Ruskin, 2003.,
p.70-74). Inovacija se vezuje za rad konzultanta Brian-a Harris-a, koji je i dao naziv
koncepciji (Ruskin, 2003., p.73). Te godine Harris je supermarketima Schnucks preporuio
kalkulaciju optimalnog prostora na policama za svaki artikl u kategoriji proizvoda i
eliminaciju slabo traenih artikala. Sam Harris svoju prvu ideju optimizacije poslovanja na
razini kategorije proizvoda vidi kao pristup upravljanja prostorom (Stahlberg and Ville 2012,
P.28).
Poetkom ovoga stoljea partnerska suradnja trgovaca i dobavljaa sve vie se fokusira na
prostor trgovine, mjesto na kome se najvie utjee na in kupnje. Na znaaju dobiva iskustvo
kupnje, koje je u izravnoj vezi s konceptom trgovine, odnosno in store strategijom.
Afirmie se koncept koncentriranog merchandisinga, to predstavlja jasan znak evolucije
maloprodajnog marketinga u pravcu shopper marketinga. Aktuelno partnerstvo u kanalima
marketinga karakterizira obuhvatan fokus na kupca, tijekom kupnje, ali i prije i poslije nje. U
pitanju su svi marketing stimulansi, razvijeni na temelju dubokog razumijevanja ponaanja
kupaca, a dizajnirani u funkciji jaanja marke, angairanja kupaca (ili potroaa u fazi kupnje)
i navoenja kupca da obavi kupnju (GMA / Deloitte, 2007).
149
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Brend,
marketing i
inovacije
Menadment
Razumjevanje i klijenta
aktivacija kupca
Financijski Struktura
Sposobnost
menadment
dobavljaa i ljudi
Menadment Vostvo u
lanca opskrbe menadmentu
kategorije
150
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Sudei po nalazima Igda nije jasna perspektiva partnerskih odnosa u domaem poslovnom
ambijentu. Tako IGD u kljune izazove za domae maloprodavae i dobavljae svrstava:
raskorak znanja i vjetina koje posjeduju maloprodavai i dobavljai;
dilema da li dobavljai mogu razumjeti i prihvatiti pogled i ideje maloprodavaa
na posao i odnose;
raskorak u vjetinama multinacionalnih i drugih dobavljaa;
nedovoljno razumijevanje menadmenta kategorije proizvoda i shopper
marketinga; i konano
nedovoljno razumijevanje trgovake marke (PL) kao elementa maloprodajnog
brand management (pa otuda i problemi u meusobnom razumijevanju).
151
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Pred sudionicima u kanalima marketinga stoje novi izazovi. Oni se ogledaju u razvoju
tehnolokih mogunosti s jedne strane, ali i u evoluciji oekivanja kupaca s druge strane.
Kupci su takodje "naoruani" tehnolokim alatima za pretraivanje i uporedjivanje ponude, za
naruivanje iz udaljenih izvora kao i za prouavanje reakcija korisnika koji su ve imali
iskustva s ponudom konkretnih dobavljaa.
3. ZAKLJUAK
Slino je bilo i sa silama koje su djelovale iz pravca trita prodaje. Pod njihovim utjecajem,
trgovci su najprije mijenjali nain usluivanja i rada s kupcima. Kasnije su obogaivali svoj
marketing, pored naravno cijene i asortimana, nekim drugim instrumentima kao to su
dodatne usluge, uredjenje prodavaonica, njihovo brendiranje kao i brendiranje vlastitih
proizvoda. Kroz ove aktivnosti se dolo do pozicioniranja maloprodajnih objekata, zatim
tvrtke, a zatim i do operacionalizacije koncepta lojalnosti kupaca kroz CRM tehnike.
Suvremeni maloprodajni marketing je uao u fazu razvoja koncepta shopper marketinga.
4. LITERATURA
152
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
11. Downing N., ( 2nd June 2011), IGD sales director, Presentation: Retail trends-
challenges and opportunities for former Yugoslavia, Faculty of Economics University of
Belgrade
12. Dunne P.M., Lusch R.F., Carver J.R., (2014), 8/E, Retailing, eighth edition, South-
Western, Cengage Learning, International edition
13. Fowler C.D., Goh. K.B., (2012), Retail category management, Pearson Education, New
Jersey
14. Freedom Is Still the Winning Formula, (2009),Wall Street Journal, January 13, A17
15. GfK, (2010), Roper Report, retrieved on 3/11/2012 from http://www.gfk.com/us
16. GfK (October 2102) Shopper marketing as it should be, retrieved on 18/08/2014 from
http://www.gfk.rs/Industries/retail
17. GMA/Deloitte Consulting LLP 2007 Shopper Marketing Study Results
18. Hope J. and Hope T., (1997), Competing in the third wave, Harvard Business School
Press, Boston
19. IGD (2009, 2010, 2011) Customer Engagement Retailer surveys, retrieved on
10/09/2014 from http://www.igd.com/our-expertise/Retail/
20. IGD (2011) Customer Engagement Supplier Survey, retrieved on 17/09/2014 from
http://www.igd.com/our-expertise/Supply-chain/
21. IGD (June 2014) Insight Presentation Trends 2014 Revisited-What`s Hot?, retrieved
on 19/09/2014 from http://www.igd.com/our-expertise/Retail/
22. IGD (November 2010) International Retailing Survey, retrieved on 10/09/2014 from
http://www.igd.com/our-expertise/Retail/
23. IGD Data Centre (dataset at 17/03/2011), retrieved on 10/09/2014 from
http://www.igd.com/our-expertise/Retail/
24. IGD Research (52 weeks to October 2010 ), Kantar World Pannel, retrieved on
10/09/2014 from http://www.igd.com/our-expertise/Retail/
25. IGD Research 2011, retrieved on 15/09/2014 from http://www.igd.com/our-
expertise/Retail/
26. Kotler F., Keller K.L., (2006), Marketing menadment, 13/E, Prentice Hall, New Jersey
27. Kuglin F.A., (1998), Customer Centered Supply Chain Management- A Link-by-Link
Guide, AMACOM, NY
28. Leach C., Lloyd P., (june 2009), Shopper marketing Fundamentals, ECR Europe
Conference Barcelona, The Partnering Group
29. Levy M., Weitz A.B., Grewal D., (2012), Retailing management, ninth edition,
McGawHill, New York
30. Lovreta S., Konar J., Petkovi G., (2013), Kanali marketinga, CID, Ekonomski
fakultet, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Beograd
31. Lowson B., Rissell K., Hunter A., (1999), Quick Response- Managing the Supply Chain
to Meet Consumer Demand, WILEY, NY
32. McKelvey K., (2013), How Can I Have Packages Delivered To Me?, The Sejong Dish,
posted December 4, 2013 3:56 PM
33. Modern shopper in focus, (May 2014),GfK Shopper Marketing Workshop, Belgrade
34. Nielsen, (1994), Category Management Workshop, Delphy Symposium Partnership
35. Polian R,L., (2013), Retailing principles- global, multichannel and managerial
viewpoints, second edition, Fairchild Books, New York
36. Randall G., (1990), Marketing to the Retail Trade, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd.
37. Rashid S., (2010), Category management- The effective way of managing retail
business, VDM Verlag Dr.Muller Aktiengesellschaft & Co.KG, Saarbrucken
38. Raskin A., (February, 2003), Who's minding the store, Business 2.0.
39. Ries, A. and Trout, J. (1981) Positioning, The battle for your mind, Warner Books -
McGraw-Hill Inc., New York
153
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
154
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Jelena Konar
Ekonomski fakultet u Subotici, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Srbija
Saetak
Svrha ovog rada je istraivanje efekata jaanja snage trgovaca na malo u domeni poticanja i
razvoja viestrukih inovacija u trgovakim procesima. U radu e se, na bazi konkretnih
empirijskih istraivanja i anketiranja proizvoaa i trgovaca na veliko koji posluju na tritu
Srbije dokazati da atmosfera u kojoj se zahtjevaju stalne inovacije i dugorono partnerstvo u
sluaju razliitih odnosa sudionika u kanalima marketinga izaziva razliitu razinu
zadovoljstva tj. nezadovoljstva. To osobito vrijedi za suradnju proizvoaa i trgovaca na
veliko s velikim trgovcima na malo, s jedne, i malim i srednjim trgovcima na malo s druge
strane. Njihovi nii nivoi zadovoljstva u poslovanju s malim i srednjim trgovcima na malo
svakako potvruju i razumijevanje znaaja i koristi od inovacija u trgovakim procesima.
155
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Jelena Konar
Faculty of Economics in Subotica, University of Novi Sad, Serbia
Abstract
In modern market conditions, and particularly in the field of fast moving consumer goods and
other products of everyday purchase and consumption there are quite intensive processes of
increasing the power and role of retailers in marketing channels. Those processes cause
numerous effects on the position of all the other market players and unstoppably change the
relations between them. Nowadays, the developments within the entire channel are managed
by the powerful retailers who demand long-term partnerships, fostering the innovative culture
and constant upgrading of the existing systems and processes within their own, but also within
a partners organization. However, they put constant pressure on their suppliers, producers
and wholesalers, demanding continuous adjustments, significant investments and
technological, organizational and full-scale management innovation from them. Theres a lot
of resistance, primarily put up by those unprepared to make necessary adjustments.
The purpose of the study is to research the effects of increasing the retailers power in the
domain of fostering and development of multiple innovations in trading processes. The study
should prove, on the basis of concrete empirical researches and surveys with producers and
wholesalers who operate on the Serbian market, that the atmosphere in which constant
innovations and long-term partnerships are required in different relations between the players
in marketing channels will provoke different level of satisfaction, or dissatisfaction. This
particularly applies for cooperation between producers and wholesalers with big retailers, on
one hand, and small and medium-sized retailers, on the other hand. Their lower levels of
satisfaction in doing business with small and medium-sized retailers certainly confirm their
understanding of the significance and benefits of innovations in trading processes.
156
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
1. UVOD
Jaanje snage trgovaca na malo obiljeilo je suvremeni razvoj svih trinih gospodarstava,
tako to se struktura maloprodaje transformirala od postojanja velikog broja sitnih i neovisnih
trgovaca na malo do dominirajue uloge velikih nacionalnih i multinacionalnih maloprodajnih
lanaca. Ti veliki trgovci na malo i dalje neprestano jaaju svoje trino uee i trinu snagu,
poveavajui tako i koncentraciju maloprodajnog trita. Osim toga, u svrhu svog
restrukturiranja i realizacije eljenog plana razvoja oni primjenjuju suvremene tehnoloke
inovacije i, u tom smislu, postaju osnovni pokretai promjena unutar kanala marketinga i
nositeljii razvoja trgovine i trita u nacionalnim i meunarodnim okvirima.
Zainteresirani za vlastiti opstanak, ouvanje i jaanje svoje trine pozicije, snani suvremeni
trgovci na malo naglasak stavljaju na neprestano pronalaenje mogunosti za dodavanje novih
vrijednosti potroaima. U tom smislu, danas "sve vei broj maloprodavaa otkriva snagu
modernih metoda marketinga u odravanju i prosperiranju u intenzivnoj konkurenciji na
maloprodajnom tritu" (Rosenbloom, 2013, str. 64). Osim uvoenja promjena u okviru
vlastitog poslovanja, oni svakodnevno postavljaju nove zahtjeve i pred svoje dobavljae,
proizvoae i trgovce na veliko. Ti zahtjevi se kreu od cjenovnih ustupaka, pa sve do
implementacije brojnih inovacija u trgovinskim procesima, sve ee marketinkih i
organizacijskih promjena zasnovanih na novim tehnolokim rjeenjima. Osim toga, trgovci
na malo trae to manji broj to veih dobavljaa koji mogu suraivati sa njima (Hingley,
2005, str. 69).
Veliki maloprodajni lanci, zahvaljujui prije svega svom trinom udjelu i svojoj snazi,
poinju diktirati uvjete ak i najveim svjetskim proizvoaima, koji postaju sve vie ovisni
upravo od takvih trgovaca. Ukoliko proizvoai, naravno i trgovci na veliko, ne uspiju
odgovoriti na postavljene zahtjeve trgovaca na malo, snani maloprodajni lanci e poeti
samostalno obavljati sve neophodne aktivnosti. U pitanju su brojne funkcije marketinga koje
su do sada, tradicionalno, obavljali prizvoai i trgovci na veliko. Na ovaj nain brojni
proizvoai i trgovci na veliko postaju suvini. Osim toga, maloprodaja preuzima i vodeu
funkciju u razvoju odnosa sa potroaima, a time i dominantnu poziciju u kanalima
marketinga.
Nesumljivo, promjene na strani maloprodaje i zahtjevi za inovacijama izazivaju veliko
nezadovoljstvo svih onih koji nisu u prilici prilagoditi im se i koji zbog toga gube svoje
postojee pozicije. To se najvie odnosi na male i srednje sudionike na tritu za koje
uvoenje organizacijskih promjena, a posebno novih tehnolokih rjeenja u trgovinske
procese, predstavlja zahtjevan zadatak. U skladu sa tim, male i srednje sudionike na tritu,
bilo da se radi o proizvoaima, trgovcima na veliko ili trgovcima na malo, sasvim sigurno
najvie pogaaju, na ovaj nain izazavane, promjene pozicija i odnosa izmeu sudionika u
kanalima marketinga.
Inovacije u trgovakim procesima, inicirane od strane suvremenih maloprodajnih divova, prvi
uvode kapitalno i organizacijski sposobni proizvoai i trgovci na veliko. Meutim, oni nakon
toga, uvjereni u prednosti koje se na taj nain ostvaruju, inzistiraju na prilagodbama i na strani
malih i srednjih trgovakih poduzea, kao preduvjet za otpoinjanje i razvoj dugoronih i
kvalitetnih poslovnih odnosa i sa ovim segmentom maloprodaje.
157
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Uslijed nemogunosti da prate zahtjeve za inovacijama mali i srednji trgovci na malo, s jedne
strane, postaju manje poeljan partner za uspjene dobavljae, koji im dalje dodjeljuju
nepovoljnije ugovorne uvjete ili ak zaobilaze u procesu ukupnog marketinga svojih
proizvoda. Sa druge strane, mali i srednji trgovci bez uvoenja suvremenih inovacija u svoje
poslovanje zauvijek gube konkurentsku bitku na tritu maloprodaje.
U slinoj situaciji su i oni dobavljai, proizvoai i trgovci na veliko, koji ne posjeduju
kapacitet za inovacije i prilagodbu suvremenim zahtjevima svojih partnera na strani
maloprodaje. Inoviranje poslovnih procesa na strani dobavljaa postaje osnovni preduvjet za
otpoinjanje i odravanje suradnje sa modernim, efikasnim i efektivnim, maloprodajnim
lancima koja sa sobom nosi brojne prednosti. Dobavljai koji ne inoviraju osueni su na
suradnju sa manje zahtjevnim, ali i manje profitabilnim, malim i srednjim trgovcima na malo
ija je sudbina na tritu, naalost, esto lako predvidiva.
U situaciji intenzivnog prisustva na tritu, razvoja i demonstracije snage velikih suvremenih,
najee internacionalnih, maloprodajnih lanaca i sve slabijih mogunosti koje pruaju mali i
srednji trgovci na malo, pozicija dobavljaa, a posebno malih i srednjih proizvoaa i
trgovaca na veliko, je veoma kompleksna. Oito je da veliki maloprodajni lanci na temelju
svoje trine i pregovarake snage imaju mogunost nametanja vlastite volje i odluujueg
utjecaja na sudbinu dobavljaa. Time, jednako kao i mali i srednji trgovci na malo sa svojim
opadajuim trinim udjelom i slabim poslovnim performansama, kreiraju atmosferu visoke
nestabilnosti poslovanja, postojanja stalne prijetnje od mogueg prekida suradnje i vrlo
izraenih zahtijeva za investicije u inovacije u trgovakim procesima.
U takvim uvjetima dobavljai, koji prave izbor izmeu kanala marketinga sa velikim
maloprodajnim lancima i kanala marketinga sa malim i srednjim trgovcima na malo, postaju
vrlo svjesni znaaja razvoja dugoronog prtnerstva. I uope, kako ekonomska dogaanja
postaju sve manje predvidiva dugoroni odnosi izmeu partnera u kanalima marketinga
postaju sve vaniji dio dugorone strategije sudionika na tritu (Black, 2010, str. 245), pri
emu realizacija dugoronog partnerstva primarno ovisi upravo do mogunosti koje prua
primjena suvremene informacijske tehnologije. U tom smislu potrebne prilagodbe i inovacije
dobavljai u svoje poslovanje uvode, uglavnom, pod pritiskom velikih trgovaca na malo.
Meutim, veoma brzo uviaju koristi koje donosi razmjena podataka o tritu, prodaji,
proizvodima i potroaima, kao i postojanje elektronike komunikacije u smislu elektronikog
naruivanja, razmene elektronikih dokumenata, stalnog uvida u zalihe i slino.
U svakom sluaju, osim postojanja stalne prijetnje od prekida suradnje, veliki trgovci na malo
nameu proizvoaima i trgovcima na veliko implementaciju brojnih razliitih inovacija u
trgovakim procesima i, samim tim, znaajne investicije. Ipak, ni u takvim uvjetima
proizvoai i trgovci na veliko ne ele da se okrenu od velikih maloprodajnih lanaca i
orijentiraju na male i srednje, tradicionalne trgovce. Unaprijeeno poslovanje sa velikim
trgovcima na malo, bez obzira na potrebne prilagodbe i znaajne investicije, proizvoaima i
trgovcima na veliko donosi mnogo vii nivo zadovoljstva od poslovanja sa malim i srednjim
trgovcima na malo. Prethodnu tvrdnju potvruju i istraivanja prezentirana u ovom radu, a
provedena na tritu Srbije anketiranjem proizvoaa i trgovaca na veliko.
158
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
159
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
160
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Restrukturiranje maloprodaje nije donijelo samo nove konkurentske odnose izmeu trgovaca
na malo, nego i nove odnose izmeu trgovaca na malo i njihovih dobavljaa. U prolosti su
proizvoai bili ti koji su tradicionalno upravljali distribucijom. Oni su razvijali svoje snane
proizvoake brendove i nakon toga koristili mreu trgovaca na veliko i trgovaca na malo
koje su sami odabrali da bi potroaima uinili dostupnim svoje proizvode. Meutim, danas
su snani maloprodavai ti koji, zahvaljujui svojoj poziciji u kanalima marketinga, svojoj
trinoj i pregovarakoj snazi, upravljaju kanalima marketinga i odreuju sudbinu ostalih
sudionika u kanalima, pre svega svojih dobavljaa, proizvoaa i trgovaca na veliko. Njihova
budunost i prisustvo na odreenom tritu sada ovisi od strategija i politika snanih trgovaca
161
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
na malo. Od toga ovisi i koje proizvode, kada, kome i u kojim koliinama e brana, u obliku
snane pozicije trgovaca na malo, propustiti dalje prema potroaima. Osim toga, veliki
maloprodavai sve ee u potpunosti izbjegavaju usluge institucionalnih trgovaca na veliko.
Razlog za to je to su veliki maloprodajni lanci u svoje aktivnosti integrirali tradicionalne
veletrgovinske funkcije, implementirajui sofisticirane logistike sustave zasnovane na
regionalnim skladitima, samostalno distribuirajui sortirane koliine u vlastite maloprodajne
objekte.
Veliki maloprodajni lanci, nesumljivo, postaju uvari vrata za pristup potroaima (Dobson
et al., 2003, str. 111). U uvjetima sve vie razine koncentracije maloprodajnog trita i sve
manjeg broja alternativa za priblibliavanje potroaima oni kontroliraju pristup vrlo
limitiranom izboru trogovaca na malo i ogranienom prostoru na maloprodajnim policama,
kojeg sa pravom mnogi doivaljavaju kao najskuplju nekretninu na svijetu (Kaikati i
Kaikati, 2006). Iz ovih, ali i brojnih drugih razloga, natjecanje izmeu dobavljaa u borbi za
ulazak u mreu velikih maloprodajnih lanaca se intenzivira. Pri tome, maloprodavai sve vie
inzistiraju na brojnim vlastitim kriterijumima za otpoinjanje suradnje sa odreenim
dobavljaem i ulazak i opstanak proizvoda u maloprodajom asortimanu. Ti kriteriji su, prije
svega, zasnovani na tehnikim i operativnim pretpostavkama, usvajanju odreenih standarda
od strane dobavljaa, ali i na principima menadmenta kategorije proizvoda.
Sudjelovanje u suvremenim kanalima marketinga u kojima koordinaciju vre veliki
maloprodajni lanci i dostizanje zadovoljavajue razine zajednike efikasnosti, nesumnjivo,
zahtijeva posebne prilagodbe od strane partnera u pogledu prihvaanja korekcije tokova
proizvoda, logistikih kapaciteta i procesa, pribliavanja informacijskih sustava partnera i
prihvaanje jednstvenog standarda komunikacije. Osim toga, neophodna je potpuna i
otvorena razmjena informacija u pogledu postojeih i buduih elja i potreba partnera, tranje
kupaca, potreba razvoja i proizvodnje i slino (Pine, 1993, str. 29). Od svih onih koji ele
sudjelovati u suvremenoj distribuciji i, posebno, suradnji sa velikim maloprodajnim lancima u
podruju robe svakodnevnih kupovina, oito, zahtjeva se ulazak u kooperativne alijanse kako
bi vodili neprestanu bitku za smanjivanje trokova kroz odravanje i unapreivanje kvalitete i
usluga (Wagner et al., 2002, str. 254).
Ulazak proizvoaa ili trgovca na veliko u partnerstvo sa snanim trgovcem na malo
podrazumijeva donoenje odluke u smislu dugorone strateke orijentacije, sprovoenje
znaajnh ulaganja i transformacije vlastite organizacije, to iskljuuje mogunost
kratkoronih preorijentacija. Meutim, neravnotea snaga koja postoji izmeu sudionika
unutar kanala marketinga stvara mogunosti da se snaniji sudionici ponaaju oportunistiki i
sprovode prisilu, to na kraju moe podriti povjerenje unutar njihovih meusobnih odnosa
(Belaya i Hanf, 2009, str. 364). Do sada uobiajeno ponaanje velikih maloprodajnih lanaca je
obeleeno demonstracijom sile, koritenjem agresivnih pregovarakih strategija, ukljuujui
konstantne prijetnje izbacivanjem iz asortimana i dranjem uvijek otvorenih vrata za
povoljnije ponude konkurentnijih ponuaa, stalnim sniavanjem nabavnih cijena i
umanjivanjem razlika u cijeni koje pripadaju dobavljaima. Kao takvo ono, nesumnjivo,
doprinosi stvaranju atmosfere nesigurnosti i neprestanog straha od ispostavljanja dodatnih
zahtijeva, smanjivanja obujma ili potpunog prekida saradnje.
U takvim uvjetima, dobavljai doivljavaju alarmantan, vrlo sanan i pritisak u brojnim
varijatetima. Partnerstva koja im predlau veliki trgovci na malo oni najee doivljavaju
kao pokuaj da dalje razjedaju njihove mare. Naalost, zbog ogranienih mogunosti
izbora, u ovakvim uvjetima, prodavai sudjeluju u ponudi sve dok njihovi profiti ne postanu
negativni, pri emu e dominantni kupci maksimizirati svoj profit (Ertek i Griffin, 2002, str.
695). Prodavaima ne ostaje nita drugo nego da aktivno rade na pronalaenju alternativnih
162
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
163
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Konano, uvjet svih uvjeta za uspostavljanje dugoronih partnerskih odnosa izmeu sudionika
u kanalima marketinga, bez obzira na odnos njihovih snaga, jeste prethodno steeno
meusobno povjerenje. Povjerenje je verojatno pojedinano najjae sredstvo koje je
raspoloivo organizaciji pri izgradnji dugoronih marketing odnosa (Berry, 1996, str. 42). U
svakom sluaju ono ini kamen temeljac dugoronih odnosa (Spekman, 1988, str. 79), a
prihvaanje neravnotee u snazi je prvi kljuan korak ka uspjenoj izgradnji meusobnih
odnosa (Hingley, 2005, str. 63). Iako to esto nije lako u uvjetima postojanja znaajne
neravnotee, na kraju je jasno da se doista isplati posvetiti vrijeme i resurse razvoju i
odravanju bliskih poslovnih odnosa s partnerima unutar kanala marketinga (Black, 2010,
str. 246). I to vrijedi za sve, bez obzira da li se radi o partnerima koji posjeduju znaajnu
razinu snage zahvaljujui kojoj dominiraju nad ostalim partnerima ili onim koji ne raspolau
takvom snagom.
Prethodnu tvrdnju potvruju i konkretna empirijska istraivanja sprovedena na tritu Srbije
koja svjedoe o viem nivou zadovoljstva proizvoaa i trgovaca na veliko u poslovanju sa
velikim trgovcima na malo, nego to je to u sluaju poslovanja sa malim i srednjim trgovcima
na malo. Iako veliki trgovci na malo upravljaju dogaajima unutar cijelog kanala, diktiraju
sudbinu ostalih uesnika u kanalima, doprinose visokoj razini neizvjesnosti u situaciji kada
zahtijevaju visoku razinu investicija i organizacijskog prilagoavanja, oni ipak predstavljaju
poeljnijeg partnera od malih i srednjih, tradicionalnih trgovaca koji predstavljaju alternativu
ovakvoj situaciji.
4. METODOLOGIJA ISTRAIVANJA
164
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Osim toga, analiziran je i znaaj pojedinanih elemenata poslovnog odnosa tj. vreno je
izraunavanje indeksa zadovoljstva po svim elementima poslovnog odnosa pojedinano za
odnose proizvoaa i trgovaca na veliko prema velikim trgovcima na malo i prema malim i
srednjim trgovcima na malo.
165
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U postupku obrade dobijenih podataka prvo je vrena normalizacija ocjena zadovoljstva (Vij,k)
dobijenih za svaki element poslovnog odnosa (k) pojedinano i to na sljedei nain:
Indeks zadovoljstva Xij koji mjeri odnos (ij) raunat je kao ponderirani prosjek dobijenih
normaliziranih ocijena Xij,k po svim kriterijima. Za ponder je uzimana dobijena ocjena znaaja
za suradnju pojedinih kriterija tj. ocjenjivanih elemenata suradnje (od 1 do 10). Izraun
indeksa zadovoljstva za svaki pojedinani odnos je vren prema formuli za ponderirani
prosjek:
wij ,k X ij ,k
Xi j ,
wij . k
166
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Ocjena
Kriterij (k) Vanost za
Normalizacija
zadovoljstva suradnju
ocjena Rezultat
za ocjenu po datom (znaaj)
suradnje zadovoljstva
kriteriju kriterija
1 3 50 8 400
2 3 50 8 400
3 3 50 10 500
4 3 50 10 500
5 3 50 8 400
6 4 75 9 675
7 2 25 7 175
8 3 50 9 450
9 3 50 10 500
Zbir 79 4000
167
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. REZULTATI ISTRAIVANJA
Dobijeni rezultati istraivanja predoeni su u tablici koja slijedi. Oni nesumljivo potvruju da
u uvjetima jaanja snage trgovaca na malo, atmosfere u kojoj oni od svojih partnera
zahtijevaju neprestane inovacije u trgovakim procesima, ali i vrlo izraene neravnotee
snaga i pozicija sudionika u kanalima marketinga, proizvoai i trgovci na veliko iskazuju
znaajno vie razine zadovoljstva suradnjom sa velikim trgovcima na malo, nego suradnjom s
malim i srednjim trgovcima na malo. Prosjean indeks zadovoljstva za odnos proizvoaa sa
velikim trgovcima na malo iznosi 63.89, dok je za odnos proizvoaa sa malim i srednjim
trgovcima njegova vrijednost 55.17. Takoer, prosjean indeks zadovoljstva za odnos
trgovaca na veliko sa velikim trgovcima na malo iznosi 62.99, dok je za odnos trgovaca na
veliko sa malim i srednjim trgovcima on 54.27.
malim i malim i
velikim velikim
srednjim srednjim
u odnosu sa trgovcima na trgovcima na
trgovcima na trgovcima
malo malo
malo na malo
PROSJEAN INDEKS
63.89 55.17 54.27
ZADOVOLJSTVA 62.99
168
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
169
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
velikih
1 velikih velikim velikim
64.62 trgovaca na 70.54
.
proizvoaa trgovcima na malo trgovcima na malo
veliko
velikih
velikih malim i srednjim malim i srednjim
4
56.40 57.77
. trgovaca na
proizvoaa trgovcima na malo trgovcima na malo
veliko
Dobijeni rezultati pokazuju da veliki i mali i srednji proizvoai imaju razliito zadovoljstvo
u odnosu prema snanim trgovcima na malo. Veliki proizvoai su zadovoljniji svojim
odnosom sa velikim trgovcima na malo (64.62) nego mali i srednji proizvoai (61.68).
Meutim, to zadovoljstvo malih i srednjih proizvoaa u odnosu sa velikim trgovcima na
malo je znaajno vee nego njihovo zadovoljstvo u odnosu sa malim i srednjim trgovcima na
malo (51.47). Takoer, veliki i mali i srednji trgovci na veliko imaju razliito zadovoljstvo u
odnosu prema snanim trgovcima na malo. Veliki trgovci na veliko su zadovoljniji svojim
odnosom sa velikim trgovcima na malo (70.54) nego mali i srednji trgovci na veliko (58.98).
Isto kao u sluaju proizvoaa, zadovoljstvo malih i srednjih trgovaca na veliko u odnosu sa
velikim trgovcima na malo je znaajno vee nego njihovo zadovoljstvo u odnosu sa malim i
srednjim trgovcima na malo (52.75).
U svakom sluaju, bilo da se radi o velikim ili malim i srednjim proizvoaima i trgovcima na
veliko, njihovo zadovoljstvo poslovnim odnosom s velikim trgovcima na malo je, u svim
sluajevima, na znaajno vioj razini od njihovog zadovoljstva poslovnim odnosom sa malim
i srednjim trgovcima na malo. Najvie razine zadovoljstva iskazuju veliki proizvoai i veliki
170
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
trgovci na veliko u poslovanju sa velikim trgovcima na malo, dok najnie razine zadovoljstva,
znaajno nie od toga, pokazuju mali i srednji proizvoai i trgovci na veliko u sluaju
suradnje sa malim i srednjim trgovcima na malo.
6. ZAKLJUAK
7. LITERATURA
1. Alqahtani, A. A. (2011), Toward a Clarification of the Concept of Relationship
Marketing, International Journal of Management, Vol. 28, No. 2, str. 585 - 592.
2. Amrouche, N., Zaccour, G. (2009), A shelf-space-dependent wholesale price when
manufacturer and retailer brands compete, OR Spectrum, No. 31, str. 361 - 383.
3. Belaya, V., Hanf, J. H. (2009), The two sides of power in business-to-business
relationships: implications for supply chain management, The Marketing Review, Vol.
9, No. 4, str. 361 381.
171
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
4. Berry, L. (1996), Retailers with a Future, Marketing Management, Vol. 5, Issue 1, str.
39 - 46.
5. Black, S. G. (2010), Relationalism: A Vintage But Sound Concept in Distribution
Channel Relationships, Atlantic Economic Journal, No. 38, str. 245 246.
6. Bowersox, D. J., Closs, D. J., Stank, T. P. (2000), Ten mega-trends that will
revolutionize supply chain logistics, Journal of business logistics, Vol. 21, No. 2, str. 1
- 15.
7. Dabholkar, P. A., Thorpe, D. I., Rentz, J. O. (1996), A Measure of Service Quality for
Retail Stores: Scale Development and Validation, Journal of the Academy of
Marketing Science, Vol. 24, No. 1, str. 3 16.
8. Diamong, J., Litt, S. (2009), Retailing in the Twenty-First Century, Fairchild Books,
New York.
9. Dobson, P., Waterson, M., Davies S. (2003), The Patterns and Implications of
Increasing Concentration in European Food Retailing, Journal of Agricultural
Economics, Vol. 54, No. 1, str. 111 125.
10. Elg, U., Paavola, H. (2008), Market orientation of retail brands in the grocery chain:
the role of supplier relationships, The International Review of Retail, Distribution and
Consumer Research, Vol. 18, No. 2, str. 221 233.
11. Ertek, G. and Griffin, M. P. (2002), Supplier and buyer driven channels in a two-
stage supply chain, II E Transactions, Vol. 34, No. 2, str. 691 - 700.
12. Gadde, L. E. (2004), Activity Coordination and Resource Combining in Distribution
Networks Implications for Relationship Involvement and the Relationship
Atmosphere, Journal of Marketing Management, No. 20, str. 157 184.
13. Hingley, K. M. (2005), Power Imbalance in UK Agri-Food Supply Channels: Learning
to Live with the Supermarkets, Journal of Marketing Management, No. 21, str. 63
88.
14. Human, G., Peter, N. (2010), Relationship and innovation orientation in a business-
to.business context, South African Journal of Business Management, No. 41 (4), str. 59
70.
15. Hyvonen, S., Tuominen, M. (2007), Channel Collaboration, Market Orientation and
Performance Advantages: Discovering Developed and Emerging Markets, Int. Rev. of
Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, Vol. 17, No. 5, str. 423 445.
16. Kabadayi, S., Eyuboglu, N., Thomas, G. (2007), The Performance Implications of
Designing Multiple Channels to Fit with Strategy and Environment, Journal of
Marketing, Vol. 71, October, str. 195 - 211.
17. Kaikati, G. J., Kaikati, M. A. (2006), Slotting and promotional allowances: red flags in
the supply chain, Supply Chain Mnagement: An International Journal, Vol. 11, No. 2,
str. 140 147.
18. Kumar, V., Jones, E., Venkatesan, R., Leone P. R. (2011), Is Market Orientation a
Source of Sustainable Competitive Advantage or Simply the Cost of Competing?,
Journal of Marketing, Vol. 75, January, str. 16 30.
19. Kurtulu, M., Toktay, L. B. (2011), Category Captainship vs. Retailer Category
Management under Limited Retail Shelf Space, Production and Operations
Management, Vol. 20, No. 1, str. 47 56.
20. Lefaix-Durand, A., Kozak, R. (2009), Integrating transactional and relational exchange
into the study of Exchange Orientation in customer relationships, Journal of Marketing
Management, Vol. 25, No. 9 10, str. 1003 1025.
21. Pine, J. (1993), Mass Customization: The New Frontier in Business Competition,
Harvard Business School Press, Boston.
22. Rosenbloom, B. (2013), Marketing Channels - A Management View, South-Western,
New York.
172
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
23. Skytte, H., Blunch, J. N. (2005), Buying Behavior of Western European Food
Retailers, Journal of Marketing Channels, Vol. 13, No. 2, str. 99 129.
24. Spekman, R. (1988), Strategic Supplier Selection: Understanding Long-Term
Relationships, Business Horizons, Vol. 31, Issue 7-8, str. 75 - 81.
25. Wagner, B., Macbeth, D., Boddy, D. (2002), Improving supply chains relations: an
empirical case study, Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, Vol. 7,
No. 4, str. 253 264.
173
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Grayna migielska
Cracow University of Economics, Poland
Saetak
174
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Grayna migielska
Cracow University of Economics, Poland
Abstract
In the paper it is shown how information and communication technologies (ICT) have
changed the way the retail organizations operate and how they have influenced the whole
trade structure. The two stages are identified: the first, which took place in 80s and 90s
dominated by the scanning systems and second in XXI century when the new communication
technologies Internet and mobile communication devices have started to develop very fast.
It has been found that technologies based on scanning systems changed the relationships in
the distribution channels. The successes of such a companies as Wal-Mart and Benetton
copied by the other companies made the big retailers channel captains. ICT also enable the
lean management in retail companies and contributed to the successful globalization of some
of them. Later on Internet and mobile communication devices have fostered more flexible
structures and emergence of new types of distributors. The case study of Polish middle sized
company Biuro Plus Krakw shows that the Internet and mobile applications could be
important competitive assets.
1. INTRODUCTION
Nowadays economy is called knowledge economy due to the fact that knowledge is
considered as the most important source of productivity and asset of gaining the competitive
advantage. Although knowledge economy is a macroeconomics concept, the main idea of
knowledge importance is reflected in the companies strategies.
The idea of knowledge based economy not only applies to the high tech industries but it
describes a set of new sources of competitive advantage which can apply to all sectors, all
companies and all regions, from agriculture and retailing to software and biotechnology:
(Leadbeater 1999, p.7). Retail sector is a big user of information and communication
technologies (ICT) and for example in the US a significant part of improvements in
productivity since the 90s of the last century have come from ICT-driven improvements in the
retail sector. (Brinkley 2013, p. 14). Also the OECD analysis of the success of large global
companies showed that the main reasons of their success was the combination of high
performance workplace practice and the intelligent use of ICT.
175
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
The aim of the paper is to show how IT and then ICT has improved the productivity of retail
sector and has changed the trade structures. First, the impact of scanning system, that has
changed the structure of the distribution of fast moving consumer goods towards more
hierarchical is discussed as well as the changes in distribution of apparel goods towards
networking. Then the next stage, which has occurred due to the rapid growth of Internet
technology is characterized. This technology constitutes a radical innovation having much
impact on the processes of supplying goods and selling goods to final consumers. Finally, it
is shown how the implementation of ICT technologies could be an important source of
competitive advantage for small and medium sized companies, like Biuro Plus S.A. a Polish
company, which example is discussed at the end of the paper.
Scanning has became the revolutionary technology for trade sector especially for retailers.
Some of them, due to implementing scanning, changed their position in distribution channel
and started to manage whole supply chain. As a consequence in some branches, like e.g.
FMCG, retailers often are channel captains.
The process of implementing IT in retailing has started in the second half of the twentieth
century from the bar code. First it was used for marking the product price which was read by
scanners. This innovation has improved the process of selling products to final consumers. At
the US grocery market it was stimulated by the growing inflation and following it the process
of squeezing margins and profits (McGuckin et al. 2006). Scanning systems raised the
productivity of cashier labor and shortened clients lines.
Yet, even more important was the implementation of the scanning system in the process of
supplying goods. Such technologies as Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), Quick Response
(QR) or Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) has been developed by leading retailers
(Lowson 2001). They create the other possible benefits from the implementation of the new
technologies which include:
- better adjustment of the inventory to the consumers demand,
- price elasticity,
- better use of shelves space,
- inventory reduction,
- the possibilities of promotion campaigns evaluation and increasing their
effectiveness.
- increasing transport and goods shipment effectiveness.
One of the most important was EDI which was used to create the orders and agreement of the
terms of payment what let to the elimination of the slow and costly activities inside the
company. The shortcoming of this technology was high costs of its implementation due to the
need for standardization (Loughlin 1999). It also required transparency of exchange partners
sharing data. At first, this technology developed very slowly but later its effectiveness and
reliability made it the base for the development of such systems as QR and ECR which have
been used to manage the supply chains.
Achieving the above benefits coming from introducing ICT is related to (Giesecke 2009):
176
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
-
network effect (commonness of the technology), which in practice means that it is
used by many trade enterprises and producers33,
- learning effect enterprises have to reorganize their activities to get the maximum
benefits from implementing ICT,
- favorable changes in the environment like, for example, the possibilities of getting
the UE donation for ICT,
- rapid innovation diffusion in the whole distribution system,
- low implementation costs high capital and organizational requirements had
become at first the barrier to rapid ICT dissemination in the trade sector.
Nowadays most of the barriers mentioned above, for the systems based on scanning, have
simply disappeared. What is more, the rapid technological progress started in the 90s. has
brought new technologies challenging distributors. The most important include:
-new forms of cooperation in the supply chain e.g. Collaborative Planning,
Forecasting and Replenishment (CPFR), which goal is to coordinate the
activities of the members of supply chain by collaborative planning and
synchronization of business process,
- technologies which could be used in logistics as well as in the management of
retail outlet like, e.g. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID),
- Consumer Relationships Management (CRM), which aims at developing long
term loyalty of the clients,
- E-commerce not only on B2B but also on B2C and C2C markets.
Very fast development of new technologies in the trade sector in the 90s. has been noticed in
the United States. In that country trade sector was included in the group of six sectors having
the fastest productivity growth due to the implementation of ICT in developing new products
and in the process changes (Farrell 2003). They are crucial in the effective management of
millions of small transactions taking place every day in retail outlets. They include not only
automated, routine activities like inventory management, price scanning and cashier
operations but also the optimization of complex processes of supply chain management,
merchandising or management of the relations with the clients. The implementation of new
technologies has changed the market structure and showed the new possibilities of achieving
the competitive advantage by trade companies (especially retailers).
The spread of IT was due to the fact that they resulted in productivity growth what led the
companies introducing them the gain the competitive advantage over the one which not. The
question is if they could by the source of sustainable competitive advantage (SCA). The
answer will be search in the theory of developing SCA introduced by M. Porter (2008).
According to Porter the process of development SCA starts from analyzing the changes which
take place in the environment to find out the opportunities and threats important for strategy
formulation. In the other words if the company wants to be successful it should constantly
follow the environmental changes in order to find the opportunities to be exploit and threats to
be avoid. In the knowledge based economy one of the most important are technological
changes. The new technologies which are strategically important are not the innovations with
33
This effect is foster by setting standards like e.g. British Article Number Associations TRADENET
177
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
the short life cycle but the change in knowledge how the world is organized. It implemented
in retailing discussed above, without any doubts, become such a strategically important
innovations.
The new technology is crucial for the development of competitive advantage if it improves
the efficiency of value chain or if it changes the industry structure, so its general
attractiveness is higher (lower) due to the change in the entry barriers, bargaining power of
suppliers and buyers, or the industry competitiveness. IT not only could improve the
efficiency of retailer value chain but also higher the entry barriers to the sector as well as
lowered bargaining power of suppliers but sustaining the competitive advantage gaining
through them is problematic.
Porter indicates also the conditions for sustain the advantage got as a result of applying the
new technologies (Szapiro and Ciemniak 1999):
1. The company has lower cost than the competitors or differentiate from them by
other characteristics, being the important buying decision criteria,
2. It is difficult to copy the new technology,
3. The company gets the advantage of first mover, independently from the benefits
coming directly from the technology.
He stresses than if the new technology improves the industry structure, it is beneficial even if
it is easy to copy it, because the industry structure is crucial for developing the competitive
advantage. It is true for retailing.
The development of retail structure changes due to the implementation of IT in the 80s. and
the 90s. had two main directions. The first was lean organization whereas the second global
organization very often they developed parallel. Lean retailers tried to reduce the cost of
keeping stocks by organizing just in time supply of goods. It also meant that producers were
forced to bear some costs of storing goods and had to be much more flexible as far as
manufacturing process was concerned.
Lean retailers operate differently than traditional retailers. First of all, they require more
frequent supplies from the producers. The amount of order is calculated on the base of actual
data collected by the retailer. The data is obtained through bar codes during the selling
process. Then it is grouped and goods are ordered through the electronic system. Batch of
goods completed by the producers are delivered to logistics centers. The process of reception
is automated. Delivery from the logistics center to the outlet looks very similar. The center
has ongoing information about the sales in the outlets which is the base for developing the
batch of goods delivered then to the stores.
The forerunner of all these changes was Wal-Mart. The company decided to open the first
distribution center in the 70s of the last century and also bought the trucks to have own
transport float. But the real success came with introducing scanning (Point of Sales, POS
systems) in the stores and EDI which allow for the direct cooperation with the producers and
better exchange of information (Powell and Dent-Micallef 1997). In the 90s the company had
twenty automatic distribution centers linked by computers to the stores and the suppliers. The
success of Wal-Mart encouraged other mass merchandisers to copy its strategy what finally
changed the market of mass merchandise.
178
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
As a consequence, the big FMCG retailers, introducing new technologies became channel
captains and gate keepers to the market.
On the apparel market many retailers started to develop networks, trying to copy the success
of Benetton. QR technology enabled them fast reaction to the changes in demand and
minimizing losses due to the unsold goods. IT was also used to coordinate and control the
partners collaborating in the network.
IT also enables many retailers to globalize their activities successfully. Although trade
companies have a long tradition as far as internationalization processes are concerned (some
of them were present on foreign markets in XIX century) many of them had been forced to
withdraw from foreign markets until the IT let them to coordinate and control operations in
many countries. On the other hand, high costs of ICT implementation encourage them to open
new stores (very often abroad) to reduce the unit costs of IT.
The process of internationalization very often started from internationalization of supply
operations which was followed by opening the stores in the host country. It was, for example,
the case of Ikea which had started to subcontract the production abroad before opening the
first outlet outside Sweden. Globalization and emergence of cheap sourcing undermine the
core strategy of some retailers e.g. Benetton who used to produce mainly in Italy. High
manufacturing costs lower the competitiveness of Benetton products and forced the company
to change the strategy.
In XXI century the spectacular development of Internet and mobile technologies became the
challenge for distributors. They have become the threat as well as they offered new
opportunities which challenged distributors but none of the businesses should stay indifferent.
The position of gate keepers occupied by the powerful retailers has been jeopardized due to
the fact that producers have become able to sell products on their own via the Internet.
To defend their position and existing structures the leading, global retailers cooperate with the
producers and with each other in organizing the global supply process. The good examples are
Global NetEchange (conclude by Carrefour and Sears Roebuck) or WorldWide Reail
Exchange (which is the consortium of retailers). The purpose of WorldWide retail exchange
is to integrate the supply chains of retailers. Internet technology enables the companies to
develop the short and long term relations with one or more partners. The supplies get access
to more potential buyers and the buyers could widen their offer and make it more attractive to
final customers. The new technologies reduce the costs of suppliers as well as the buyers what
increases their competitiveness (Burt and Sparks 2003).
179
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
The next characteristics of contemporary market is development of new type agents which
create value by combining the products and services delivered by different sectors (Bakos
2001). The good example is brokerage in buying the new car. A customer chooses and
describes the model he would like to have on the base of his knowledge including the results
of different tests, publications in the auto journals, or recommendations. An agent is
negotiating the price of this model, organizes the delivery, payment by bank, insurance and
organizes the whole transaction.
The other example is the virtual supply chain which is developed for apparel goods.
Nowadays the processes of manufacturing foods as well as the supply chain are spread all
over the world. As far as apparel goods are concerned the time is crucial a supplier has to
react very quickly to the market demand and offer short series of production. To stay
competitive retailers very often involve brokers who not only contact partners but also
perform the whole range of activities to develop and coordinate the supply chain which could
fulfill the order (figure 1) .
A broker, after getting an order, develops from the group of potential supplies the supply
chain which is able to fill this particular order on time and according to specifications. The
principle is that You could have everything. Tell only what you want to have and we are able
to develop the adequate supply chain. To fulfill your order from the population of suppliers
the virtual plant will be developed (Fung at al 2008, p. 29). The same order submitted the
other time could be realized by the quite different supply chain.
180
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Along with the supply process Internet has influenced also the process of distribution.
Internet based electronic commerce companies operating on the consumer goods have a lot of
advantages as compared to traditional stores (Bakos 2001):
E-commerce companies operating on consumer markets include pure play E-tailers and Multi-
channel E-tailers. Pure play companies are those who have no physical stores. All of their
business transactions and processes are completed online. This type of online retailers usually
forms the strategy alliance or partnership with other companies in order to provide better
customer services. For example, the pure play E-tailers might set up strategic partnership with
carriers, such as FedEx, to deliver the products efficiently to customers. Some examples of
pure play E-tailers are Amazon.com, dell.com, and E-bay.com.
Multi-channel E-tailers refers to those E-tailers who also have physical store presence. This
type of E-tailers is also known as click-mortar retailers. Multi-channel E-tailers have some
advantages over the pure play E-tailers, such as existing complete distribution channel,
established brand awareness, strong brand image and customer loyalty and so on. Multi-
channel retailers lead online sales growth by 75% versus web based retailers at 25%. Some
examples of the multi-channel E-tailers are Walmart.com, Tesco.com.
As it has been discussed, Internet technology provides value to the retailers by increasing
internal and external coordinator efficiencies, so according to the strategic necessity
hypothesis introduced by Clemons (1988), if the traditional retailers do not adopt it they will
have higher costs structure and therefore competitive disadvantage 34 . So adopting Internet
technology by retailers should be considered as the strategic necessity which means that
traditional retailers should adopt Internet technology not only for communication process but
also to sell goods directly to consumers.
This necessity has been noticed by IBM company which developed the model of changes of
traditional retailer towards e-business 35 . It consists of four stages starting from 0 when a
34
Strategic necessity hypothesis : IT provides value to the firm by increasing internal and external coordinator
efficiencies and the firms that do not adopt them will have higher costs structure and therefore competitive
disadvantage (Clemons 1988).
35
e-business vision in the retail industry. IBM Global Services, available at:http://www-
07.ibm.com/services/pdf/IBM_Consulting_e_business_Vision_in_the_Retail_Industry.pdf, accessed 12.12.2012.
181
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
retailer does not convey business via Internet. Stage I (multichannel model) retailer uses the
Internet to improve the quality of previous activities in the supply chain. At the stage two
(integrated multichannel model) the efficiency is growing due to the integration. Stage III
(vertically integrated multichannel model) is characterized by the closer cooperation in the
vertically integrated and oriented towards consumer multichannel model). Last stage V
which is integrated vertically and horizontally multichannel model (retailers also collaborate
with potential competitors to focus on strategic opportunities. For this model IBM developed
five important rules, which should be applied during the evolutionary process and also
indicated sources of possible problems.
In spite of the problems, it seems that the model developed by IBM well suits business
practice and the companies implement its rules, getting the next stages towards entire e-
business.
Biuro Plus S.A. as a national network was founded in 1999 (Leszczyska 2013). It deals with
the distribution of assortment of the office products and its assortment could be described as
everything for the office. It focuses on institutional clients. The company does not have
own outlets but delivers products to clients by own means of transport. Biuro Plus S.A. also
has an internet shop. Now the company has a leadership position among Polish companies in
the market of office services.
Cracow branch of Biuro Plus S.A. is very innovative. In 2014 it employed sixty four people
and had 16% share in total purchases of network. In spite of offering delivery to clients it
offers a range of the other services like: printing services (business cards, post cards
letterhead, etc.), promotional materials (ball pens, gadgets with print), bookbinding, recycling
of suppliers, as well as testing of some products is possible.
The direction of Biuro Plus S.A. development is indicated by mission which has been
expressed as anticipation and fulfillment of institutional and business clients needs, well
beyond their expectations36. It has resulted in the permanent seeking and implementing the
tools which allows for better communication and optimization of the costs borne by clients.
The important element of the strategy is also high quality of the products which has been
reflected inter alia by the implementing by the norm PN-EN ISO 9001:2009.
An important element of the company strategy which differentiates the company from its
competitors, contributing to its competitive advantage, is platform B2B which involves the
standard CRM modules but also the specific part which function is to help clients in
managing their expenditures (called LEW). It was founded to handle corporate clients.
Many of them started their cooperation with Biuro Plus S.A. and have become loyal clients
due to the fact that they could save money, control on ongoing base the expenditures and get
transparent invoice by LEW. This innovative system allows clients to order all kinds of
assortment (office supplies, operating supplies, groceries and chemical materials) at the same
time and still optimize the costs of managed outlets or department of the company.
182
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
LEW provides clients with the opportunity to create an individual baskets of purchases with
the products in the negotiated prices. It allows for unification of the terms of cooperation for
all clients company and standardization of products which are used in different departments.
An order is executed after its acceptation by a person having the status of super- user, who is
responsible for the policy of purchase. Managers are able to monitor, generate and create 14
different financial reports, e.g. purchases according to the place of purchase, number of order,
time of order, by product, by total payment, and so on. Biuro Plus also offers the additional
service to corporate clients involving that once a quarter, the history of orders is analyzed and
the expenditures of the clients are verified to suggest them better solutions which will increase
their satisfaction with the service and getting better value for money.
The platform contributes also to simplifying the process of payment due to the fact that
payments on account or cash payments are eliminated and replaced by the final invoice in
which the costs of each department are specified. LEW could be also linked directly to the
internal computer systems of the clients.
Biuro Plus also uses the ICT to promote the company and its products. Parallel to the
traditional promotional instruments it implements own, innovative sales promotion programs.
The company is also present on Facebook. Although it seems that some of these tools do not
fit well the target market in practice, it has turned out that they work.
In 2013 Biuro Plus Krakw introduced a mobile application for the B2B platform. 37 System
LWE in mobile version was replaced by Biuro Link. The main functions of this application
include: mobile platform b2b, 24 hours access to the assortment, control and assent by the
super-user. The clients of the Biuro Plus Krakw were invited for the short seminar to learn
about this innovation as well as they could get help via Internet.
Institutional clients who installed this application on their smartphones or iPhones could
manage their operations exactly as having the access by the Internet. It is especially useful for
the acceptance of the orders by super-users. This innovation was rather costly but it has
increased the satisfaction of the loyal clients, has attracted new corporate clients and
confirmed the leadership position of Biuro Plus Krakw S.A. as an innovative company on
the service for the offices market.
6. CONCLUSION
ICT have got the vital role in the process of trade sector development and they have decided
about its current structure. First they allowed some retailers, who introduced them
successfully, to get the better (often leading) position in distribution channel. It has started the
whole process of changes. Due to the fact that the trade sector is characterized by the intense
competition the strategies of the companies who have successfully supported their
competitive advantage by the ICT were copied. It fostered the changes taking place in the
market structure which resulted in taking by the retailers the leading position in supply chains.
This chains are characterized by the lean management, which reduces the cost and makes
whole supply chain competitive. ICT fostered also the processes of retail companies
internationalization which resulted in trade sector globalization.
37
Its full description is available at: http://www.biurolink24.com.pl/ since 11.10.2014
183
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
technologies lowered the entry barriers and jeopardize the position of big trade organizations.
Selling via Internet became the strategic necessity for all companies which would like to
develop and not be outrun by competitors. None of the organizations should disregard fast
spread of the mobile technologies which could become the opportunity as well as a threat to
them. The case of Biuro Plus S.A. shows that due to the implementation of ICT even medium
sized, national company could compete successfully with giants.
Some of the technologies, although that they seemed very promising, probably would never
get wide spread use. The most well known is RFID. In spite of much effort to introduce it
successfully taken by e.g. Wal-Mart or Metro, still its usage is marginal. Yet, maybe as it
happened with the scanning system it just needs more time.
7. LITERATURE
184
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Ivana Plazibat
Sveuilite u Splitu, Odjel za strune studije, Hrvatska
Katija Vojvodi
Sveuilite u Dubrovniku, Odjel za ekonomiju i poslovnu ekonomiju, Hrvatska
Saetak
185
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Ivana Plazibat
University of Split, Department for professional studies, Croatia
Katija Vojvodi
University of Dubrovnik, Department of Economics and Business Economics, Croatia
Abstract
The issue of retail space management and the need for its efficiently managing emerges due to
the ever-incresing product categories in relation to the limited space for product exposure.
Coping with the limited space is in particular essential for traditional retailers while space
management decisions become of the utmost importance in order to achieve advantages in
contemporary competitive environment. Bearing in mind space constrain, efficiently
managing retail space influences on fostering relationships between buyers and sellers,
increases customers' satisfaction and sales volumes. The role of information technology is
inevitable in modern retailing with the special emphasis put on the creation of planograms as
well as monitoring panogram compilance in the stores. Sophisticated systems used for
planning and space management increase the productivity of retail space, improve visual
exposure of products and foster corporate identity. The main objective of this paper is to
determine the role of technology within the concept of retail space management and to
illustrate the space management process. In that context, the special emphasis is put on the
results of empirical research, the most important issues of this retail concept as well as
practical implications.
Key words: space management, space management process, information technology, retail
1. UVOD
Upravljanje kategorijama proizvoda bitan je dio poslovne strategije trgovca na malo, odnosno
dio poslovnog procesa trgovca kojim on svakom kategorijom proizvoda upravlja kao
neovisnom poslovnom jedinicom (Ray, 2010). Zadatak je trgovca na malo definirati vlastitu
186
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Koncept upravljanja prostorom ili space management moe se definirati kao strateko
razmjetanje artikala unutar prodajnog objekta kako bi se maksimizirala prodaja tj. koeficijent
obrtaja robe uz minimalno (re)investiranje u prostor i zalihe (Donellan, 2014). U suvremenoj
teoriji trgovine na malo ovaj koncept dobiva sve vie na znaenju s obzirom na to da dizajn
prostora i upravljanje prostorom izravno utjeu na kupce. U tom smislu, trgovac na malo treba
osigurati da u svojoj prodavaonici ili lancu prodavaonica izgledom prostora, ali i nainom
upravljanja, raspolae pravim proizvodima, u pravo vrijeme i po pravoj cijeni. Nakon to
napravi najbolji izbor robe, rukovodei se prema paljivo ispitanim i definiranim eljama i
potrebama kupaca, trgovcu preostaje smjestiti na stotine ili tisue najrazliitijih proizvoda u
prostor koji mu stoji na raspolaganju. Dakle, trgovac se suoava s izazovom prema kojim
kriterijima i na koji nain rasporediti robu u prodajnom prostoru te kako ju izloiti kupcu.
187
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Osim toga, razmjetaj u prostoru od iznimne je vanosti u kontekstu izlaganja proizvoda kako
bi se potroaima osigurala vizualna dosljednost (posebice kad se radi o lancu maloprodajnih
trgovina) kroz slinosti u izgledu prodavaonica i rasporedu na policama. Poveani broj
izloaka jednog proizvoda moe ograniavati raspoloivi prostor za druge proizvode ili
dovesti do uklanjanja drugih proizvoda s polica to znai da potranja za takvim proizvodima
nee biti izravno zadovoljena te moe rezultirati odabirom drugog proizvoda ili druge
prodavaonice (Hbner, 2011).
188
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Vezano za vrste strategija koje mogu primjenjivati maloprodavai, Yang i Chen (1999)
istraivali su odnos strategija upravljanja prostorom, raspodjele prostora i rezultata poslovanja
te su pri tom izdvojili tri strategije strategiju dominacije, strategiju adaptacije i strategiju
pasivnosti. Maloprodavai koji primjenjuju strategiju dominacije promatraju upravljanje
prostorom kao vanu strateku odluku koja zahtijeva sloenije funkcije sustava upravljanja
prostorom, dok oni koji primjenjuju strategiju adaptacije ne naglaavaju vanost odluka
vezanih za upravljanje prostorom unutar prodavaonice te su i zahtjevi njihovog sustava
upravljanja prostorom odreeni prema rezultatima analize sustava. Konano, strategija
pasivnosti ne prepoznaje vanost odluka vezanih uz prostor, a sustav upravljanja prostorom
ukljuuje samo neke osnovne funkcije kao to je planogram, tj. dijagram ili model koji
prikazuje smjetaj, tj. raspored proizvoda na policama kako bi se maksimizirala prodaja.
Prema Levy i Weitz (2007), upravljanje prostorom temelji se na dvjema osnovnim odlukama
za svakog trgovca na malo, odnosno raspodjeli prostora prodavaonice po kategorijama roba i
markama proizvoda te lociranju robne kategorije unutar prodavaonice. Razvidno je da trgovac
na malo prije svega treba definirati kategoriju proizvoda, tj. to njemu znai kategorija kao
element privlaenja kupaca u prodavaonicu, ali i veliina kojom mjeri uspjenost svoga
poslovanja po kvadratnom metru prodajnog prostora ili dunom metru police. Isti autori, Levy
i Weitz (2007) izdvajaju nekoliko faktora koji utjeu na trgovevu odluku o raspodjeli
prodavaonice po kategorijama i markama proizvoda, a odnose se na: produktivnost prostora,
koeficijent obrtaja zaliha, utjecaj na ukupnu prodaju prodavaonice, i mogunosti izlaganja
robe.
189
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
pojedine kategorije proizvoda. Ovi procesi kod svakog trgovca na malo zapoinju pitanjima
koja se odnose na artikle koje treba uvrstiti u prodavaonicu, nain njihova izlaganja, koliinu
prostora koju treba dodijeliti pojedinoj kategoriji proizvoda, tj. artiklu unutar kategorije kao i
na to hoe li i kada odabrani artikli ostvariti planiranu dobit, tj. ostvariti povrat investiranja u
novi prostor. Ova se pitanja poveavaju i uslonjavaju porastom broja prodavaonica te
irinom i dubinom asortimana kojima pojedini trgovac na malo komunicira sa svojim
potroaima.
Koristei ekonometrijski model Desmet i Renaudin (1998) istraivali su odnos izmeu udjela
prostora i udjela prodaje te su naglasili da se vanjskim utjecajima mogu objasniti razlike u
elastinosti prostora, a rezultati su pokazali da se elastinost prostora poveava sa stopom
impulzivne kupnje kategorije proizvoda i ne ovisi o vrsti prodavaonice.
Druga faza dijeljenja prostora u prodajna podruja u velikoj je mjeri odreena indikatorima
uspjenosti iz prethodne faze, ponajprije vrijednostima prodaje, a prostor se dijeli u razliita
prodajna podruja, uglavnom na temelju odjela ili kategorije proizvoda. To, meutim, moe
nailaziti na praktina odstupanja s obzirom na to da neki proizvodi zbog svojih fizikih
190
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Osim toga, u ovoj je stadiju procesa upravljanja prostorom od iznimne vanosti i faza u kojoj
se nalazi kategorija proizvoda jer moe utjecati na dodijeljivanje, tj. raspodjelu prostora. U
tom smislu, rastuoj kategoriji treba dodijeliti vie prostora, a racionalizirati prostor dodijeljen
kategoriji koja je u opadanju. Varley (2006) naglaava da, iako se prodaja po prodajnom
prostoru uzima kao najei pokazatelj produktivnosti odjela, kad je rije o prostoru koji se
dodjeljuje u ovoj fazi, u obzir se moe uzeti i profitabilnost odjela ili kategorije.
U ovoj se fazi procesa upravljanja prostorom, nakon odreivanja koliine prostora koja e se
dodijeliti svakom odjelu ili kategoriji na temelju pojedinane produktivnosti, kreira raspored
prodajnog prostora. Prostor moe varirati u ovisnosti o svojoj kvaliteti ili potencijalu za
ostvarivanje vee prodaje, meutim odjeli trebaju biti organizirani tako da potroaima
omoguuju loginu kretnju kroz prodavaonicu, a da su komplementarne kategorije smjetene
jedna blizu druge.
Kvaliteta prostora izdvaja prostor unutar prodavaonice koji je pogodniji ili uspjeniji za
prodaju od nekog drugog, manje kvalitetnog, prostora. U svrhu poveanja prodaje pojedine
kategorije proizvoda treba osigurati sekundarne police koje su postavljene neovisno o
policama prodajnog prostora kako bi potaknule kupce na spontanu kupnju. Mihi (2006)
sugerira odreene promjene u prodajnom prostoru kao to su: istoa i ureenje polica u
cijelom prodajnom prostoru, bolje oznaavanje cijena na policama i uz izloenu robu te
postavljanje odreenih informacija o posebnim obiljejima i prednostima robe. Takoer, pri
izlaganju robe trgovci bi se trebali koristiti tehnikama ukoenosti i izvuenosti donjih polica te
postavljanjem viseih modela proizvoda, propagandnih i dekorativnih sredstava te kreirati
prodajni prostor privlano i poticajno. Trgovac bi trebao stvoriti odreenu dinamiku kod
izlaganja koristei poticajna sredstva u kupnji, npr. kontraste, izolacije, simetrino i
asimetrino izlaganje robe, izlaganje vee koliine robe na jednom mjestu i sl.
191
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Tablica 1 prikazuje odnos izmeu prodaje i profita koji generiraju razliiti proizvodi te
ukazuje na mogue ispravne odluke koje bi trebalo donijeti u vezi s dodijeljivanjem prostora i
samim proizvodom. U vezi s tim, mogu se razlikovati proizvodi koji imaju visoke profitne
mare, meutim ostvaruju niski promet (tzv. profit builders), proizvodi koji imaju niske
profitne mare i niski promet (tzv. space wasters), zatim proizvodi koji ostvaruju dobar
promet, ali imaju niske profitne mare (tzv. traffic builers) i, konano, proizvodi s
podjednakim prometom i profitnim marama (tzv. star performers). U ovisnosti o potencijalu
pojedinog proizvoda sa stajalita profita, odnosno prodaje maloprodavai mogu donositi
razliite odluke kako bi to kvalitetnije i uspjenije upravljali prostorom. Neke se od tih
odluka mogu odnositi na poveanje ili racionalizaciju asortimana unutar kategorije,
razmatranje mogunosti uvoenja privatnih maraka ili eliminiranja proizvoda iz asortimana.
192
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
visoke profitne mare, ali niski promet promet i profitne mare su jednake ili
premauju zacrtane
dodijeliti prostor fokusirajui se na
kvalitetu prostora kako bi se poveala dodijeliti im vei i kvalitetniji prostor
prodaja
razmotriti poveanje asortimana unutar
razmotriti racionalizaciju asortimana kategorije
proizvoda unutar kategorije
niske profitne mare i niski promet dobar promet, ali niske profitne mare
Izvor: Varley, R. (2006), Retail Product Management Buying and merchandising, 2nd ed.,
Routledge, New York, str. 153.
Dugorona profitabilnost ovisi o lojalnosti potroaa, koja, izmeu ostalog, ovisi i o njihovom
zadovoljstvu asortimanom i prezentacijom proizvoda (Varley, 2006). Pri tome treba istaknuti
da su mnogi kupci voljni promijeniti svoj kupovni izbor na temelju rasporeda kategorija
proizvoda na policama trgovine (Borin i Farris, 1995). Osim toga, asortiman i lokacija
proizvoda mogu uvelike odrediti kupovnu odluku potroaa te ga navesti na dodatnu
potronju (Chen i Lin, 2007). S druge strane, Russell i Petersen (2000) pokazuju da, osim
lokacije, poloaj proizvoda moe znatno privui pozornost kupaca, a time i utjecati na njihovu
kupovnu odluku. Takoer, istraivanje koje su proveli Chung et al. (2007) ukazuje na to da se
prodaja proizvoda moe poveati kao rezultat uspjenog upravljanja prostora, tj. smjetajem
proizvoda na vidljivo mjesto u prodavaonici.
193
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kao to je istaknuto, raspodjela prostora esto je u sreditu zanimanja trgovca na malo. Njome
trgovac nastoji poveati produktivnost prostora definirajui koliinu prostora i njegovu
raspodjelu za pojedinu kategoriju proizvoda. Takoer, trgovci ponekad odustaju od pojedinih
linija proizvoda jer zauzimaju previe prostora.
upravljanje prostorom od vrha prema dnu (eng. top-down space management approach), i
upravljanje prostorom od dna prema vrhu (eng. bottom-up space management approach).
U pristupu od vrha prema dnu trgovac na malo polazi od ukupno raspoloive prodaje
povrine, dijeli ju po kategorijama te zatim promilja o nainu izlaganja proizvoda unutar
kategorije. Obrnuti proces, koji polazi od dna prema vrhu, u razmjetanju prostora zapoinje
od planiranja prostora za proizvode te zatim promiljanja o samoj kategoriji te ukupnoj
prodajnoj povrini.
Kako bi trgovac pojednostavnio ili olakao donoenje odluke o razmjetaju artikla unutar
prostora, tj. definiranju pojedinog artikla unutar kategorije razvijen je alat planograma.
Planogram predstavlja organizacijsku veliinu, standard za prezentaciju roba, ogranienje
proizvoda te omoguuje praktino snalaenje kupcu (Donellan, 2014). Slino tome, Levy i
Weitz (2007) planogram definiraju kao dijagram koji ukazuje kako i gdje odreeni artikl treba
smjestiti na policu da bi se poveao koeficijent obrtaja.
Razvijajui alat planograma trgovac na malo nastoji odreenu kategoriju proizvoda uiniti to
privlanijom kupcu. Planogram se moe razviti za cijelu prodavaonicu, jedan dio
prodavaonice, jedan zid, odjeljak, policu. Kada se govori o planogramu moe se rei da se
govori o elektronikom upravljanju maloprodajnim prostorom. Naime, alat planograma se
194
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
195
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prema Levy i Weitz (2007), softver kao analitika podrka upravljanju prostorom svoju
analizu temelji i na:
bruto mari,
koeficijentu obrtaja,
Kako bi trgovac na malo testirao uspjenost planograma, razvijena su i dva pomona alata
(Levy et al., 2014):
Virtualna simulacija prodavaonice ujedno je alat testiranja uspjenosti planograma, ali i alat
koji trgovci koriste kako bi definirali efekte razmjetanja artikala na razliita mjesta unutar
prodajnog prostora i procjene profitnog potencijala novouvretnih artikala. Logika ovoga alata
jest video zapis oiju kupaca, odnosno njihova virtualnog pregledavanja prodavaonice pri
emu kupac virtualno moe uzeti odreeni artikl s police, pregledati ga i vratiti ili uvrstiti u
svoju shopping listu.
196
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Sljedei alat, video snimanje potroaa, takoer testira uspjenost odabranog planogramiranja
prodavaonice na nain da se unutar prodavaonice, tj. prolaza postavljaju senzori koji suptilnije
nego kamere registriraju kretanje potroaa na temelju trodimenzionalnog prepoznavanja
pokreta. Na taj nain trgovci mogu analizirati pokraj koje se police potroai najvie
zaustavljaju, koji proizvode odabiru, gdje su uska grla prodavaonice i, konano, gdje
proizvodi dobivaju najvie pozornosti.
5. ZAKLJUAK
Razmjetanje artikala unutar prodajnog prostora jedan je od faktora kako se kupci kreu, tj.
kupuju unutar prodavaonice. Stratekim razmjetanjem proizvoda unutar prodavaonice
trgovci mogu poveati mogunost da kupci kupuju po cijeloj prodavaonici te im privui
panju na eljene artikle. Stoga, upravljanje prostorom prodavaonice ima snanu ulogu u
definiranju ukupne poslovne strategije trgovca na malo kao i u definiranju njegove poslovne
uspjenosti, a trgovcu na malo omoguuje eljeni izlobeni prostor za proizvode.
197
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
6. LITERATURA
1. Arkader, R., Ferreira, C. F. (2004), Category management initiatives from the retailer
perspective: a study in the Brazilian grocery retail industry, Journal of Purchasing and
Supply Management, Vol. 10, str. 41-51.
2. Berman, B., Evans, J. (2010), Retail management, a strategic approach, 11th ed.,
Pearson, New Jersey
3. Borin, N., Farris, P. (1995), A sensitivity analysis of retail shelf management model,
Journal of Retailing, Vol. 71, No. 2, str. 153-171.
4. Chen, M. C., Lin, C. P. (2007), A data mining approach to product assortment and
shelf space allocation, Expert Systems and Applications, Vol. 32, str. 976-986.
5. Chung C., Schmit, T. M., Dong, D., Kaiser, H. M. (2007), Economic evaluation of
shelf-space management in grocery stores, Agribusiness, Vol. 23, No. 4, str. 583-597.
6. Desmet, P., Renaudin, V. (1998), Estimation of product category sales responsiveness
to allocated shelf space, International Journal of Research in Marketing, Vol. 15, str.
443-457.
7. Desrochers, D. M., Nelson, P. (2006), Adding consumer behaviour insights to
category management: Improving item placement decisions, Journal of Retailing, Vol.
82, No. 4, str. 357-365.
8. Donellan, J. (2014), Merchandise Buying and Management, 4th ed., Bloomsbury, New
York
9. Finne, S., Sivonen, H. (2009), The Retail Value Chain: How to gain competitive
advantage through Efficient Consumer Response (ECR) strategies, Kogan Page
Limited, London
10. Gupta, S., Randhawa, G. (2008), Retail Management, Atlantic Publishers &
Distributors Ltd, New Delhi
11. Hbner, A. (2011), Retail Category Management: Decision Support Systems for
Assortment, Shelf Space, Inventory and Price Planning, Springer-Verlag, Berlin
Heidelberg
12. Jha, M. (2009), Retail Management, Gennext Publication, New Delhi
13. Kinduz Businss Consulting (2009), Introduction to Category management and
Assortment Planning in the Retail Industry, dostupno na:
http://www.slideshare.net/pavankks/category-management-and-assortment-planning-
presentation (pristupljeno 03.09.2014.)
14. Kracklauer, A. H., Mills, D. Q., Seifert, D. (2004), Collaborative Customer
Relationship Management: Taking CRM to the Next Level, Springer-Verlag, Berlin
Heidelberg
15. Levy, M., Weitz, B. A. (2007), Retailing management, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill, New
York
16. Levy, M., Weitz, B. A., Grewal, D. (2014), Retailing Management, 9th ed., McGraw-
Hill Education, New York
17. Madaan, K. V. S. (2009), Fundamentals of Retailing, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
18. Maarac, S. M., Stojanovi, S. (2009), Space management u funkciji poveanja
prodaje, U Segetlija, Z., Kari, M. (ur.), Poslovna logistika u suvremenom
menadmentu, IX. meunarodni znanstveni skup, Ekonomski fakultet u Osijeku,
Osijek, str. 179-187.
19. Mihi, M. (2006), Segmentacija kupaca u supermarketima na osnovi njihova
zadovoljstva prodajnim osobljem i izgledom prodavaonice: Multivarijantna analiza,
Ekonomski pregled, Vol. 57, No. 12, str. 919-938.
198
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
20. Nogales, A. F., Suarez, M. G. (2005), Shelf space management of private labels: a
case study in Spanish retailing, Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, Vol. 12,
No. 3, str. 205-216.
21. Ray, R. (2010), Supply Chain Management for Retailing, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi
22. Reyes, P. M., Frazier, G. V. (2006), Goal programming model for grocery shelf
allocation, European Journal of Operational Research, Vol. 181, No. 2, str. 634-644.
23. Russell, G. J., Petersen, A. (2000), Analysis of cross-category dependence in market
basket selection, Journal of Retailing, Vol. 76, No. 3, str. 367-392.
24. Segetlija, Z., Knego, N., Kneevi, B., Dunkovi, D. (2011), Ekonomika trgovine,
Novi informator, Zagreb
25. Segetlija, Z., Dujak, D. (2013), Upravljanje kategorijama proizvoda, Sveuilite
Josipa Jurja Strossmayera u Osijeku, Ekonomski fakultet u Osijeku, Osijek
26. Seifert, D. (2003), Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment: How to
Create a Supply Chain Advantage, Amacom, New York
27. Varley, R. (2006), Retail Product Management Buying and merchandising, 2nd ed.,
Routledge, New York
28. Walters, R. G., Bommer, W. (1996), Measuring the impact of product and promotion-
related factors on product category price elasticities, Journal of Business Research,
Vol. 36, No. 3, str. 203-216.
29. Yang, M. H., Chen, W. C. (1999), A study on shelf space allocation and management,
International Journal of Production Economics, Vol. 60-61, str. 309-317.
30. Zentes, J., Morschett, D., Schramm-Klein, H. (2007), Strategic Retail Management:
Text and International Cases, Gabler, Wiesbaden
199
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Mirna Druijani
Josip Druijani
Saetak
Utrka s vremenom danas je postala sve prisutnija u svim segmentima gospodarstva, pa tako i
u maloprodaji.Potroai su spremni sve manje vremena provesti u kupovini, a za kratko
vrijeme procesa kupnje zahtijevaju sve vie informacija o proizvodima koje kupuju. Inovacije
u maloprodaji, posebice radiofrekvencijska tehnologija, omoguavaju ubrzanje procesa
kupovine, kao i konstantnu informiranost potroaa o kupnji. Predmet ovog rada je prikaz
primjene radiofrekvencijske tehnologije u maloprodaji robe iroke potronje. Cilj rada je
utvrditi kako primjena radiofrekvencijske tehnologije moe utjecati na potroae, njihove
navike i spremnost na prihvaanje inovativnih rjeenja u maloprodaji.
200
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Mirna Druijani
Josip Druijani
Abstract
Race against time today has become increasingly present in all segments of the economy, as
well as in retail. Consumers are willing to spend less time shopping, and for a short time
during the purchasing process require more information about the products they buy.
Innovation in retail, especially radio-frequency technology, is enabling acceleration of
purchases, as well as a constant awareness of consumers about buying. The main subject of
this paper is to present the application of radio-frequency technology in retail sales of
consumer goods. The aim is to determine how the use of radio frequency technology affects
consumers, their habits and their willingness to accept innovative solutions in retail.
1. UVOD
Razvoj tehnologije svakim danom sve vie utjee na svjetsko gospodarstvo, pa tako i na
segment maloprodaje. Nova tehnoloka inovativna rjeenja postaju sve znaajniji element u
postizanju konkurentnosti i efikasnog poslovanja maloprodajnih poduzea.
Kako bi ostali ili postali trini lideri, maloprodajna poduzea moraju pratiti i implementirati
nove tehnoloke trendove u svoje poslovanje. Sve jaa konkurencija potie trine lidere na
stalne inovacije u tehniko-tehnolokom segmentu. Za dananji nain poslovanja koji tei to
veoj mobilnosti i to brem protoku proizvoda i usluga, primjena novih tehnologija u
poslovanju je imperativ. Zbog toga se razvijaju nove tehnologije koje tee ubrzanju poslovnih
procesa.
201
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Temeljni cilj ovog rada je analizirati ponaanje kupca, te uinak primjene radiofrekvencijske
tehnologije na lojalnost kupca, analizirati znaaj primjene radiofrekvencijske tehnologije u
maloprodaji robe iroke potronje, te razvoj i primjenu radiofrekvencijske tehnologije u
budunosti.
RFID je generiki naziv za tehnologije koje koriste radio valove za automatsku identifikaciju
pojedinih predmeta (Kozloff, 2003.)
202
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
ifriranje ili kodiranje RFID oznaka (tagova) je proces koji tee u dva koraka. Prvi korak je
odreivanje identifikacijske sheme kojom e se jedinstveno obiljeavati eljeni predmet, a
drugi korak je povezivanje identifikacije s RFID tagovima.
203
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Drugi dio RFID sustava je ita (eng. reader) informacija. ita i oznake (tagovi) na
proizvodima meusobno komuniciraju putem radio signala, bilo jednosmjerno ili dvosmjerno.
Da bi tag (transponder) i ita mogli komunicirati, moraju biti namjeteni na istu frekvenciju.
Najee koritene frekvencije su niske (oko 125kHz), visoke (13.56 MHz), ultravisoke
(UHF, 860 960 MHz), te mikrovalne (2.45 GHz). Tipine podrane udaljenosti su do 30cm,
za niskofrekvencijske, do 1m za visokofrekvencijske, te do oko 6m za UHF tagove
(transpondere). Domet tagova (trasnpondera) moe se poveati upotrebom aktivnih, baterijski
napajanih izvedbi. Izbor frekvencija ovisi o potrebi koritenja RFID sustava, npr. transponderi
niske frekvencije su jeftiniji od UHF transpondera, troe manje energije i imaju veu
sposobnost emitiranja signala kroz razne materijale, no pogodni su za rad jedino na malim
udaljenostima. S druge strane, UHF transponder (ultravisoke frekvencije) imaju vei domet i
bri protok podataka, uz veu potronju energije i slabiju transmisiju kroz materijale. RFID
ita koristi radio transmisiju za slanje radio signala transponderu (RFID tag) koji onda
emitira povratnu informaciju: jedinstveni identifikacijski kod i/ili niz podataka, ranije
pohranjenih u mikroipu transpondera.
ita prebacuje primljene radiovalove u odgovarajui digitalni podatak, zatim prenosi taj
podatak raunalu odnosno informacijskom sustavu i omoguuje njihovu daljnju obradu
(Kozloff, 2003). Podatak moe sadravati informaciju o lokaciji proizvoda, te informacije
poput cijene ili roka trajanja.
RFID tehnologija se zbog svojih sofisticiranih tehnolokih rjeenja, za itav niz razliitih
djelatnosti, sve vie koristi u mnogim poduzeima irom svijeta.
RFID oznake i EAN (bar) kodovi nose informacije o proizvodima. Meutim, postoje znaajne
razlike izmeu ove dvije tehnologije. EAN (bar) kod itai zahtijevaju izravni kontakt itaa i
otisnutog bar koda, RFID itai ne zahtijevaju izravni kontakt ni pri itanju aktivnih, ni
pasivnih RFID transpondera. RFID oznake mogu se itati na mnogo veim udaljenostima,
RFID ita moe oitati informacije iz oznake na udaljenosti do 100 metara. Raspon itanja
EAN (bar) koda je mnogo manji, obino ne vie od pet metara. RFID itai mogu znatno bre
itati RFID oznake i do nekoliko stotina oznaka u sekundi.
Za itanje EAN (bar) koda je potrebno mnogo vie vremena jer je potrebno uspostaviti
izravnu liniju itanja. Ukoliko predmeti nisu pravilno orijentirani prema itau, postupak
204
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
moe potrajati i nekoliko sekundi za itanje samo jedne oznake. EAN (bar) kod itau je
obino potrebno pola sekunde da uspjeno zavri itanje.
RFID ita moe komunicirati s oznakom, te dopisivati onoliko informacija koliko RFID
transponder to omoguava. RFID transponder ima jako dug ivotni vijek, ponovno koritenje
istog transpondera (tip za viestruko koritenje) smanjuje trokove primjene ove tehnologije.
RFID zamjenjuje EAN (bar) kod tehnologiju i ima potencijal unaprijediti cjelokupno
poslovanje trgovine, te je kao takva kljuna tehnologija u sektoru maloprodaje u budunosti.
Poduzee Metro grupa je 2004. godine postala prva tvrtka u svijetu koja je u maloprodaji
zapoela sa irokom primjenom RFID tehnologije u odabranim skladitima i prodavaonicama.
Danas preko 180 proizvodnih partnera poduzea Metro grupe proizvodi palete i kutije
opremljene s posebnim transponderima za poduzee Metro grupu.
Zahvaljujui poduzeu Metro grupa, na jednom se mjestu moe vidjeti sve to danas stoji na
raspolaganju trgovini na podruju nove tehnologije. Neke od tih inovacija e priekati da
budu prihvaene masovnije, ali se ve sada uoava prednost u primjeni; smanjenje vremena
kupnje, manipulacije robom i smanjenje trokova, to poveava uinkovitost i uspjenost
trgovakih lanaca.
205
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kupci imaju uvid u detaljne informacije o proizvodu; porijeklo, sastav, datum roka isteka
proizvoda. RFID tehnologija se moe koristiti u odravanju kvalitete ivenih namirnica,
osiguravajui time njihovu sigurnost za upotrebu. Prua se mogunost praenja/sljedivosti
proizvoda cijelim putem od proizvoaa do potroaa. Pojam sljedivosti (engl. traceability)
javlja se kao vaan element u proizvodnji hrane, a povezuje se sa identificiranjem proizvoda,
praenjem porijekla materijala i sirovina, te povijesnim praenjem procesa proizvodnje,
prerade, distribucije i prodaje. Sustavi sljedivosti postaju neizostavni dijelovi mehanizama za
upravljanje sigurnou i kvalitetom hrane. Usluge poput ove su posebno korisne osobama s
alergijama ili posebnim prehrambenim zahtjevima.
RFID ita moe itati i nekoliko tagova koji su u dometu, a roba se moe pratiti od ulaza do
izlaza. Pomou RFID sustava roba se moe identificirati u bilo kojem dijelu prostora to
skrauje postupke traenja i poveava brzinu procesa. Police, sredstva za pretovar robe i vrata
opremljeni su RFID itaima. Zahvaljujui tome police znaju svoj sadraj i mogu
prepoznati kada je neki artikl dodat ili oduzet. Stanje na policama moe se aurirati u realnom
vremenu, u svakom trenutku, svaki artikl moe biti automatski lociran.
206
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
RFID je najvanija nova tehnologija u maloprodaji danas. Primjena ove tehnologije donosi
maloprodajnim poduzeima financijsku korist, uinkovito upravljanje zalihama i stanjem na
policama, te poveanje obujma prodaje. Osim toga smanjuje se troak radne snage i
manipulacije s robom. Implementacija tehnologije zahtjeva ulaganja i sofisticiran upravljaki
sustav bazom podataka. Dananji su potroai vrlo zahtjevni, stoga trgovci moraju brzo
odgovoriti na njihove zahtjeve i udovoljiti njihovim potrebama koristei RFID tehnologiju
kao glavni alat za prikupljanje podataka o njima. Primjena RFID tehnologije moe generirati i
dodatnu prodaju tako da u interakciji s kupevim navikama, sustav sugerira kupnju odreenog
proizvoda ili samo pomae kupcu da pronae eljene proizvode na policama. Maloprodavai
imaju mogunost prilagodbe cijena u realnom vremenu to im omoguava uinkovito
iskoritavanje pojedinih trinih segmenata.
Noviji RFID sustavi imaju potencijal za slanje personaliziranih poruka kupcima, to moe
rezultirati poveanjem prodaje i lojalnosti potroaa.
Devet od deset najveih svjetskih maloprodavaa u 2009. godini koristilo je RFID tehnologiju
u svom poslovanju (Wen, 2010).
207
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Trenutno najvei rast primjene RFID tehnologije biljee uspjeni maloprodavai odjeom i
obuom.
Krajem 2012. godine zapoet je pilot projekt u Rusiji nazvan Store of the Future.
Projekt poduzea X5 Retail grupe, vodeeg prehrambenog trgovakog lanca u Moskvi i St.
Petersburgu, koji posluje u vie od 3.400 prodavaonica, e se financirati s 11,5 milijuna dolara
tijekom tri godine. Prodavaonica budunosti nije otvorena za javnost. Samo zaposlenici
poduzea X5 Retail groupe i njihovi gosti mogu kupovati u prodavaonici, povrine 2.500
kvadratnih metara, s ponudom vie od 5.300 prehrambenih artikala oznaenih RFID
oznakama. Do kraja 2013. godine planiraju postaviti tagove na 18.000 proizvoda. Jedan od
glavnih ciljeva je testirati self-checkout sustav. U periodu od dva mjeseca, veina zaposlenika
poduzea X5 Retail grupe je obavila kupovinu u prodavaonici. Gotovo polovica svih kupnji
zavrile su bez pomoi prodajnog osoblja.
Cijene tagova koji se koriste u prodavaonici budunosti pale su sa 12 rubalja (40 centi) u
2010. godini, na 23 centa u 2011. godini, a 2012. godine oznake su kotale 13 centi. Kupci
pozitivno reagiraju na samoposluni (eng. self-service) checkout sustav u prodavaonici
budunosti.
208
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U sljedeoj fazi poduzee Konzum planira opremiti i odreen broj testnih prodavaonica s
RFID infrastrukturom (itaima, antenama i senzorima pokreta).
Za oznaavanje kutija kao manjih pakiranja koja se slau na rol-kontejnere ili palete s RFID
tagovima, poduzee Konzum e se vjerojatno odluiti za koritenje naljepnica s pasivnim
tagovima koje mogu na sebi imati i barkod oznaku. I ova faza e takoer biti testna faza te e
se oznaavati samo pakiranja odreenog broja proizvoda (moda dio voa ili povra koji su
due u opskrbnom lancu pod kontrolom poduzea Konzum).
Standardizacija kakva je omoguila rast i globalnu upotrebu EAN (bar) koda, nuna je i RFID
sustavima. Tek nakon provedenih testiranja, analize isplativosti i standardizacije moi e se
oekivati iroka primjena RFID tehnologije.
Iako se na prvi pogled ini kako je hrvatsko maloprodajno trite premalo za opravdanje
trokova implementacije RFID tehnologije, izuzetno je dobro to se bar jedan hrvatski
maloprodajni lanac odluio upustiti u ovaj pothvat. Upotrebom RFID tehnologije hrvatska
maloprodaja jaa svoju poziciju u regiji, te osigurava bolju startnu poziciju za eventualna
daljnja irenja poslovanja u druge zemlje u kojima e optimizacija upravljanja opskrbnim
lancem biti neophodan imbenik konkurentske prednosti.
209
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prihvaanje i rairena upotreba RFID tehnologije u maloprodaji robe iroke potronje vrlo je
izgledna u skoroj budunosti.
RFID e ui u iru upotrebu kada cijena itaa i tagova bude dovoljno niska da opravda
njihovu upotrebu.
Pri uvoenju bilo koje nove tehnologije, pa tako i RFID tehnologije klju uspjeha je
educiranje i pruanje informacija o tome kakve e to koristi donijeti trgovcu, a kakve
potroau.
Maloprodavai koji su i do sada puno ulagali u infrastrukturu, njen operativni i tehniki dio,
moi e bre i uinkovitije usvojiti i proiriti RFID tehnologiju unutar svog poslovanja.
Dobra rjeenja operativnih programa za pohranu, sortiranje i analizu
podataka prikupljenih RFID tehnologijom, bit e komparativna prednost maloprodavaa u
eksploataciji RFID tehnologije. Operativni programi se nee moi kupiti gotovi, ve e se
morati prilagoavati i kreirati za rjeavanje potreba svakog maloprodavaa.
Mogue je da e uvoenje RFID tehnologije naii na otpor u onim trgovakim lancima gdje
su zaposlenici sindikalno organizirani, budui da primjena RFID tehnologije generira viak
radne snage.
Nove primjene RFID tehnologije se pojavljuju gotovo svakodnevno, neke od njih popravljaju
performanse postojeih sustava, a neke su kompletno nove i drugaije.
Strunjaci oekuju da e se trini volumen RFID tehnologije na svjetskom tritu, poveati
pet puta u sljedeih deset godina sa 3.3 milijardi eura u 2008. godini na oko 16,5 milijardi
eura u 2018. godini (www.bridgeproject.eu, 2013). Prema analizi rasta broja transpondera i
itaa na tritu koju je u razdoblju izmeu studenog 2006. i veljae 2007. izradila tvrtka
LogicaCMG u sklopu istraivake studije BRIDGE, na uzorku od 80 tvrtki, pretpostavlja se
da e se 2022. godine, est milijuna RFID itaa koristiti na vie od 450 000 mjesta diljem
Europe, te da e biti prodano 86 milijardi transpondera.
210
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kako bi se ostvarili ciljevi rada, u oujku i travnju 2013.-te godine je provedeno istraivanje
na podruju Hrvatske. Istraivanje je provedeno metodom anketiranja na uzorku od 170
ispitanika. Koriten je online anketni upitnik kao instrument istraivanja koji je omoguio
puno bru analizu izuavanog problema i dobivenih rezultata, te je od ispitanika iziskivao
manje vremena potrebnog za davanje odgovora. Na anketu je odgovorila 121 osoba, to ini
odziv od 71%.
211
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Ljubaznost prodajnog osoblja kao kriterij za odabir prodavaonice vaan za 62,8% ispitanika.
Kupci u Hrvatskoj se i dalje oslanjaju na pomo i blizinu prodajnog osoblja u
prodavaonicama, stoga im je i ljubaznost prodajnog osoblja vrlo vana pri odabiru
prodavaonice.
Kriterij brzine obavljanja kupovine pri odabiru prodavaonice je vaan za 78,5% ispitanika iz
uzorka, dok 1,6 % ispitanika smatra da je brzina obavljanja kupovine najmanje vaan kriterij
pri odabiru prodavaonice. Rezultati dobiveni kao odgovor na pitanje o vanosti brzine
obavljanja kupovine pri odabiru prodavaonice, pokazuju da dananji kupci naglasak stavljaju
na brzinu obavljanja kupovine, to se moe sagledati kao posljedicu ubrzanog naina ivota,
te sve manje slobodnog vremena kojeg su kupci spremni provesti u kupovini.
Tablica 4.2. pokazuje da, od anketiranih ispitanika iz uzorka njih 28,9% kao prijedlog
poboljanja ponude predlae ubrzanje usluge, a 21,5% uvoenje nove, napredne tehnologije,
samo 5,8% ispitanih smatra de ne treba nita mijenjati.
212
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Iz tablice 4.3. vidljivo je da je 84,3% ispitanika spremno isprobati nove tehnologije, dok se
samo 4,1% ne slae s tvrdnjom da su spremni odmah isprobati nove tehnologije u
prodavaonici. Velik broj ispitanika bi odmah isprobao nove tehnologije u prodavaonici, iz
toga se moe zakljuiti da je kupeva znatielja nadvladala strah od novih tehnologija.
Znatielja e se nakon vremena prilagodbe na nove tehnologije pretvoriti u naviku koja e
poveati kupevo zadovoljstvo kupovinom.
213
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prilikom naplate kupljene robe veina ispitanika (51,3%) koristi i klasine i samoposlune
blagajne, a velik broj ispitanika koristi samo klasine blagajne (38%), dok 10,7% ispitanika
koristi samo samoposlune blagajne. Djelomino je tome razlog nedostupnost samoposlunih
blagajni u veini prodavaonica, a u onim prodavaonicama koje su opremljene samoposlunim
blagajnama nema ih dovoljno. Uvoenjem veeg broja samoposlunih blagajni u
prodavaonice, kao i vei broj prodavaonica opremljen samoposlunim blagajnama, poveao
bi se broj kupaca koji koriste iskljuivo samoposlune blagajne.
Razlozi zbog kojih ispitanici ne koriste samoposlune blagajne: njih 38% smeta kada doe do
pogreke zbog nepravilnosti sustava, dok se 18,8% ispitanika iz uzorka osjea sigurnije kada
im prodava oitava robu. Samo 7,4% ispitanika ne koristi samoposlune blagajne iz straha da
e pogrijeiti pri njihovoj upotrebi. Greke u sustavu glavni su uzrok ne koritenja
samoposlunih blagajni kod velikog broja kupaca, ak 38% ispitanika smeta kad na blagajni
doe do pogreke nastale zbog nepravilnosti sustava. Maloprodavai bi trebali redovno
odravati sustav i na vrijeme sprijeiti nastajanje ovakvih problema koji mogu negativno
utjecati na kupevo zadovoljstvo kupovinom.
214
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Slaem se 55 45,5%
Ne slaem se 9 7,3%
U potpunosti se ne slaem 0 0%
33,9% ispitanika bi koristilo RFID tehnologiju radi ubrzanja kupnje, a njih 33% jer su im svi
podaci o proizvodima dostupni u svakom trenutku kupnje. 0,9% ispitanika bi koristilo RFID
tehnologiju u prodavaonicama iz nekih drugih razloga.
Gotovo jednaki broj ispitanika prepoznaje RFID tehnologiju, kao tehnologiju koja e ubrzati
proces kupovine, kao i tehnologiju koja e im pruiti sve potrebne informacije o proizvodima
koje kupuju. Danas kupci ele bre obaviti kupovinu, uz to vie informacija o proizvodima
koje kupuju.
215
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Gotovo jednak broj ispitanika misli da bi uvoenjem RFID tehnologije moglo doi do
poveanja cijena proizvoda i da nee doi do poveanja cijena proizvoda, no ak 40,5%
ispitanika nije sigurno da li e RFID tehnologija u prodavaonicama povisiti cijene proizvoda,
to je posljedica nedovoljne informiranosti kupaca o cijenama RFID opreme, kao to su
ipovi. Vjerojatno je da e ipak maloprodavai uraunati troak opremanja proizvoda RFID
ipovima u cijenu proizvoda, te da nee doi do poveanja cijena proizvoda. Proizvoai
RFID opreme, na zahtjev maloprodavaa, kontinuirano smanjuju cijene ipova.
5. ZAKLJUAK
216
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
RFID tehnologija poveava ukupno zadovoljstvo kupca kroz ubrzavanje procesa kupnje,
personaliziranu uslugu i atraktivnost nove tehnologije.
Unato gospodarskoj krizi i slabijoj kupovnoj moi rezultati istraivanja pokazuju kako su
kljuni kriteriji za odabir prodavaonice asortiman, brzina obavljanja kupovine i kvaliteta
usluge, a ne nie cijene proizvoda, to je dobar pokazatelj maloprodavaima da je ulaganje u
asortiman i nove tehnologije, koje e ubrzati proces kupnje, dugorono isplativo.
217
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
svi podaci o proizvodima biti dostupni u svakom trenutku tokom kupnje, pri emu se ne boje
da e njihova privatnost i sigurnost biti ugroena.
6. LITERATURA
218
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
18. Kumar, P., Kumar, M. (2003.) Vendor Managed Inventory in Bangalore Retail Industry,
Tata Consultancy Services, str. 1-9.
19. Lazibat, T., Bakovi, T., Suti, I. (2010.) Uloga inovacija u izlasku maloprodaje iz
recesije, Izazovi trgovine u recesiji, Ekonomski fakultet Zagreb, Zagreb,
str. 209-224.
20. Leki, N., Mijanovi, Z. (2008.) Identifikacioni sistemi, Elektrotehniki fakultet,
Podgorica, Podgorica
21. Levy, M., Weitz, B.A. (2007.) Retailing Menagement, McGraw-Hill, Irwin
22. Malari, K. (2005.) Zatita radiokomunikacijskih sustava, Fakultet elektrotehnike i
raunarstva Zagreb, Zagreb
23. Panian, ., urko, K. (2010.) Poslovni informacijski sustavi, Element, Zagreb,
24. Panian . i suradnici (2007.) Poslovna inteligencija, Narodne novine, Zagreb
25. Pantano, E. (2011.) Advanced Technologies Management for Retailing, Business Science
Reference, Hershey
26. Pate, S.S., Blaylock, K., Southward, L. (2007.) RFID: An interface survey between
students and retailers, The marketing review, vol. 7, Westburn Publishers Ltd.,
str. 273-281.
27. Renko, S. (2006.) Kreiranje dinamikog modela izbora prodavaonice, Ekonomski
pregled, Vol. 57, br. 5-6, str. 321-343.
28. Renko, S. (2011.) Supply Chain Management- New Perspectives, InTech, Rijeka
29. Roberts, C.M. (2006.) Radiofrequency identification,Computers and Security, Vol. 25,
No.1, str. 18-26.
30. Turban, E. et al. (2008.) Electronic Commerce, A Managerial Perspective, Pearson
International Edition-Prentice Hall, New Yersey
31. Wen, T. C., Chang, Y. C., Chang, K. H. (2010.) Cost-Benefit Analysis of RFID
Application in Apparel Retailing for SME: A Case from Taiwan, Transportation Journal,
Vol. 49 Issue 3. str.57-66.
32. http://www.efos.unios.hr/repec/osi/bulimm/PDF/BusinessLogisticsinModernManagement
11/blimm1122.pdf (20.04.2013.)
33. http://www.bridgeproject.eu/data/File/BRIDGE%20WP13%20European%20passive%20
RFID%20Market%20Sizing%202007-2022.pdf (23.04.2013.)
219
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
220
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
Under conditions of a high competition and the economic downturn, retailers seek for ways to
ensure their survival throughout the introduction of new technologies into business processes
in order to reduce costs and to raise operational efficiency. There are numerous ways of
information technology application in retail business, one of them is the introduction of
electronic data exchange and electronic funds transfer that retailers develop, improve and
introduce in cooperation with financial institutions. This paper, based on secondary sources,
explains what is it EDI - Electronic Data Interchange and EFT - Electronic Funds Transfer
and and discusses their basic features. Then, the results of primary research are given. The
research explores consumers' attitudes on the usage of electronic means of payment at the
point of sale. Several aspects of electronic data interchange and electronic funds were
examined, starting with the frequency of their usage at the point of sale up to their safety
issues.
Keywords: retail, e-payment, Electronic Data Interchange, EDI, Electronic Funds Transfer,
EFT, EFT-POS
1. UVOD
221
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
222
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
223
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
224
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
225
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
226
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kroz pojedina pitanja eljele su se ispitati kupovne navike ispitanika kao i svojstva koja su
ispitanicima vana prilikom kupovine proizvoda i/ili usluga. S obzirom na klasifikaciju
maloprodaje ispitanicima su ponuene pojedine vrste maloprodajnih formata. Od ukupnog
broja ispitanika, njih 108 ili 86% izjasnilo se kako s obzirom na kupovne navike najee
kupuje u supermarketima i hipermarketima. S obzirom na svojstva koja uzimaju u obzir
prilikom kupovine, ispitanici su iskazali miljenje kako su cijena i kvaliteta proizvoda i/ili
usluga koje kupuju za njih najvanija svojstva, dok su usluga, lojalnost maloprodavaa i nain
plaanja (gotovina ili kartice) manje vana svojstva.
Od ukupnog broja ispitanika, njih 125 na selekcijsko pitanje odgovor Ne dalo je njih 22 ili
18%, a Da njih 103 ili 82%. Na taj nain uzorak istraivanja smanjen je na 103 ispitanika.
227
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
putovanja
gorivo
osobne usluge
oprema za djecu i igrake
proizvodi za kuu
elektronika
odjea, obua, modni dodaci
ivene namirnice
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
228
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
229
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
u potpunosti se slaem
slaem se
niti se ne slaem, niti se
ne slaem se
u potpunosti se ne slaem
0 10 20 30 40
230
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
vrijeme transakcije, od ukupnog broja ispitanika, njih 33 ili 32% imaju saznanja o tome koji
se sve podaci o njima razmjenjuju, a 70 ili 68% ispitanika nije o tome informirano.
Anonimnost podataka, izjave o privatnosti i zatiti podataka i sredstava samo su neki od
elementa koji su korisnicima kartica vani. Kako bi se korisnici kartica mogli osigurati od bilo
kojeg oblika rizika koji bi za njih mogao prouzroiti negativne uinke, ispitanicima je
postavljeno pitanje vezano za uvanje rauna ili slipa kao dokaza o obavljenoj kupovini
odnosno transakciji karticom s obzirom da raun predstavlja dokument prodaje pa se ne
govori uzaludno Bez rauna se ne rauna. Od ukupnog broja ispitanika, njih 65 ili 63%
uva raun ili slip minimalno 10 dana dok ostali ispitanici, njih 38 ili 37% to ne ini. Moe se
zakljuiti kako veina ispitanika istraivanja uva raun kao dokaz kupovine kako bi u bilo
kojem trenutku sebe kao sudionika transakcije mogla zatititi.
Ipak, valja naglasiti da se osim u transakciji, iako ogranieno, razmjena podataka i sredstava
vri i kroz raunalne sustave maloprodavaa kroz tzv. EDI. S obzirom na funkciju
elektronike razmjene podataka koja je ve opisna u radu, ispitanicima je postavljeno pitanje
o mogunostima ustupanja osobnih podataka maloprodavaima. Od ukupno 103 ispitanika,
njih 64 ili 62% spremno je odreene osobne podatke (ime, prezime, adresa, e-mail, broj
telefona i sl.) dati maloprodavau kod kojeg esto kupuje, ali u zamjenu za neku vrstu
pogodnosti koju malopordavai nude kupcima koji koriste njihove kartice lojalnosti.
Zadnje pitanje anketnog upitnika od ispitanika je trailo ocjenjivanje vanosti postojanja EFT-
POS terminala, odnosno elektronike razmjene podataka i sredstava koja se njima provodi na
uspjenost maloprodaje. Prosjena ocjena kojom su ispitanici ocijenili vanost postojanja
terminala je 4, a samim time i ocjenjena je budunost maloprodavaa koja uvelike ovisi o
postojanju mogunosti plaanja karticom kao sredstvom plaanja.
Moe se zakljuiti kako rezultati dobiveni na temelju ovog istraivanja mogu biti vrlo korisni
maloprodavaima koji na prodajnim mjestima primjenjuju informacijsku tehnologiju kao
podrku poslovanju.
Svrha elektronike razmjene podataka i sredstava u istraivanju je prikazana kroz pitanja o
koritenju kartica kao sredstva plaanja. S obzirom da su istraivanjem dobiveni podaci o
vrstama kartica koje kupci u maloprodaji koriste, uestalosti njihova koritenja u odreenim
maloprodajnim oblicima kao i kategoriji proizvoda koja se tim sredstvom plaanja najee
kupuje kao i brojni drugi podaci koji mogu posluiti kao dobar pokazatelj smjera daljnjeg
razvoja maloprodaje, na to je po pitanju elektronike razmjene podataka i sredstava potrebno
obratiti vie panje, a na to manje, te koje su promjene potrebne u poslovanju
maloprodavaa.
Uz ovo istraivanje veu se i odreena ogranienja. Najvanije ogranienja vee se uz
ogranienost pristupa podacima koji se odnose na podatke koji su za potrebe istraivanja
traeni od pojedinih maloprodavaa s ciljem to kvalitetnije prezentacije elektronike
razmjene podataka i sredstava na stvarnom primjeru. Kroz navedene podatke bio bi mogu
detaljniji pristup procesima elektronike razmjene podataka i sredstava koja je u radu
obraena kroz EFT-POS terminale na prodajnim mjestima ije postojanje kupcima
omoguuje plaanja karticama kao bezgotovinskim sredstvom plaanja. Osim navedenog
ogranienja i sam nain provoenja istraivanja predstavlja ogranienje. Razlog za to je
nunost fokusiranja i donoenje zakljuaka samo sa stajalita korisnika kartica i terminala za
prihvat kartica ijim se koritenje elektronika razmjena provodi bez mogunosti pristupa
direktnim sustavima maloprodaje.
231
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. ZAKLJUAK
Informatizacija poslovanja i brz razvoj raunalnih i informacijskih sustava omoguili su
maloprodaji razvoj kroz elektroniko poslovanje u sklopu kojeg se odvija i elektronika
razmjena podataka i sredstava iji se utjecaj na maloprodaju obrauje kao cilj ovog rada i
istraivanja.
Na teorijskoj razini kroz rad je dan pregled pojmova vezanih uz elektroniku razmjenu
podataka i sredstava na mjestu prodaje kroz sustav elektronikog plaanja putem kartica kao
sredstva plaanja, a provedeno je i empirijsko istraivanje metodom anketnog upitnika.
Svrha elektronike razmjene podataka i sredstava u istraivanju je prikazana kroz kartino
poslovanje koje zauzima sve znaajniju ulogu pri plaanju roba i usluga te su se primarnim
istraivanjem eljeli prikazati uinci kartinog poslovanja na razvoj maloprodaje. Iz tog
razloga u istraivanje su kao uzorak ukljueni ispitanici koji kao sredstvo plaanja koriste
karticu.
Analizom rezultata provedene ankete utvrdili su se svi imbenici koji utjeu na korisnike
kartica ijim se koritenjem kao sredstvom plaanja vri elektronika razmjena podataka i
sredstava na mjestu prodaje. Istraivanjem su dobiveni podaci o vrstama kartica koje
ispitanici koriste u maloprodaji kao sredstvo plaanja, uestalosti njihova koritenja s obzirom
na vrstu maloprodajnih oblika, kategoriji proizvoda te podaci o vanosti zatite podataka i
sredstava za vrijeme trajanja transakcije naplate karticama.
Iz rezultata istraivanja proizlazi nekoliko vanih zakljuaka. Prilikom kupnje u maloprodaji
kupci esto koriste karticu za plaanje te se prema vrstama kartica koriste i kreditnim i
debitnim karticama kao osnovnim i kao zamjenskim sredstvom plaanja. Prema kategoriji
proizvoda koje kupuju na nain da ih plaaju karticom ispitanici istraivanja izdvojili su
ivene namirnice, odjeu i obuu, proizvode za kuu, gorivo i putovanja. S obzirom na
navedene kategorije proizvoda moe se zakljuiti kako se radi o proizvodima kojima se
zadovoljavaju osnovne ivotne potrebe ali i proizvodima poput putovanja i proizvoda za kuu
ija je vrijednost velika pa kartinim plaanjem kupci smanjuju optereenja na mjesene
prihode obronim otplatama koje im neke kartice kao sredstvo plaanja omoguavaju. Iz tog
razloga maloprodajne prodavaonice bez obzira na format trebale bi svojim kupcima omoguiti
plaanje karticama. Vanost zatite podataka i sredstava u procesu naplate karticama za
njihove korisnike je vana kako po pitanju izjava o privatnosti i zatiti podataka od strane
institucija koje kartice izdaju tako i od maloprodavaa kod kojih kupci proizvode i usluge tim
sredstvom plaaju. Kupci u maloprodajnim prodavaonicama ograniavaju koritenje osobnih
podataka u bilo koje svrhe osim za potrebe izdavanja kartica lojalnosti na temelju kojih kupci
ostvaruju odreene pogodnosti pa su anonimnost i sigurnost njihovih podataka i sredstava
prilikom elektronikog plaanja vana zadaa maloprodavaa.
Ovaj rad kao i rezultati istraivanja mogli bi pomoi u isto vrijeme maloprodavaima i
financijskim institucijama nadreenima za izdavanje kartica kao sredstva plaanja da
sagledaju elje i potrebe svojih kupaca, tj. klijenata. Kartice su postale dio svakodnevnog
ivota, sredstvo plaanja ali i sredstvo preivljavanja te ta injenica maloprodavaima treba
biti vana kako bi znali osim kvalitetne ponude proizvoda ponuditi i kvalitetnu uslugu
plaanja temeljenu na sigurnoj razmjeni podataka i sredstava koja se provodi kroz koritenje
informacijske tehnologije na mjestu prodaje.
232
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
6. LITERATURA
1. Ani, I.D. (2014) Trgovina na malo, Sektorske analize, 28 (3), str.3-13.
2. Ani, I.D. (2014) Sektorska analiza trgovina na malo, Ja TRGOVAC magazin, 36 (4),
str. 20-25.
3. Bri-Stipevi, V., Renko, S. (2007) imbenici utjecaja na izbor maloprodajnih oblika.
Zbornik Ekonomskog fakulteta u Zagrebu. Zagreb, Ekonomski fakultet, str. 387 401.
4. Dunkovi, D., Rui, D., Juri, . (2010) Informacijska tehnologija u funkciji napretka
trgovine u recesiji. Zbornik Ekonomskog fakulteta u Zagrebu. Zagreb, Ekonomski
fakultet, str. 173-194.
5. Hamdi H. (2007) Problemi razvoja elektronikog novca, Financijska teorija i praksa
31(3), str. 289-303.
6. Juri, D. (2010) Utjecaj i posljedice razvoja informacijske tehnologije na kartino
poslovanje. Magistarski rad. Zagreb, Ekonomski fakultet
7. Kalakota, R.; Robinson, M. (2002) E-poslovanje 2.0, Vodi ka uspjehu. Zagreb, MATE
d.o.o
8. Panian, . (2000) Elektroniko trgovanje. Zagreb, Sinergija
9. Porter, M.E. (2008) The Five Competitive Forces That Shape Strategy, Harvard
Businesa Review, 86(1), pdf., str. 78-93. Dostupno na: http://www.rossresults.com,
pristup (05.08.2014.)
10. Segetlija, Z. (2009) Maloprodaja u Republici Hrvatskoj, drugo izmijenjeno i dopunjeno
izdanje. Osijek, Ekonomski fakultet
11. Smokvina, R.; ii, D. (1994) Uvod u elektroniku razmjenu podataka i EDIFACT
normu. Rijeka, Copyright
12. Strgai, M. (2014) Prisloni i plati, InfoTrend 159. Dostupno na: http://www.infotrend.hr
(10.08.2014.)
13. uul, M.; Sria, V. (1996) Reinenjering u bankarstvu primjenom EDI tehnologije.
Zagreb, Naa djeca offset tisak d.d.
14. www.hgk.hr, Sektor za bankarstvo i druge financijske institucije, (pristupljeno
05.08.2014.)
233
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
234
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The subject of interest in this paper are additive technologies and their impact on business
processes in the supply chain. The possibility of applying additive technologies contributes to
changes both in the positioning as well as the meaning of the individual links in the supply
chain, which represents revolutionary character in scope and significance of the changes. This
means that the applications of additive technologies leads to a radical cut and break with past
experiences and creates the preconditions for different positioning, meaning, strengthening or
weakening, all the way to disappearance of the individual links in shorter or longer supply
chains we had until today.
Work will process and approximate the reader closer to the concept of additive technologies
in the context of supply chain management. Using the relevant sources of literature, paper will
explore in more detail the expected changes and their impact on the future position of the
individual links in the supply chain and their interrelationships. In terms of methodology, the
paper will use the methods of analysis and synthesis, inductive and deductive method, and the
method of description.
1. UVOD
Suvremena trita postavljaju sve otrije zahtjeve na procese razvoja i proizvodnje proizvoda.
Potroai postaju sve zahtjevniji, inzistirajui na sve veoj varijaciji proizvoda na tritu u to
kraem vremenskom roku. Osim zahtjeva za povienjem kvalitete proizvoda i razine
fleksibilnosti pri razvoju i proizvodnji, nameu se i zahtjevi za snienjem trokova, a posebice
za skraenjem procesa razvoja i proizvodnje novih proizvoda. Dodatni trend, koji je sve
uoljiviji u pojedinim segmentima je naputanje masovne proizvodnje u korist maloserijske, a
vrlo esto i pojedinane (personalizirane) proizvodnje.
235
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
U cilju udovoljavanja takvim zahtjevima na tritu, od druge polovice 80-tih godina prolog
stoljea poeli su se razvijati i primjenjivati suvremeni aditivni postupci proizvodnje
proizvoda. Do nedavno, sposobnost proizvodnje manjeg volumena ili ak na zahtjev
personaliziranih proizvoda na vie lokacija u blizini mjesta potronje bila je ograniena
iskljuivo na sektor 2D tiska, na proizvode kao to su posjetnice, kalendari, alice za kavu i
slino. Meutim, razvoj 3D ispisa i drugih oblika aditivnih tehnologija (engl. Additive Layer
Manufacturing) poeli su utjecati na strukturu opskrbnih lanaca u proizvodnim sektorima,
ukljuujui automobilsku i zrakoplovnu industriju (Reeves, 2012). Temeljna znaajka
postupaka aditivnih tehnologija je dodavanje materijala, najee sloj-po-sloj, do izrade
itavih proizvoda. Takvo naelo proizvodnje proizvoda omoguuje izradu proizvoda
kompliciranih geometrija koje bi drugim, klasinim postupcima proizvodnje bilo vrlo teko ili
nemogue proizvesti.
Utjecaj ove proizvodne tehnike je dvojak - kako alati za proizvodnju nisu potrebni u fizikom
obliku, moe se poveati geometrijska sloenost proizvoda i na taj nain poveati mogunosti
oblikovanja u skladu s time (Hague et al., 2004). Drugi vid djelovanja nalazi se u upravljanju
proizvodnjom i trokovima proizvodnje (Hopkinson, Dickens, 2003) smanjuju se trokovi
amortizacije s obzirom na smanjenu upotrebu strojne obrade proizvoda, a osim toga, smanjuje
se i vrijeme potrebno da proizvod izae na trite.
U nastavku rada e se na temelju pregleda literature dati pregled razvoja i primjene aditivnih
tehnologija, utjecaj aditivnih tehnologija na mogue promjene odnosa u opskrbnom lancu i
odvijanju poslovnih procesa.
Suvremeni aditivni postupci proizvodnje proli su kroz nekoliko faza primjene. U samim
zaetcima uglavnom su se koristili za brzu izradu prototipova (engl. Rapid Prototyping).
Sljedei korak bio je primjena aditivnih tehnologija za proizvodnju polimernih, keramikih ili
metalnih alata i kalupa, koji zbog naela slojevite gradnje omoguuju bitno skraivanje
vremena proizvodnje geometrijski najzahtjevnijih dijelova alata i kalupa (engl. Rapid
Tooling). Daljnji razvoj materijala, koji se rabe pri suvremenim aditivnim postupcima za
slojevitu proizvodnju, doveo je do izravne maloserijske ili pojedinane proizvodnje gotovih
proizvoda (engl. Rapid Manufacturing). Rije je o postupcima koji omoguuju proizvodnju
proizvoda bez potrebe za dodatnim alatima, pa u sluajevima pojedinane proizvodnje ili
maloserijske proizvodnje najee predstavljaju jedino razumljivo rjeenje.
236
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Rapidna proizvodnja (engl. Rapid Manufacturing) je naziv za proizvodnju dijelova ili gotovih
proizvoda pomou razliitih oblika aditivnih tehnologija, izvorno koritenih za izradu
prototipova. Meutim, napredak u razvoju aditivnih tehnologija i materijala sada omoguuje
izradu dijelova za razne proizvodne programe. Aditivne tehnologije odnose se na skupinu
tehnologija koje proizvode fizike, kompjuterski dizajnirane (engl. Computer Aided Design)
predmete (Cotteleer, Joyce, 2014). Za razliku od konvencionalnih proizvodnih tehnologija,
poput rezanja, tokarenja i obrade, predmeti se izrauju dodavanjem tekuine, lima ili
prakastih materijala u ultra tankim slojevima. Omoguivi proizvodnju individualno
oblikovanih dijelova, to je do nedavno bilo nezamislivo, aditivne tehnologije izazvale su
revoluciju u razvoju proizvoda i strukturi opskrbnih lanaca u razliitim industrijama.
Aditivne tehnologije otvaraju novi teren za inovacije i nude niz logistikih, ekonomskih i
tehnikih prednosti: jeftiniju proizvodnju u manjim koliinama, krae opskrbne lance i
optimizirani dizajn. Aditivni postupci proizvodnje proizvoda predstavljaju utede vremena i
trokova jer otklanjaju neke skupe faze konstruiranja. Neovisno o kompliciranosti geometrije
oblika aditivnim postupcima mogue je napraviti proizvod u jednom ciklusu, koji ne zahtijeva
upotrebu kalupa ili runu izradu, odnosno mogue je izraditi proizvod vrlo sloene geometrije
ija je izrada klasinim postupcima ili nemogua ili oteana. Aditivni postupci takoer mogu
pomoi u prepoznavanju osnovnih pogreaka na proizvodima koje su u kasnijim fazama
proizvodnje skupe za ispravljanje.
Iako se 3D printanje esto koristi kao sinonim za aditivne tehnologije, izvorni naziv oznaava
aditivnu tehnologiju koja radi na principu inkjet mlaznica. Tehnologiju je patentiralo privatno
istraivako sveuilite, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) 1989. godine. Naziv
3D printanje uvrijeen je u javnosti, a podrazumijeva proizvodnu tehnologiju koja radi na
237
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Velika je vjerojatnost da e upravo tehnologija 3D ispisa zadovoljiti sva tri navedena kriterija.
Trokovi proizvodnje 3D printera ubrzano padaju, a koliina ponude biti e dovoljna
rjeavanjem problema intelektualnog vlasnitva. Takoer, mnogi standardni serijski procesi
proizvodnje mogu se prenositi u 3D tisak upravo zbog fleksibilnosti promatrane tehnologije
(Gnther et al., 2014).
Pod pretpostavkom da se razvoj aditivnih tehnologija nastavi dosadanjom stopom rasta, kroz
desetak godina oekuje se nekoliko prednosti:
proizvodi e se u potpunosti moi prilagoditi kupcu (ukljuujui oblik i funkciju),
smanjiti e se koliina zaliha (proizvoai nee biti primorani drati velike koliine
zaliha, a upravljanje zalihama biti e puno jednostavnije),
smanjiti e se kapitalni trokovi (s obzirom na smanjenje velikih investicija u trajnu
imovinu i obrtni kapital),
znaajno e se smanjiti trokovi transporta (s obzirom na smanjenje obujma prijevoza
intermedijarnih i finalnih proizvoda)
aditivne tehnologije pozitivno e djelovati na okoli, s obzirom na oekivano
smanjenje transportnih aktivnosti i promjenu strukture opskrbnih lanaca.
238
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
239
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prema Pareto pravilu, 20% proizvoda ini 80% prodaje, gdje je potranja za ostalih 80%
proizvoda niska. Aditivne tehnologije mogu biti jedno od rjeenja visokih skladinih trokova
proizvoda niskog obrtaja, s obzirom da nude koncept proizvodnje na zahtjev. Primjena
aditivnih tehnologija takoer smanjuje trokove ivotnog ciklusa proizvoda i opskrbnog lanca,
kao i veu fleksibilnost u dizajnu i prilagodbi proizvoda od tradicionalnih oblika proizvodnje.
240
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Promjena dinamike opskrbnog lanca dovesti e do razvoja novog tipa logistikih tvrtki nalik
4PL ili tvrtki za upravljanje uslugama (razvoj softvera, usluge dostave, upravljanje
odnosima s partnerom, intelektualne usluge). Nove logistike tvrtke dizajnirati e rjeenja
koja obuhvaaju planiranje potranje, proizvodnju, isporuku, praenje trita, upravljanje
servisom rezervnih dijelova, povratnu logistiku te recikliranje, odnosno, postati e pruatelji
usluga upravljanja ivotnim vijekom proizvoda.
Industrijski strojevi
10,8 Vlada/vojska
15
Arhitektura
Izvor: prilagoeno prema Additive Manufacturing (2013): Strategic Research Agenda, str. 15.
Procijenjeno je da je u 2011. godini 30% gotovih proizvoda (vie od 1,7 milijardi amerikih
dolara) ukljuilo neki oblik aditivnih tehnologija u proizvodnji. Do 2015. oekuje se da e
241
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
udio porasti na 3,7 milijardi dolara irom svijeta (AM SRA, 2013).
Pojam opskrbni lanac (engl. Supply Chain) u upotrebi je od ranih osamdesetih godina. Jo
uvijek ne postoji teorijsko jedinstvo u njegovom definiranju. Vrlo esto se ovaj pojam
poistovjeuje s pojmom logistike pa je prema Watersu (2010), rije o istim pojmovima.
Logistika odnosno upravljanje opskrbnim lancem jest funkcija odgovorna za transport i
skladitenje materijala na njihovom putovanju od izvornih dobavljaa, preko prelaznih
operacija do krajnjeg kupca. Potvrdu za svoje stajalite nalazi u tumaenju britanskog Instituta
logistike i transporta (engl. Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport), prema kojemu
logistika predstavlja strateki menadment ukupnog opskrbnog lanca.
Odnos pojmova opskrbni lanac i logistika nije jednoznaan. Mogue su razliite varijacije
njihovog sadrajnog obuhvata. Pritom se misli na oba pojma kao rijei istoznanice, odnosno
koji od navedenih pojmova je sadrajno iri pa pri tome ukljuuje onaj drugi. Varijacije u
odnosu izmeu navedenih pojmova su vidljive iz Slike 3.
Opskrbni
Opskrbni lanac
lanac
Logistika
Logistika
Lanac nabave definira se kao mrea povezanih organizacija koje su ukljuene u razliite
procese i aktivnosti kojima se za krajnjeg potroaa slijednim postupkom stvara vrijednost u
obliku proizvoda i usluga. eljko i Prester (2012) dali su definiciju lanca dobave istiui kako
on ne ukljuuje samo proizvoae i dobavljae, nego i prijevoznike, skladita, trgovce pa ak
i same kupce; unutar svake organizacije, kao to je proizvoa, lanac dobave ukljuuje sve
funkcije ukljuene u primanje i ispunjavanje zahtjeva kupca.
242
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prester (2012. prema Christoper, 2005) definira lanac dobave kao mreu povezanih i
meuovisnih organizacija koje uzajamno i u suradnji kontroliraju, upravljaju i poboljavaju
tok materijala i informacija od dobavljaa do krajnjeg korisnika.
Perumal (2006) istie da se izvrsnost opskrbnog lanca gotovo uvijek nalazi u poduzeima koja
imaju jasnu poslovnu strategiju. Ona omoguava dopunu poslovnog modela s ciljem
postizanja uravnoteenog skupa operativnih ciljeva. Izvrsnost opskrbnog lanca je, prema
njemu, ovisna o injenici koliko dobro poduzee ostvaruje svoje operativne ciljeve. Ciljevima
se utvruje sve ono to je vano za poduzee. Autor navodi tri kljune kategorije ciljeva koje
razvrstava na: a) odgovor kupcu, b) uinkovitost i c) iskoristivost. U kategoriji ciljeva pod (a)
je kvaliteta isporuke proizvoda ili usluge kupcu. Druga dva obiljeja izvrsnosti opskrbnog
lanca su: uinkovito pretvaranje inputa u outpute i poboljanje koritenja imovine.
243
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
biti kao to je bilo. To menadmenti poduzea ukljuenih u opskrbne lance moraju i trebaju
anticipirati.
Primjena aditivnih tehnologija prije svega utjee na sirovinsku osnovu proizvoda (materijal
potreban za njegovu izradu). Da bi se proizveo fiziki opipljivi proizvod potrebna je smislena
kombinacija razliitih initelja proizvodnje od kojih se ne mogu zanemariti potrebni
materijali, sirovine ili dijelovi odnosno sklopovi. Bez obzira na koritenu proizvodnu
tehnologiju uvijek e postojati potreba za sirovinskom osnovom koja se ugrauje u proizvod.
Tehnologija proizvodnje uvjetuje u kojem e se pojavnom obliku koristiti potrebna sirovina
za izradu proizvoda. Poznato je, od ranije, da postoji metal u prahu koji se koristi u tehnologiji
tzv."hladnog varenja". Takva prakasta tvar mijea se s drugom komponentom koja ima
funkciju lijepljena te se tako izmijeana premazuje preko napuknua metala (primjer toga su
saniranje napuknua na motorima) kada su okolnosti takve da nema mogunosti niti vremena
za primjenu klasine tehnologije zavarivanja. Tako izmijeane smjese koriste se i pri saniranju
napuknua glave motora odnosno bloka motora.
Dakle, nije mogua eliminacija dobavljaa sirovinske osnove za izradu proizvoda primjenom
aditivnih tehnologija. Dobavljai e se morati tehnoloki prilagoditi aditivnim tehnologijama
proizvodnje na nain da e sirovinska osnova za izradu proizvoda, kako je sada poznato,
morati biti dostupna u prakastoj formi. Kako se primjenom aditivnih tehnologija mogu
proizvoditi proizvodi irokog spektra primjene (prehrambeni, tekstilni, metalni i slino) biti e
nuno da se sirovinska osnova proizvede u prakastom obliku i ponudi kupcima koji
prakticiraju aditivnu tehnologiju pri izradi proizvoda. Kupci e printati, primjera radi,
konditorske proizvode (okolada, bomboni i drugo), tjestenine razliitih oblika i sirovinske
(razliite cerealije odnosno itarice) osnove, odjevne predmete, zamjenske rezervne dijelove,
perilice za rublje, automobile i drugo.
244
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
245
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Trend koncentracije proizvodnje, posebno proizvoda iroke potronje, na sve manjem broju
lokacija iziskivao je visoke trokove ulaganja u proizvoake kapacitete. Usporedno s tim
razvijali su se kapaciteti prijevoza roba (brodovi za prijevoz kontejnera). Upotrebom aditivnih
tehnologija mijenja se potreba postojanja proizvoakih kapaciteta koncentriranih na manjem
broju mjesta na svijetu jer su kapaciteti proizvodnje ondje gdje je kupac. Proizvodni proces se
ubrzava, pojednostavljuje i pojeftinjuje. Dostupnost aditivnih tehnologija krajnjem korisniku
mogue je, s dananje toke gledanja, usporediti s tehnologijama koje su u funkciji
podmirivanja nekih drugih ljudskih potreba, a ijem smo irenju svjedoili u prolim
dekadama. Primjer toga su informacijsko-komunikacijske tehnologije koje postaju sve
rairenije, a time i dostupnije te cijenom prihvatljivije za iroku upotrebu.
246
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. ZAKLJUAK
6. LITERATURA
247
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
6. Gunther, D., Heymel, B., Gunther, J. F., Ederer, I. (2014): Continuous 3D-printing for
additive manufacturing, Rapid Prototyping Journal, Vol. 20, No. 4, str. 320-327.
7. Hague, R., Mansour, S. and Saleh, N. (2004): Material and design considerations for rapid
manufacturing, International Journal of Production Research, Vol. 42, No. 22, str. 4691-
708.
8. Handfield, Robert, B., Nichols, Ernest L. Jr. (2002): Supply Chain Redesign:
Transforming Supply Chains into Integrated Value Systems, Financial Times Prentice
Hall, New Jersey
9. Holstrm, J., Partanen, J., Tuomi, J., Walter, M. (2010): Rapid manufacturing in the spare
parts supply chain: alternative approaches to capacity deployment, Journal of
Manufacturing Technology Management, Vol. 21,No. 6, str.687-697.
10. Hopkinson, N., Dickens, P. (2003): Analysis of rapid manufacturing using layer
manufacturing processes for production, Proceedings of Institution of Mechanical
Engineers Part C Journal of Mechanical Engineering Science, Vol. 217, No. 1, str. 31-39.
11. Lueti, A. (2013): Poslovna inteligencija i upravljanje opskrbnim lancem, doktorska
disertacija, Split
12. Manners-Bell, J., Lyon, K. (2012): The Implications of 3D printing for the Global
Logistics Industry, Transport Intelligence Ltd, [dostupno na:
http://johnmannersbell.com/wp-
content/uploads/2013/11/The_impact_of_3D_Printing_on_Global_Supply_Chains.pdf ,
pristupljeno: 15.06.2014.].
13. Marchelli, G., Prabhakar, R., Storti, D., Ganter, M. (2011): The guide to glass 3D printing:
developments, methods, diagnostics and results, Rapid Prototyping Journal, Vol. 17, No.
3, str. 187-194.
14. Perumal, H. (2006): Improving Supply Chain in Your Business, International Institute of
Management, [ dostupno na:http://www.iim-
edu.org/executivejournal/ImprovingSupplyChain_byHariPerumal.pdf, pristupljeno:
15.10.2014.].
15. Reeves, P. (2012): Rapid (Direct Digital) Manufacturing, Econlyst Ltd, [dostupno na:
http://www.econolyst.co.uk/resources/documents/files/Paper%20-%20July%202008%20-
%20Rapid%20Manufacturing%20-%20supply%20chain%20article.pdf ,
pristupljeno:15.09.2014.].
16. Ruffo, M., Tuck, C., Hague, R. (2007): Make or buy analysis for rapid manufacturing,
Rapid Prototyping Journal, Vol. 13, No. 1, str. 23-29.
17. ercer, M., Godec, D., Pilipovi, A. (2014): Aditivne tehnologije za mala i srednje velika
poduzea, Sveuilite u Zagrebu, Fakultet strojarstva i brodogradnje.
18. Waters, D. (2010): Global Logistics: New Directions in Supply Chain Management,
Kogan Page, London.
19. Wohlers, T. (1995): Future potential of rapid prototyping, Rapid Prototyping Journal,
Vol.1, No.1, str. 4-10.
20. Wohlers, T. (2010): State of the Industry, Wohlers report, Wohlers Associates, Fort
Collins, CO.
21. Wholers Associates (2012): Wholers Report 2012-Additive Manufacturing and 3D
Printing State of the Industry-Annual Worldwide Progress Report. [dostupno na:
http://wohlersassociates.com/2012report.htm, pristupljeno: 25.09.2014.].
22. eljko, D., Prester, J. (2012): Upravljanje lancem dobave i uinkovit odgovor na potrebe
potroaa u maloprodajnom sektoru, Ekonomski pregled, 63 (5-6), str. 322-351.
248
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Piotr Hanus
Faculty of Management, University of Economics in Katowice, Poland
Saetak
Osnovni elementi u ispravnom oblikovanju i razvoju opskrbnih lanaca su: protok tonih
informacija, suradnja izmeu tvrtki i dijeljenje rizika. Ovi glavni imbenici trebali bi utjecati i
oblikovati odnos izmeu lanova opskrbnih lanaca. Meutim, danas je niz logistikih
aktivnosti i operacija outsoursano. Specijalizirani subjekti - logistiki operatori preuzeli su
odgovornost za obavljanje zadataka i aktivnosti logistike. Vano je stoga ispitati imbenike
koji trenutno imaju veliki utjecaj na razvoj odnosa izmeu lanova opskrbnog lanca
(logistikih operatora i njihovih kupaca). Rezultati istraivanja, koje je provedeno na Odsjeku
za poslovne logistike, pokazuju da postoji skupina operatora koji se mogu smatrati liderima.
Lideri nude sveobuhvatne usluge koje nadilaze standardne usluge. Prije svega, nude
savjetovanja za kupce u podruju logistike, racionalizacije i optimizacije procesa i vrlo
esto, usluge podrke logistikih aktivnosti upotrebom i/ili koritenjem naprednih IT rjeenja.
Te usluge mogu se smatrati imbenicima koji utjeu na odnos izmeu operatora i njihovih
kupaca. No detaljna analiza takoer pokazuje da postoje drugi aspekti koji mogu stvoriti i/ili
mijenjati odnose u vezama opskrbnog lanca. Na primjer, naruivanje ili outsourcing
logistikih djelatnosti od strane trgovakih drutava, oblik suradnje, razina zadovoljstva
kupaca povezana sa suradnjom izmeu njih i operatora, zadovoljenje individualnih potreba
kupaca od strane davatelja usluga. Kako i koje nove usluge mogu stvoriti odnos izmeu
operatora i njihovih klijenata takoer su vani aspekti istraivanja. lanak prikazuje glavne
rezultate istraivanja u gore navedenim podrujima. Glavni cilj istraivanja bio je utvrditi
promjene koje su se dogodile u odnosu izmeu karika u opskrbnom lancu pod utjecajem
inovativnih logistikih rjeenja koja ranije nisu koristili, i prepoznati nove oblike interakcija
izmeu karika u lancu. Cilj istraivanja bio je pronai odgovore na pitanja hoe li i kako
inovacije utjecati na promjene u funkcioniranju opskrbnih lanaca, uvjete njihovog stvaranja i
odnose izmeu karika u lancu. Pitanje povezano s navedenim ciljem glasi: kako kupci
(trgovaka drutva) percipiraju imbenike koji se odnose na suradnju izmeu njih i operatora,
a koji se koriste tijekom procesa odabira operatora. Istraivanje je provedeno izmeu srpnja i
listopada 2013. godine i zavreno u sijenju 2014. Uzorak je izabran namjernim
uzorkovanjem. Metoda istraivanja bio je osobni intervju temeljen na standardiziranoj listi
pitanja i odgovora. Pitanja su razvijena i analizirana u programima IBM SPSS 20, Statistica i
Excel 2010.
Kljune rijei: inovacije u logistici, operateri, odnos izmeu operatera i trgovakih drutava
249
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Piotr Hanus
Faculty of Management, University of Economics in Katowice, Poland
Abstract
Essential elements in the correct shaping and developing of supply chains are: right
information flow, cooperation between firms and risk sharing. These main factors should
influence and form the relationship between supply chain links. However, nowadays a
number of logistical activities and operations has been outsourced. Specialized entities
logistics operators took responsibility for carrying out the tasks and activities of logistics. It
becomes important to examine the factors that currently have a major impact on the
development of the relationship between the chain links (operators and their customers). The
results of explore research which has been taken at the Department of Business Logistics,
show that there is the group of operators which can be considered as leaders. Leaders offer
comprehensive services that go beyond the standard services. First of all they are related to
counseling for customers in logistics area, streamlining and optimizing processes and very
often supporting logistics activities with implementation and/or using advanced IT solutions
by themselves. These services can be considered as factors affecting the relationship between
operators and their customers. However detailed analysis also shows that there are others
aspects that can create and/or modify relations within links of the supply chain. For example,
ordering or outsourcing of logistics activities by commercial companies (the range and the
type of activities), kind of cooperation, and level of customers satisfaction connected with the
cooperation between them and operators, meeting the individual customer needs by the
service provider. How the new services can create the relation between operators and their
customers and which ones are also important aspects to investigate. The article is presenting
the main results of research in fields that are described above. The main goal of the researches
was to determine the changes that have occurred in the relationship between links in the
supply chain under the influence of previously not used innovative logistics solutions and
identify new forms of interaction between cells of the chain. It was about the search for
answers to the question of whether and how the impact of innovation, changes to the
functioning of supply chains and the conditions of their creation and the relationship between
the chain links. The question connected with this goal is: how customers (commercial
companies) see factors related to cooperation within them and operators and which are taken
during operator selection process. The research has been carried out between July and
October in year 2013 and developed in January 2014. The sample was selected in a non-
random, intentional way. Research method was direct interview based on a standardized sheet
of questions and answers. Questions were developed and analyzed in IBM SPSS 20, Statistica
and Excel 2010.
250
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
1. INTRODUCTION
The concept of company cooperation has many variations in many areas. There is no
universal way to obtain a certain level of efficiency and stability either. Aspirations associated
with finding a more efficient system of placing orders and supplying, better execution of
orders and deliveries as well as shortening the time of reaction due to growing customer
demands, level of service provision and fierce competition, found their reflection in many
practical solutions and applications. Probably the concept related to third party logistics
providers (3PL), sometimes referred to as logistics operators, is one of the most well-known
and best described in the literature of logistics. These providers can be perceived as entities
performing all or a part of logistics activities of a company or companies (Coyle et al., 2009,
Marasco 2008).
The idea of involving an external entity in logistics activities of a firm has been created and
established for several reasons. Probably the most essential is the nature of the logistics.
While reading the literature from the 80s and looking at the early stage of development of
logistics it is possible to see a number of functions and operations outsourced and/or or
partially performed by specialized external companies (Schary, 1984, Ballou 1987). At that
time the main purpose was to provide a suitable product at the right time, at acceptable quality
level and for a suitable price. The main emphasise was placed on physical flow management
starting from supply sources and finishing with final recipients. At that period first of all the
circumstances that formed the setting for an event were the most important; they shaped the
context for understanding the essence of the operators activities. The total flow management
in logistics systems and elements like: the pursuit of seamless system because of the trend
of shortening the response time, focus on results, rising customers demands and increasing
competition because of globalization, have changed the meaning and importance of 3PL
providers. Today logistics providers are seen as companies that can have influence on the
level of risk within logistic systems while generally reducing it; they affect the security of
supply, may have unique know-how relating to the market knowledge and reduce the total
logistic cost level through excellent organization of the processes.
The importance of activities of logistics service providers is more comprehensive now. The
literature and examples from practice show that operators expand their range of services to
satisfy the needs of the market or demands of specific customers. In the latter case we rather
have to do with niche activities, and 3PL providers focus on the selected activities (Poirier
and Reiter, 1999). The background for operators activities has also been recently shaped by
new concepts such as CSR, green logistics and technical solutions (intra logistics systems,
IT/IS systems) or marketing activities which aim at differentiation of offer of service
providers. All these factors are directly or indirectly related. They all create new environment
for operators business.
In such a situation the following question ought to be asked: what factor or factors have a
significant impact on organizations of activities? How do companies perceive both 3PL and
their customers? Which elements affect the relations between operators and their customers, if
any? What about the possibilities of creating new ideas of functioning and coordinating
operators activities within logistics flow, both physical and information? Whether and how
these factors affect, and are associated with, the possibilities of creating innovations? What
can be defined as innovation at all? Is innovation a typical improvement of logistics
operations or does it rather involve building new solutions? It is also important how
innovations are created and under what conditions implementation of innovative solutions in
logistics field proceeds.
251
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
At the same time, in view of the essence of logistics (system approach), there is no possibility
to arrange proper functioning of the system without taking into consideration the relationship
between development of logistics processes, infrastructure and also organization of activities.
Everything should be analysed with reference to the client's needs (or market) and taking into
account processes occurring at the clients and suppliers place (interconnections). Because of
this it is necessary to recognize, describe and present characteristics of factors creating the
background for development of appropriate relations between 3PL service provider and
possibility to implement innovations. However, as practical examples show, all innovations
connected with activities of a company must not necessarily be initiated directly by 3PL
providers. As we can see the number of elements related to innovations is significant. This
was the main reason to undertake research related to the perception of innovation by
customers and to make an attempt to determine how innovations are associated with relations
between customers and logistics operators (or how they affect these relations).
2. INNOVATIONS IN LOGISTICS
Today innovations are made in areas other than typical logistics/physical movement area are
also very important. First of all, it is about the improvement of logistics processes that are
connected for example with social responsibility and environmental protection.
Reorganization of logistics activities within supply chains initiated by Unilever Company is a
spectacular example. All activities undertaken by Unilever are included in the concept of
sustainable development. The company has saved about $395 million since 2008 at the
growth of sales by 26 percent (BusinessGreen Staff, 2013). At the same time the company has
made environmental investments to ensure the reduction of CO2 (this is an example of
interdisciplinary innovation, not only typical in logistics field). Such solutions can provide the
company with competitive advantage for a long period of time and are typically proactive.
As it can be seen, changes not necessarily have to be initiated only by logistics operators;
however all changes on the market certainly may affect actions of operators in the future.
Other fields of innovations in logistics are related to improvement of information flow and
logistics processes. The processes may have impact on decisions concerning the choice of
transport, the time of delivery, the number and variety of goods, the level of inventories etc. It
is a logical result, because it is necessary to coordinate all activities within supply chain. Very
often the improvement must or should be connected with the possibility to provide right
information about financial flow within supply chain and the level of logistics costs for proper
decision making.
252
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
For these reasons, all entities must jointly adjust their standards of operations and tools
associated with creating and implementing innovation (Ming-Chih Tsai et al., 2012, Chopra
and Meindl, 2004). As it has been described before many elements affect and create the way
innovations are implemented in the sphere of logistics. However, it is necessary to explain
what the notion of innovation refers to.
First of all there is necessity to recognize what can be defined as innovation and what types
of innovations in logistics area can be identified. In many studies, there are many terms,
interpretations and classifications of innovation. Some of them are focused on behavioural
aspects and knowledge (Kuliska, 2014). Others emphasise the nature of innovation (product
or service) or the stage of changing, like progressively improved, drastically changed or
newly introduced (Wagner and Sutter, 2012). This diversity in definitions and classifications
of innovation needs ordering.
Oslo Manual recommendations were adopted as the basis for structuring the terms of
innovation (Oslo Manual, 2005). In the Oslo Manual it is mentioned that Schumpeter defined
five types of innovation: creating and implementing new products, new production methods,
opening new markets, development of new sources of supply and creating new market
structures.
253
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Organizational innovation can be considered the next type of innovation in the field of
logistics. This represents implementation and acceptance of a new organizational method
according to the firm's operating principles. The idea is to use an organizational method that
has not been applied in the company before and which results from strategic decisions taken
by the management. Organizational innovations may involve greater centralization /
decentralization or autonomy of the business. Introduction of production systems on request
(build-to-order production) for the first time can be an example of organizational innovation.
Integration of sales and the manufacturing area or integration of construction of products and
development of production can be another example here.
The sphere of logistics is also closely associated with the search for new organizational
methods in relations with the environment (within supply chain and cluster). These methods
are first of all associated with the implementation of new ways of organizing relations with
other firms or public institutions, for example establishing a new type of collaboration with
research institutions or with customers, new methods of integration with suppliers, as well as
commissioning to an external company (outsourcing) for the first time, subcontracting
elements, such as production, supply, distribution, ancillary services and others.
The main question is what is the connection between innovations and relations in logistics?
Thus, relations in logistics are described below and then an attempt is made to indicate the
relationships between these elements.
It is difficult to find definition describing the term "relationship" with reference to logistics in
a direct and clear way. The most likely reason is that the term relation, perceived as the
interaction and connection in cooperation between companies consists of several elements and
is affected by various factors. Relations in logistics can be defined as alliance between a
customer and a provider. This alliance results in provision of a wide range of logistics
services. For the purpose of finding and understanding customers logistics needs such
collaboration and open communication is absolutely necessary (Skjoett-Larsen, 2000).
Another approach takes into account the factors affecting the balancing of cooperation within
the supply chain. This one refers to the concept of relations between the customer and 3PL
operator. The relationship is identified by such factors as integration, cooperation, trust and
share of information (Wolf and Seuring, 2010). Another concept of the term relationship
emphasises the importance of the ability to improve supply chain performance, its reactivity,
that represents making operations effective while reducing the time of activity performance.
Information, knowledge and communication are main factors that play an important role in
this approach (Ming-Chih Tsai, et al., 2012, Kwiecie, 2013).
There is also an approach that describes the role of resources in creating of relations and
maintaining them. Such an approach emphasises the fact that without right resources there is
no possibility to establish and keep appropriate relations (Biliska-Reformat, 2009).
The question about the connection between innovations and relations in logistics can be
concluded in this way. Many years ago, innovation was the use of a service provider, as a
third party. Today, outsourcing of logistics services is something ordinary and normal.
Nowadays innovation means seeking for opportunities to offer extended solutions in areas,
254
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
which have already been mentioned in this paper. But the basic condition is looking at the
needs of customers to ensure the creation of value. This very value can contribute to establish
and / or maintain relationship between provider of logistics services and its customer. Of
course, both approaches are important; they are not mutually exclusive. There is still a need
for cooperation between operators and their customers. This need results in establishing
relations. In this approach relation means interaction, connection and link.
The current period of continuously growing globalization, crisis and increasing competition
enforces seeking new tools of creation of changes and adaptation of entities activities to
rapidly changing environment. Such tools of adaptation should be the answer to current
economic situation. Within the scope of logistics, adaptation involves all activities that
improve efficiency and effectiveness in terms of time, cost and other elements already
described in this paper. The main objective of the research undertaken by Department of
Business Logistics in Katowice was to answer a few questions. Which activities are most
frequently outsourced? Which entity initiates changes, including those associated with
innovations: is it a service provider, or rather the client? What innovations are most often
implemented? Do innovations ensure competitive advantage in the market?
With reference to the methods described in the literature of innovation approach and the
reasons for their introduction, it was assumed that the following requirements determine
development of innovations in the sphere of logistics. First of all, they are customer demands
related to the range of services, extended services, software and individual logistics needs.
Secondly, they are requirements relating to competition, such as new IT technologies, higher
standards of service, the need to highlight unique abilities and the loss of customers. Thirdly,
they include technical requirements including new information technology / software and the
need for automation of physical activities. Fourthly, they are financial requirements, including
cost reduction. Fifthly, they refer to organizational requirements related to improvement in
processes and finally, they are new trends and standards like CSR. This part of the paper
focuses on the description of how customers perceive the elements shaping relationships with
logistics operators.
The research was conducted between July and October 2013 and developed in January 2014.
The study sample consisted of 51 commercial companies. The methodology of the market
research literature assumes that if the research and tests are performed in a region or if the
entities being tested is a specialized company with a shaped business profile, the minimum
sample size should not be smaller than 50 units (Churchill, 2002). The selection of companies
for the group was targeted. The main selection criterion was the declaration of cooperation
with the logistics operator. The group was characterized by such factors as: the number of
employees, the annual revenue, the number of departments or sections (branches),
geographical coverage of activities, origin of capital and place where decisions regarding
cooperation with logistics service provider are made.
The research highlighted the aspects that may have a potential impact on the relation between
the company and the service provider in the supply chain. Special attention is focused on
outsourced activities, the level of the customer satisfaction with the existing cooperation with
service provider, innovations related to new services, changes in marketing strategy,
255
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
organizational changes and IT innovations. Each of these elements is important for the
development of relations in the supply chain between companies and operators. The key
elements, which affect developing of relations in the supply chain, are: satisfaction with the
existing cooperation and the adjustment the scope and the level of the service on an individual
basis for each recipient. The range of primary research questions refers to those elements
described earlier in this article, that can shape and develop the relationship between a company
and 3PL. The main aspect of the research is to identify the relation between the
individualization of service level (adapting the service to the recipient), the intention of the
company (a customer) to continue the cooperation with existing logistics service provider and
overall satisfaction of the existing cooperation with logistics service provider. The analysis of
the reliability is associated with the construction of complex scales, which are composed of
many individual questions (like in this case; there are 3 questions). The reliability of the
scale is understood as its internal consistency. In order to assess the reliability of the scale
and provided answers the Cronbach Alpha coefficient has been used. This measure determines
the consistency (homogeneity) of the items constituting the scale and specifies how the items
making up the factor of scale are similar to each other (to examine the same theoretical
construct). The Cronbach Alpha coefficient has a value in the range of (0, 1). The result above
0.6 indicates high compliance measurement (Sagan, 2004).
Relating to the first factor (number of employees) in 72.55% firms there were between 10 and
49 of employees. In 5.88% between 50 and 100 people were employed, in 9.80% - there were
between 101 and 249 employees and in 11.76% there were over 250 employees. Such a
structure generally coincides with the number of employees in companies of Silesia region.
The second factor was the annual revenue. The details are shown in table 1.
101-300
Valid 2 3,9 4,3 89,1
million
Total 51 100 - -
The sample was dominated by firms the annual revenues of which were less than 5 million
Polish zloty (68.6%). The revenue of 11.7% companies was from 5 to 300 million zloty. 3.9%
256
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
companies declared the revenue of over 1 billion and 5.9% companies declared the annual
revenue of over 10 billion Polish zloty.
The next factor was geographical coverage of activities. This feature was described by the
number of departments (sections, outposts) of companies located in Silesia agglomeration or
in other parts of Poland. The details are presented in table 2. With reference to the group of
firms located in Silesia agglomeration, 94.1% have between 1 and 50 branches, 5.9% firms
have between 80 and 400 branches, and in other parts of Poland about 86.5% firms have
between 1 and 50 branches and about 13.5% have between 300 and 2000 of branches.
Generally speaking in the group of firms that are concentrated in Silesia there are about 20%
firms that can be called a network. In the second group there are about 30% of firms.
With reference to the next factor which was the origin of capital, most companies declared
Polish capital. The percentage was 82.35%. About 3.92% declared foreign capital as the base,
and the others, 13.73%, declared mixed capital. The last factor was decisions making related
to cooperation with logistics service provider, the results of which are shown in table 3.
257
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Table 3 Decisions making with reference to cooperation with Logistics Service Provider
(LSP)
The place of taking Cumulative
decision Frequency Percent Valid Percent Percent
In regional
34 66,7 66,7 66,7
department
In
16 31,4 31,4 98,0
Valid headquarters
In headquarters
1 2,0 2,0 100,0
abroad
Total 51 100,0 100,0 -
Source: Own research
Majority of firms make their decision in regional departments and about one third in their
headquarters. Only one firm (2%) makes its decision in headquarter abroad. Generally, while
looking at this description, it can be said that the sample was dominated by Polish firms. This
is proved by the number of employees, the level of annual revenue but first of all the structure
of the capital. There are also firms which have the network nature and this is a factor
generally related to commercial companies.
In the research companies were asked to answer several questions related to the potential
impact on development of relations between them and logistics service providers in the supply
chain. The first question was related to activities which were outsourced by commercial
companies. Results are shown in table 4.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
National Postal Forwar- Ware- Interna- Others Financial Supply Reverse
transport and ding housing tional services Chain logistics
courier transport Mana-
services gement
Activitiesthat are outsourced include national transport, postal and courier services,
forwarding, warehousing and international transport. Financial services, supply chain
management, logistics consulting and others are less important (table 4). A look at activities
which are outsourced to logistics service providers (operators) can bring the conclusion that
various types of activities and outsourcing to specialized entities depend on:
258
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
1. Specific nature of activities in the trade field; not every entity operates according to
the same concepts and assumptions (e.g. JIT system, the application of co-
manufacturing)
2. The ability to provide certain types of services and / or their popularity e.g.
participation in the intermodal transport in Poland is small
3. There are relatively new areas of working / performing the duties of logistics, which
are still little developed in companies, or which are not followed due to the solutions
and decisions within the group of companies (e.g. green logistics). There are rather
specialized service providers (operators, acting within a group of companies who
provide this type of service
4. Outsourcing of some activities that can be considered as the determinant of the level
of innovation in the field of logistics and its development is not popular (e.g. supply
chain management, advising on logistics); this can mean that there is a lack of interest
in such solutions
5. Storage occupies a significant position among the outsourced activities. Commercial
companies want or are forced to use the services of storing perhaps because of the risk
and nature of their business. Together with transport services other services are
provided, including for example storage.
An important factor is that the question shows that "classical" logistics operations are more
willingly ordered and outsourced. The group of companies that apply outsourcing extended
services is small. The conclusion is that the type of outsourced activities can create the
possibility to develop relations and innovations; on the one hand focusing on transactions and
typical logistics activities is observed, and on the other hand creating complex solutions can
be noticed. Another question addressed at trading companies concerned the overall level of
satisfaction of the relationship with the existing service provider. Responses in the group of
trading companies are presented in Table 5.
Table 5 Level of customer satisfaction with relationship with the existing service
provider
Cardinality:
Category Number of Cumulative number Cumulative
Response rate
(from 1 to 5) answers of answers response rate
2 1 1 1,96078 1,9608
3 5 6 9,80392 11,7647
4 21 27 41,17647 52,9412
5 24 51 47,05882 100,0000
Shortcomings 0 51 0,00000 100,0000
Source: Own research
In order to examine the reliability of the scale the coefficient of Cronbach's Alpha has been
applied. The reliability level of the scale between questions connected with overall
satisfaction with existing cooperation with logistics service provider, satisfaction with
individual logistics needs of trading companies by logistics service provider, and the question
if the company intends to continue cooperation with existing logistics service provider was
high. The coefficient of Cronbach's Alpha was at level 0,846 (table 6).
259
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Analysing the level of satisfaction of commercial companies it is surprising that the level of
satisfaction is extremely high. The level of satisfaction was measured on the scale from 1 to 5
points (Lickert scale). 1 represented the lowest level of satisfaction, and five the highest
one. Over 88% of answers scored 4 and 5. Only 9.8% of answers scored 2 and 3. None of the
answers scored 1. For that reason correlation was also made. Spearman's rank correlation
coefficient was used. The results are shown in table 7.
In table 7 it can be seen, that the correlation coefficients of Spearman's rho are significant at
the 0.01 level. Looking at individual factors it can be concluded that the overall level of
satisfaction depends on meeting individual needs of commercial (trading) companies. That
results in a desire for further cooperation with existing operator. Meeting individual logistics
needs of trading companies, by logistics service provider, makes all activities related to
logistics services fruitful. And this is the point, which can support creating innovations in
logistics. It results in the will to continue further cooperation.
260
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
with existing N 51 51 51
logistics service
provider
**. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Source: Own research
There was also another question asked. It included an assessment of factors affecting the
relationship between the firm and the operator. The purpose of the question was to obtain a
picture of how the customer (trading company) sees the importance of the elements that shape
relations and innovations. These element and answers have been shown in table 8.
Table 8 Assessment of the elements that affect the relationship between companies and
operators (seen by customers)
Detailed analysis of information presented in table 8 shows that the firms ranked at the
highest level see information technology as the factor which influences relations in a
significant way (52.94% - rated 4 or 5). Offering new logistics services or changing the way
the old ones are provided are the second most important factor (43.13% - rate 3, 43,13% - rate
4 and 5). The assessment of other factors is also significant. Changing the marketing strategy
by the operator is the exception here. Only 35.29% respondents rated it at 4 or 5. The lowest
rating refers to the CSR concept. Analysing these ratings we can say that information system
is a tool for connecting independent firms within their activities. Thus information technology
and innovations in this field are the basis for logistics operation development, planning and
control. Because the essence of logistics services is adjustment to individual needs of
customer, improving performance and bringing efficiency on the highest possible level and
changing the way services are provided must be done. At the same time such activities bring
organizational changes within operator.
4. CONCLUSION
Some crucial factors which can influence development of relations in between commercial
companies and logistics service providers (3PL operators) are recognized in this paper and
during the research. First of all, most commercial companies (72.5%) that are respondents in
the survey have been cooperating with their operators for three years or longer. This fact is
important, because this group rates the level of satisfaction and the cooperation with operators
261
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
as relatively high. This could mean that the time is a very important factor for recognizing and
building suitable solutions in logistics services area. The confirmation of this thesis is also the
result described in section 2.3. and shown in the table 6 and 7. Nowadays, when innovation
very often means doing something faster, this way of thinking may be the only way. Time
is needed for proper development of unique services for individual clients and for recognizing
needs of the customer.
The process of creation of new services and improvement of operations (innovations) need
time. But on the basis of the research it can be assumed that the evaluation of offers of
logistics service providers and the level of satisfaction presented by firms can be the result of
adjustment of choice for their own needs rather than the result of the search for new
emerging services and the integration of this element as a factor shaping relationships in the
company (relating to CSR, for example).
The conclusion also applies to the development of the sustainable supply chains based on
data and information flow, service innovations and organizational changes within the
operator. Looking on the table 8 we can see that the most important factor is IT innovations.
On the second place is Offering new services and/or changing the way of providing the old
ones and on the third place Organizational changes within the operator. Such structure of
answers suggest that without information flow there is difficult to establish right cooperation
and relations in the supply chain (between customers and logistics service providers). On the
other hand, new services are needed and adjustment of the old ones. Probably the way of the
implementation of logistics services is important for the customer. These factors may affect
the organizational changes in the operator activities. All the factors can lead to the
development of supply chains as seamless systems and create a new quality of relations.
5. LITERATURE
262
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
263
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
22. Wolf, Ch., Seuring, S., (2010), Environmental impacts as buying criteria for third party
logistical services, [available at: www.emeraldinsight.com/0960-0035.htm, accessed:
04.09.2014.].
264
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Uzimajui u obzir sadanje trendove u maloprodaji moemo primijetiti da je glavni fokus na izazove
koji su nastali povodom nastanka Interneta i mobilnih tehnologija. Ovi trendovi znaajno su povezani
s promjenama u nainu na koji kupci obavljaju svoju kupovinu. Trgovaki lanci prikupljaju
informacije o preferencijama kupaca te pokuavaju putem vrlo snanog uvoenja inovacija oblikovati
konkurentne strategije utjecaja na kupce. Prognoze predviaju porast kupovine pod utjecajem
odreenog impulsa; pretpostavlja se da e uobiajene prodavaonice postati mjesto izravnog kontakta s
proizvodom, a kupci e dobiti veu kontrolu nad kupovinom rabei mobilne ureaje i drutvene
mree.
Cilj ovoga rada je prezentirati promjene koje su uzrokovane ponaanjem kupaca u trgovakim lancima
i pokazati tehnoloki napredak kao primarni uzrok tih promjena. Takoer jedan od ciljeva je pokazati
kakav je odnos izmeu preferencija kupaca trgovakih lanaca i ponude koju oni imaju. Glavni cilj
istraivanja je utvrivanje utjecaja tehnologije na koritenje usluga pojedinog trgovakog lanca u
trgovakim ispostavama (pretpostavlja se da svaki koristi koristi neku ispostavu).U isto vrijeme
pretpostavlja se da trgovaki lanci pokuavaju dobiti lojalnog kupca u to veem moguem
obujmu.
Sljedei cilj koji je definiran u ovome radu je identificirati kako je primjena novih tehnologija utjecala
na pojedinu strategiju ponaanja u podruju oblikovanja konkurentne ponude.
Metode koje su bile primjenjene ukljuuju kritiku analizu literature pojedinih subjekata,
izravno prouavanje kupaca trgovakih lanaca u Poljskoj u vezi s njihovim potrebama na
podruju modernih i konkurentnih ponuda, a duboka studija sluaja prikazuje kako primjena
novih tehnologija u stvaranje konkurentskih strategija utjee na kupce koji kupuju u
maloprodajnom lancu Tesco. Primjena metode studija sluaja je esto koritena u
menadmentu jer omoguava prouavanje kvantitativnih pojava, meutim, za dobivanje pune
slike metoda je dopunjena s izravnim prouavanjem kupaca trgovakih lanaca .
Kljune rijei: strategije utjecaja na kupce, konkurentska prednost, trgovaki lanci, moderne
tehnologije
265
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
Progress in the sphere of the so-called new technologies that include microelectronics, information and
communication technology (ICT), nanotechnology, biotechnology and genetic engineering performs
an important role in shaping the strategies of influencing the customers. A lot of retail shopping chains
belong to the group of most powerful global entities operating in the world. They function in many
markets and in their strategies of operation they implement new technologies on a large scale.
Development goals are a fundamental issue in shaping strategies of operation of shopping chains. The
goal of commercial chains is to develop (grow) on competitive market, in other words, to attain long-
term success. Accomplishment of this goal is practically expressed in creation of own, unique strategic
profile in which relations with customers perform a significant role.
While observing current trends occurring in retail trade we can notice that they focus around
challenges that are created by Internet and mobile technologies. These trends are significantly
associated with changes in the way customers do their shopping. Commercial chains gather knowledge
about customers preferences and they try to shape competitive strategies of influencing the customers
through extensive implementation of innovations. Occurring forecasts predict increase in shopping
under the influence of an impulse; they assume that regular shops will become the place of direct
contact with a product and customers will gain larger control over shopping thanks to the use of
mobile appliances and social media.
The next goal assumed in the paper is to indicate particular strategic behaviours in the sphere of
shaping competitive offers based on application of new technologies in their creation.
The methods applied to achieve the goal include the critical analysis of the literature of the
subject, direct study of customers of retail chains operating in Poland concerning their needs
in the sphere of modern and competitive offers, and profound case study indicating
application of new technologies in creation of competitive strategies of influencing the
purchasers by Tesco. The application of case study method is justified in management
sciences because it allows to study quantitative phenomena, however to obtain a full image of
reality the method was complemented with direct study of customers of commercial chains.
Keywords: strategies of influencing the buyers, competitive advantage, commercial chains, modern
technologies
266
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
1. INTRODUCTION
The third wave of globalization is the era of knowledge and information. Acceleration of
technological development at concurrent globalization and involvement of almost all
countries in the world economy is its characteristic feature. It should also be noted that the
current consumers belong to the generation that has an everyday contact with new
technologies, which are a part of their daily life.
The third wave of globalisation resulted in significant changes and led to formation of the
concept of New Economy 38 , in which information is becoming a fundamental value
(Zorska, 2007; Parysek, 2008; Chojnicki; Czy 2006). It ought to be added that A. Toffler , a
representative of the trend of the co-called applied science, in his papers referring to
technologies, analyses the history of mankind mainly in the context of three successive
technological waves (Toffler, 1997):
1) agrarian (agrarian revolution departing from nomadic lifestyle and popularisation of
settled lifestyle, rise of agriculture),
2) industrial (industrial revolution at the turn of 18th and 19th century, invention of printing,
steam engine, the rise of industrialism),
3) directly related to occurrence of new technologies allowing for unlimited communication
thanks to development of services and departing from mass production, emergence of
information society and service society (technological revolution). We can state that
dimensions of new globalisation mainly include (Gierszewska; Wawrzyniak, 2001):
global competition,
mega-concentration of ownership and capital,
cooperation between enterprises on the global scale,
new innovative policy,
management based on knowledge and intellectual capital,
development of advanced technologies in the sphere of information and
telecommunication, including the Internet.
Departing from mass production for the benefit of production adjusted to the needs of an
individual customer is a characteristic feature for many enterprises. The man of the future
the prosumer is a combination of the characteristics of the producer and the consumer.
Growing sale possibilities of enterprises on the global scale can be proved by such facts as:
growth of the world population, increase in selling areas, increase in the number of people
with access to the Internet and growth on the global sale. Thus we can state that increase in
the size of sale is considerably related to development of new technologies. Fig. 1 shows the
described situation.
38
New economy is a group of new phenomena, processes and economic, financial and cultural relations based on
new information technologies and automation (computer, Internet, mobile phone, WAP, etc.). New economy is:
information-related it is based on the abilities to generate, process and commercialise information, global
performs activities on the world scale, network-related functions in integrated structures of networks that
connect many various participants, compare A. Zorska, Nowa gospodarka a globalizacja [New Economy and
Globalisation] in: Materiay i prace Instytutu Funkcjonowania Gospodarki Narodowej, Ekonomia i spoeczne
aspekty globalizacji [Materials and papers of Institute of National Economy Functioning, Economy and Social
Aspects of Globalisation], ed. by: K. Kucinski, Warsaw School of Economics, Warsaw 2004.
267
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Fig. 1. Comparison of areas of sale increase in developing countries from 2001 to 2010
2001 2010
Population
5 miliardw 5,7 miliarda
+11%
2001 2010
Selling area [m2]
40 milionw 130 milionw
+225%
2001 2010
Retail sale
per capita [$]
2009$ 5,7 miliarda
+91,5%
Number of
2001 2010
people with
access to the
Internet
200 million 1,2 billion
+496%
2001 2010
Global retail sale
in %
34,9% 42%
+7,1%
It results from presented data that the share of the world population with access to the Internet
is significantly growing. Also data concerning Polish society can prove omnipresent character
of technology, compare tab. 1.
Internet is already used by more than 64% of Poles over 15 years of age. Currently, the
network is used by 17.99 million people (http://www.ekonomia.rp.pl/artykul/1028947.html,
access 07.12.2014). In total 64.3% Poles have access to the Internet.
268
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
In 2012, devices that were not PCs accounted for 26% of the traffic in the network. In 2017
this ratio will have reached 49%. In the years between 2012 and 2017 an increase in the data
transfer for computers will reach on average 14% per year, and for other types of devices it
will be much higher: for TV sets it will be 24%, for tablets - 104%, smartphones - 79%, while
for machine-to-machine (M2M) communication the increase will reach 82%. M2M (machine
to machine) technology is active communication between devices ("machines"). This is done
via a wireless or wired network connection. M2M is usually identified with data transmission
in GSM networks. M2M communication is a solution that consists in connecting devices to
the outside world so that they can communicate with people and with each other. Connected
devices not only provide information to their owners or third parties, but they can also be
controlled remotely, which offers a lot of opportunities for companies and their customers. (J.
Hller, V. Tsiatsis, C. Mulligan, S. Karnouskos, S. Avesand, D. Boyle: From Machine-to-
Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence. Elsevier, 2014,
http://www.itbusinessedge.com/cm/community/features/interviews/blog/the-rise-of-the-
machine-to-machine-sector/?cs=39847, accessed 08/10/2014).
According to predictions, the amount of data transferred by an average household in 2017 will
have amounted approximately to 74.5 gigabytes per month. For comparison, in 2012 it was
31.6 gigabytes per month. Retail trade sector also applies the latest technology to build
269
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
competitive advantage on a large scale, while collecting the knowledge of behaviour and
needs of its target markets.
The largest European retail trade chains operate on Polish market. With respect to economy,
some commercial chains compare better than many countries. Annual incomes of Wal Mart
are comparable with GDP of Poland and Jeronimo Martins, the owner of Biedronka chain, has
the turnover that is comparable with GDP of Albania. It results from Deloitte report Global
powers in trade 2013 that total income of 250 largest commercial chains were higher than
$ 4.27 billion. This is more or less the same as GDPs of Great Britain and Russia taken
together. Recently commercial chains have been in better condition than the largest world
economies. Since 2006 they have been able to increase turnovers on average by at least 5%
that is remarkably faster than GDP growth in developed countries
(http://finanse.wp.pl/kat,58436,title,Gdyby-sieci-handlowe-byly-
panstwami,wid,15409843,wiadomosc.html ).
According to data included in the report entitled How Global is the Business of Retail?
(Global Aspects of the Market of Selling Areas) prepared by CB Richard Ellis in 2010,
Poland was the only country in Europe that managed to escape from consequences of
recession and remained the area that was very attractive for international commercial chains.
According to data, on Polish market operate 32 percent of all surveyed, most important
international commercial chains. We can expect that together with the growth in GDP, Poland
is still going to be one of the major directions of expansion in Central and Eastern
Europe(http://www.handel-net.pl/raporty-i-analizy/raporty-specjalne/polska-celem-ekspansji-sieci-
handlowych.html ). These predictions are confirmed by the data of 2011. They show that retail
sale in current prices executed by commercial and non-commercial enterprises amounted to
PLN 646.1 billion and it was by 9% higher than in the previous year. In retail sale outposts,
the value of sold goods was PLN 624.0 billion (increase by 9.1%), out of which the value of
food and soft drinks was PLN 161.0 billion (increase by 3.2%), alcoholic drinks and tobacco
products PLN 54.7 billion (increase by 1.7%) and non-food products PLN 408.3 billion
(increase by 12.8%). In gastronomic outposts, the retail sale amounted to PLN 22.2 billion
(increase by 5.2%) ( Internal Market. Information and Statistical Research Papers, 2012).
Expansion of European commercial chains had a remarkable impact on the speed and
direction of changes occurring in Polish trade that were additionally determined by
demographic structure of Poland. Currently around thirty eight million Poles live in nearly
54.5 localities out of which only 600 are cities with the population exceeding 5 thousand
inhabitants. They constitute the areas in which New Distribution Channels (NDC) are
developing. On the other hand, in localities that have no more than 5 thousand inhabitants,
traditional trade is predominant, and around 25% of all grocery shops are located in villages
(Development of Trade in Poland , 2007).
The course, direction as well as pace of changes observed in the sphere of Polish trade are
influenced by a lot of phenomena and market processes. Among them a special place is
occupied by the aforementioned expansion of European commercial chains and demographic
structure of Poland. Strong foreign competition between commercial chains on the one hand
influenced the reduction of the role of traditional trade and on the other hand it caused rapid
development of New Distribution Channels (NDC). It should be added that in the period
between 2001 and 2003 retail trade chains started to develop their commercial offer really
dynamically which has been observed in introduction of new shop formats, expansion of
270
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
private labels and introduction of credit cards. In the next period, between 2003 and 2004,
expansion of retail chains in the areas that had been neglected was observed (line of
expansion has been moving to the east, additionally new smaller shop formats belonging to
hypermarket chains have occurred in the area of housing estates and smaller cities). Since
2005 consolidations in retail chains and numerous takeovers have been observed. There
occurred activities of commercial chains related to re-modelling (making the sale areas more
attractive also in discount chains), and the importance of private labels and loyalty programs
increased.
Analysing the structure of foreign retail trade enterprises we can state that the largest activity
in conquering new markets is observed among French, British and German commercial
chains. Retail trade chains can be divided with respect to their nature (size of the selling area,
location and range of offered assortment) into three groups:
1. Hypermarket chains this group may include the following entities:
Auchan (Auchan Group), Carrefour, Real (Metro Group), Tesco Poland, Kaufland
(Kaufland Markets), E. Leclerc (E. Leclerc group)
2. Supermarket chains: - Tesco Poland, E. Leclerc, Carrefour Market, Simply Market
(formerly Elea, Auchan owner, it has also taken over Billa chain), Savia Tesco,
3. Discount chains: - Biedronka (Jeronimo Martens Portugal), Lidl, Netto (Danish
chain), Aldi (German chain)
The largest European retail trade chains operate on Polish market. There are Carrefour, Metro,
Tesco, Schwarz (Kaufland and Lidl) and Aldi. European enterprises from Germany, Great
Britain and France are found among the most powerful retail sellers.
Tab. 3 shows the number of retail trade chains operating in various branches in Poland.
271
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Analysing selling formats of foreign retail chain enterprises it can be stated that all
hypermarkets also have their selling outposts in supermarket format. This can prove the wish
of these chains to reach various market segments distinguished on the basis of economic
criterion (because in its assumption the format of a discount shop determines low level of
prices and hypermarkets are often located in shopping centres offering additional profits /
values for wealthier customers) (Biliska-Reformat; Reformat 2012).
The profile of contemporary customer is definitely different from customers "of the past"
therefore also retail chains need to adapt themselves to new challenges related to the
characteristics of active customers. Characteristics of contemporary active consumers bring
observation about the necessity to gather knowledge about them by commercial chains. This
knowledge is acquired for the need of construction of specific commercial offers and to
determine the strategy of cooperation with suppliers who are an integral part of the value
chain that contributes to the shape of the offered product. Here it should be mentioned that
retail trade enterprises in practice apply measures that aim at better identification of target
customers.
Unlike the previous generation, referred to as Generation "X", they have "tamed"
technological innovations and actively apply digital media and digital technologies; they are
considered to be audacious generation that is open to new challenges.
On the other hand, the "Z" generation are people born after 1990, or - according to some
experts - even after 1995. In general view they are most distinguished by the fact that new
technologies are something ordinary and of daily use for them as they have been present in
their life since their birth. They are also often referred to as C Generation - from the English
word "Connected", meaning connected to the network. Experts place the word change at the
basis of the definition of the generation; change as the situation they like most because
continuous experimenting lets them develop themselves and offers a lot of experiences.
(Http://kariera.pracuj.pl/porady/czy-should-bac-August -pokolenia-z /). Representatives of the
"Z" generation approach life in a realistic and materialistic way, but at the same time they
tend to be creative and ambitious. They want to have and achieve everything immediately.
They are also distinguished by their attitude to knowledge - they acquire it from the Internet,
and therefore for them it is not a fundamental attribute of an employee in the labour market.
272
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
The speed of finding information and creative approach to ways of reaching the information is
more important. They are aware of how quickly the world is changing, and therefore they
treat knowledge as something that loses its value very fast. They are characterized by the
mobility, they know foreign languages and have friends all over the world, but they usually
live longer with their parents (http://kariera.pracuj.pl/porady/czy-should-bac-August-
generation-z/ accessed 12/08/2014).
According to Ph. Kotler in contemporary economies there are three types of purchasing
clients. They are traditional customers (not purchasing on the Internet), cyber consumers
(usually purchasing via the network) and mixed-type consumers (the hybrid ones buying both
online as well as in traditional stores). This information is an important clue for the
development of retail distribution strategies that also have to apply the Internet channel if they
want to increase sales (K. Biliska-Reformat, 2012).
When aware customers make the decision to purchase the product (while the value of the
product does not matter), they go to the Internet and analyse information about the product
they have selected. Under the influence of collected information they may change their
decision or check the product relevance (B. Reformat, 2013). Searching for information about
offers occurs on a large scale and experts predict that this phenomenon will be intensified.
Consumers will look for knowledge, opinions and recommendations they can find on the
internet more and more eagerly. Therefore, for the commercial networks controlled and
subjective content presented on Internet services is not sufficient. Marketing management that
takes into consideration the ROPO effect, which is, contractually allowing for reasonable
monitoring of the content about the offer on the Internet, becomes a real challenge. Is also an
important element of formation of the relationship with the target market with the use of
information technology.
Direct studies of individual customers of retail trade chains functioning in Poland were
performed in 2012. The goal of the studies was to identify factors that create attractiveness of
commercial chains for customers. Considering the fact of active involvement of commercial
chains in marketing activities, it was assumed that it was the knowledge about the needs and
behaviours of individual customers is an important determinant stimulating these chains to
develop marketing activity.
The studies were performed with the use of two methods: direct studies of individual
customers and methods of observation of selected practices applied by commercial chains. It
was assumed that retail trade chains acquire knowledge about customers that is the foundation
for creation of commercial offer for them. Primary studies were conducted in the form of
internet survey in which the questionnaire was the tool (Kdzior, 2005). There were 29
substantive questions and five concerning respondents particulars in the questionnaire. In the
paper the Authors used the questions concerned global factors, local factors and factors
associated with new technologies. It was conducted among consumers using commercial
chains. The survey was performed between 5th November 2012 and 12th December 2012.
1591 respondents took part in the survey and majority were women (which also corresponds
to the profile of the consumer doing shopping in retail outposts). The studies were performed
in all voivodeships in Poland.
273
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
In the studied group of respondents, while analysing the most preferred commercial outpost
(out of all listed), in which food products and household chemistry are purchased, the
respondents indicated first of all the following shops: Biedronka (26.08%), Lidl (12.32%),
Tesco (9.68%) and Carrefour (7.17%). On the other hand the least popular are Sie 34
(0.13%), Spar (0.13%), Milea (0.19%) and Chata Polska (0.25%). The results show large
effectiveness of marketing strategies implemented by indicated chains. Attention should be
paid to the large number of respondents indications to Biedronka.
In conducted studies we also searched for the answer to the question whether technological
conditions are an important determinant of doing shopping, beside global and local factors.
The study of the aforementioned issues allowed the Authors of the paper to recognise major
determinants that influence the use of particular retail chains by customers. Customers
opinions concerning the issues related to purchase of an offer in a particular retail chain were
also obtained.
Factor analysis was performed for the survey questionnaire while using 10 questions included
in the survey. Occurrence of 1) global, 2) local and 3) technological factors that influence
attractiveness of a commercial chain allowing for distinguishing factors related to new
technologies having impact on shaping relations with retail chains was assumed. The
questions were defined on seven-level Likert scale, where 1 represents I totally disagree
and 7 I totally disagree. Statements included in tab. 3 were applied.
S4 I pay attention to application of new communication means such as text message, FB and
Internet in communication with me
S5 The best purchasing conditions are offered by foreign commercial chains
274
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Value Own value % of total variance Cumulated own value Cumulated percent variance
1 2,75 27,46 2,75 27,46
It results from information presented above that three factors explain the total of 56.62%
variance of initial group of 10 variables.
The results of analysis of factors shaping the relationships of the Internet user with a
particular buying service assessed in a positive way is shown in tab.5
Table 5. Factor loads
Variable Factor 1 Factor 2 Factor 3
275
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Thus we can state that there are three factors influencing the shaping of relations of
commercial chains with customers; they are: economic and global factors, associated with
consumer ethnocentrism, and factors related to technological attractiveness of outposts.
On the basis of performed studies we can state that application of new technologies in
operation of commercial outposts is becoming a more and more important source of creation
of their competitive advantage.
Certainly, in their strategic activities retail trade chains are determined by needs of customers
of target markets and activities of competitors. Carefully planned strategies of influencing the
customers, competition strategies and strategies of cooperation with suppliers are major areas
of these activities. Knowledge about customers preferences and their market behaviours is
applied in the sphere of influencing the customers.
Commercial chains apply CRM, which is the concept of management of relationships with
customers in their strategies.(Kwiecie, ak, 2013). It ought to be mentioned here that
focussing on influencing the target customers is strictly related to American school associated
with relationship marketing. In the literature we can find the notion of management of
relations with customers that were permanently introduced into scientific terminology. CRM
(Customer Relationship definition) that occurred in the article by A. Payne and P. Frow in
2005 suggests that CRM is a sub-component of relationship marketing with the following
limitations:
1. It limits the goal of relationship marketing to target market (key customers and market
segments)
2. It unites the potential of relationship marketing with information technologies
3. It focusses on marketing tactics through integration of processes, people, operations
and marketing possibilities with the use of information, technology and appropriate
applications (Payne et all, 2005)
CRM allows for formation of relations with customers that are valuable for the
enterprise. Therefore we can state that creation of customer value becomes the basis for
creation of enterprise value (Rogers, 2005).
To make the customers loyal, retail trade chains apply, in their operations, loyalty programs
that implement CRM achievements. Awarding points for every purchase (proportionally to
the amount spent) that the customer can then exchange for bonuses is an example of a popular
loyalty program. As it is confirmed by the studies, loyalty programs are effective and have
real impact on sale, and over half of Poles admit that they participate in at least one loyalty
program or have a regular customer card. Commercial chains conduct the following loyalty
programs Skarbonka Auchan chain, Rodzinka Carrefour chain, PayBack
program conducted by many enterprises, including Real among others, and CLUBCARD by
Tesco chain. Loyalty programs create additional profit for chains. They allow for
identification of customers, recognition of habits and most frequent purchases. Thanks to this,
276
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
chains gain knowledge about their customers and these programs constitute an element of
market research. Thanks to loyalty programs they can perform really individualised
promotional actions aimed at specific segments of customers.
Additionally, commercial chains make use of social networks in their operations. The degree
of activity of consumers on Fan Page of Facebook portal, among others, proves the growth of
importance of social media in the process of communication of commercial chains with
consumers.(Biliska-Reformat, Reformat, 2014) This is why this portal quite frequently
conducts studies aiming at recognition of range of consumers activity on its account. The
number of fans that particular commercial chains have is shown in tab.6.
According to aforementioned studies Lidl Poland has the largest number of fans. Facebook
profile of this chain breaks records of popularity which proves its extremely active share in
social media.
The second position is occupied by Tesco with Eksperci Tesco fan page, the third position
belongs to Real brand (currently Auchan is its owner), Carrefour is in the fourth position in
the ranking, and Biedronka is in the fifth position. Therefore, we can state that majority of
foreign chains operating in Poland mark their presence in social media.
This chain expands their activities in the so-called Cloud (cloud computing), mainly in Great
Britain, keeping in mind further expansion to foreign markets. Infrastructure and IT operation
manager declares simplification of infrastructure supporting retail sale, development of
services conducted via Internet and electronic banking (Hanus, 2010). Tesco is currently in
the stage of consolidation of its data centre in Great Britain and all over the world. Owing
Comparison prepared on the basis of the analysis of statements of 24 managers presented in Computerworld TOP200
39
magazine between the years 2007 and 2013 and on Internet webpages of CIO Informing the UKs business technology leaders,
UK and also IHL WorldView.
277
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
to this, Tesco can support its e-commerce activity in many countries, for example in the
Czech Republic, in Hungary, Turkey, China, Thailand and Malaysia.
In July 2012, Tesco Poland started Tesco E-shopping service that allows for ordering
shopping online. While using the service in a traditional way (computer, laptop), or in mobile
version (smartphones), customers of Tesco E-shopping can choose their shopping from the
list of over 16 thousand products that are at the same time available in selected hypermarkets.
Customers receive at their e-mail addresses e-vouchers encouraging them to do shopping.
It ought to be added that Tesco chain of supermarkets, offers Wi-Fi service in their shops for
customers. This venture is associated with the change in customers preferences concerning
the ways of searching for information about products while using mobile devices.
Applications for smartphones with Google Android system let the user navigate the route in
the shop. This is a response to customers demands, especially those belonging to Y and
Z generation.
Within conducted strategy of innovativeness, currently Tesco is testing technologies that let
the customer contact with the product in 3D technology before purchase. 3D service that uses
technologies of British company Kishino, allows to generate the image of the product in its
actual size, allows for moving it and turning without the need to check the offer on shelves in
the shop. The image is accompanied by product specification. In the first stage of service
implementation, it is available in eight shops in Cheshunt, New Malden, Hatfield and Milton
Keynes.
Tesco is also currently implementing the new method of virtual sale of products with the use
of QR code. The experiment has been applied in South Korea, among the customers using
Tesco Home Plus chain without opening real outposts. QR system allows for doing shopping
through the use of smartphones for scanning codes of particular products presented in
underground elevation. Virtual basket with shopping is delivered at the address indicated by
the customer. Tesco has made use of the fact that the community of over 50 million in half is
equipped with smartphones, and mobility as well as rationality in time management are key
determinants of behaviours.
6. CONCLUSIONS
Retail trade chains operating in Poland conduct intensified struggle for customers. Chain
marketing activity brings increase in competition in trade and results in growth of consumers
demands. Commercial chains gather knowledge about customers needs which is observed in
expanding product offer, implementation of brands of domestic producers, creation of offers
adjusted to particular market segments, while applying technological achievements more and
more frequently.
Customers of commercial chains are better and better educated; they compare offers of shops
and follow global trends. It ought to be mention that more and more often, they are
representatives of the Y and Z generation described before in the paper.
Increase in customers knowledge forces broad activity by commercial chains in the sphere of
the environment. For customers factors associated with consumer ethnocentrism and
technological factors are really important beside obvious factors determining their choice
such as prices and location.
278
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
7. LITERATURE
279
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
280
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Rad predstavlja dio istraivanja na Projektu br. 179081 koji financira Ministarstvo prosvjete, znanosti i
tehnolokog razvoja Republike Srbije.
281
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
Trade traditionally belongs to the group of tertiary activities. In addition to being labour-
intensive activity, contemporary trends in trade point to the fact that it has the character of
information-intensive activity. Replacing the mechanisation with automation introduces trade
into the phase of the so-called IT trade (trade of new quality). This development trend is
particularly characteristic of developed market economies. The third technical-technological
revolution has created the conditions for the transition from mechanical to the electronic
phase of development. As a result, instead of being technically conservative, trade acquires
the image of technically and technologically progressive activity. The spatial discrepancy
between a retail store and place of residence of a consumer is overcome by the opening of
electronic sales channels. Forms of technological innovation in trade are numerous and
varied. The aim of this paper is to, based on available data, examine the achieved level of
implementation of electronic commerce, as a business concept based on technological
innovation, in the European Union and the Republic of Serbia.
1. UVOD
*
The paper is a part of the Project no. 179081 funded by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technological
Development of the Republic of Serbia.
282
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Termin ,,inovacija je u svijetu, u posljednjih dvadeset godina, postao kljuna rije u naslovu
velikog broja knjiga iz podruja poduzetnitva, menadmenta i strategijskog menadmenta.
Inovacija predstavlja svaki sustav organiziranih i svrsishodnih aktivnosti usmjerenih na
stvaranje promjena (novi proizvod, proizvodni proces, organizacijska struktura, stil
upravljanja). Etimoloki, termin inovacija potjee od latinske rijei innovare to znai
napraviti neto novo. Inovacija, u sutini, predstavlja unapreenje tehnologije. Inovacija je
novi proizvod, usluga, proces, tehnologija nastala primjenom vlastitih ili tuih rezultata
znanstveno-istraivakog rada, otkria i saznanja, kroz vlastiti koncept, ideju ili metoda za
njezino stvaranje, koja je s odgovarajuom vrijednou plasirana na trite. Peter Drucker
istie da: Inovacija predstavlja radnju, koja obdaruje resurse novim kapacitetima za stvaranje
bogatstva. Inovacija, u stvari, kreira resurs. Ne postoji takva stvar u svijetu, kao to je
resurs, sve dok ovjek ne nae upotrebnu vrijednost neega u prirodi i to neto ne obdari
ekonomskom vrijednou. Sve do tada, svako postrojenje znai samo korov, dok svaka ruda
znai samo jednu od bezbrojnih stijena. Prije samo neto vie od jednog stoljea ni mineralna
ulja, koja su ikljala iz zemlje, nisu predstavljala resurse, niti boksit, ruda aluminija. Oni su
ak bili tetni, jer su zemljite inili neplodnim (Draker, 1991).
U literaturi postoji veliki broj razliitih klasifikacija inovacija. Schumpeter je identificirao pet
tipova inovacija (Atkinson i Ezell, 2014):
Uvoenje novog proizvoda,
Uvoenje novog naina proizvodnje,
Otvaranje novog trita,
Osvajanje novog izvora sirovina ili poluproizvoda i
Stvaranje nove organizacije.
283
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Inovacije proizvoda predstavljaju uvoenje proizvoda koji je potpuno nov ili znaajno
unaprijeen to se tie njegovih karakteristika ili namjene. Poduzee ulazi u projekt novog
proizvoda jer novi proizvod moe: biti izvor konkurentske prednosti, poboljati korporativni
imid, osnaiti marketing/brend, osigurati mogunosti za pojaanje ili promjenu stratekog
pravca, osigurati povrat uloenih sredstava i povoljno utjecati na ljudske resurse.
Inovacije usluga su znaajne jer su ekonomski efekti usluga vrlo veliki, imajui u vidu da
usluge u razvijenim gospodarstvima zemalja OECD stvaraju 2/3 nove vrijednosti i sudjeluju
sa 2/3 u zaposlenosti. Usluga je izlaz tehnolokog sustava koji predstavlja rezultat
transformacije ulaznih elemenata i kao ista usluga predstavlja neopredmeeni produkt koji
se ne moe skladititi, ve se troi im se proizvede (Jovanovi, 2003). Usluge imaju etiri
obiljeja koja bitno utjeu na inovacije usluga: neopipljivost, nedjeljivost, varijabilnost i
prolaznost. Inovacije usluga su specifine s obzirom da usluge kreiraju neopredmeeni i
neopipljivi autput, tako da se za usluge moe rei da su proizvodnja neopipljivog. Usluge
imaju karakteristiku nedjeljivosti (simultanosti), jer se uglavnom proizvode i koriste
istovremeno.
Inovacije procesa predstavlja primjenu novih ili znaajno poboljanih metoda proizvodnje,
koji se mogu sastojati u promjeni opreme, promjeni softvera, organizaciji ili tehnologiji
proizvodnje. Inovacija procesa ima za cilj poveanje uinkovitosti, tj. snienje trokova po
jedinici proizvoda (primjeri inovacije procesa: uvoenje nove opreme - lasera, senzora,
automatizirane opreme, digitalizacija procesa tiskanja i sl.).
Inovacije marketinga predstavljaju primjenu novog marketing metoda koji ukljuuje znaajne
promjene u dizajnu proizvoda, pozicioniranju, promociji ili cijeni proizvoda (primjeri
inovacija marketinga: uvoenje izravne ili ekskluzivne prodaje, koritenje metoda varijabilne
cijene robe, promocija novog robnog iga, oglaavanje novog proizvoda i sl.).
Prema kriteriju prirode inovacija, postoje dvije velike grupe inovacija (Jovanovi, 2003):
Radikalne (sutinske) inovacije predstavljaju velika unapreenja na razini stanja
tehnologije. Sutinske inovacije imaju za rezultat potpuno nove proizvode, usluge ili
procese. One se mogu predstaviti kao proces u kojem je poznat pravac istraivanja, ali
je krajnji rezultat nepoznat.
Inkrementalne (evolutivne) inovacije predstavljaju primjenu malih promjena u
tehnolokom know-how. Evolutivne inovacije imaju za rezultat mala poboljanja. One
se mogu ilustrirati kao rjeavanje problema gdje je sam cilj jasan i poznat, ali rjeenje
predstavlja dolazak do njega.
284
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Inovacije ine jedno od osnovnih obiljeja trgovine u razvijenim trinim uvjetima. Skoro niti
jedan gospodarski sektor nije podloan takvom intenzitetu promjena kao trgovina. Otuda su i
iskustva iz dosadanjeg razvoja trgovine bogata. Ona pruaju mogunost i za izvjesna
uopavanja i za sagledavanje izvjesnih zakonitosti u procesima inovacija u trgovini.
Inovacije ine osnovnu polugu ekonomskog progresa, bez obzira na karakteristike socio-
politikog sustava. Inovacije proizvoda doprinose irenju asortimana ponude na tritu, ali i
znaajnijim promjenama u kanalima marketinga. U velikoprodaji i maloprodaji permanentno
su pridonosile jaanju njihove pozicije u sustavu marketinga. Inovacije u organizaciji
potroaa i njihovom utjecaju na drutveno-ekonomske tokove nisu ostale bez odraza na
aktivnost lanova kanala marketinga. Postavlja se pitanje koje su sve zakonitosti uoene iz
dosadanjeg razvoja trgovine. One se, prije svega, ogledaju u procesima inovacija i primjeni
moderne tehnike i tehnologije u trgovini. S timu vezi, uoavaju se sljedee zakonitosti
(Lovreta et al., 2009):
u privredno najrazvijenijim zemljama se po pravilu javljaju inovacije u trgovini,
u trgovini manje razvijenih zemalja stalno se intenzivira proces prihvaanja inovacija,
intenzivira se u cjelini proces inovacija u trgovini, tako da se permanentno skrauje i
ivotni vijek institucija trgovine,
vee trgovinske organizacije mnogofilijalnog tipa dominiraju u inovacijama,
u svim segmentima funkcioniranja trgovine se i inovacije, to znai u tehnici i
tehnologiji, u upravljanju i u ukupnom sadraju aktivnosti marketinga.
Postoje u osnovi dvije vrste inovacija u trgovini. Prva dolazi do izraaja u tzv.
institucionalnim inovacijama. Radi se o cjelovitim inovacijama u trgovini, a posebno o
inovacijama pojedinih institucija trgovine, kao to su robne kue, supermarketi, diskonti itd.
Druga grupa se odnosi na tzv. funkcionalne inovacije. One se izraavaju pri obavljanju
pojedinih funkcija ili segmenata poslovne aktivnosti trgovinskog poduzea. Karakteristine su
u tom pogledu inovacije koje se u posljednje vrijeme izraavaju s primjenom tzv.
strategijskog sustava planiranja.
285
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Razvoj tehnike i tehnologije uvjetovao je i pojavu tree skupine inovacija, tzv. tehnolokih
inovacija u trgovini, o kojima e dalje biti rijei.
40
Pored ovih inovacija, za suvremenu fazu razvoja trgovine karakteristine su i EFTPOS, SWIFT, ODETTE,
elektronika trgovina. Navedene inovacije bie analizirane zbog njihovog visokog stupnja implementacije od
strane najuspjenijih trgovakih poduzea.
286
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
kasi, 2) smanjivanje neugodnosti zbog guvi na kasama uzrokovanim provjerom cijene koja,
ili nije na proizvodu, ili je potroa reklamira, 3) znaajne utede uslijed eliminiranja rune
izmjene cijena. Zbog svega ovoga elektronike etikete za cijene doprinose ispravnosti cijena u
trgovinama, eliminiraju mogue neugodnosti izmeu prodavaa i potroaa i osiguravaju da
potroa plati tonu cijenu.
Osim prethodno izloenih tehnolokih inovacija u trgovini, inovacija koja dobiva na znaaju
posljednjih nekoliko godina jeste tzv. RFID tehnologija. RFID (Radio Frequency
Identification) predstavlja sustav identifikacije proizvoda putem radio frekvencije. To je
sustav daljinskog slanja i primanja podataka putem RFID transpondera odnosno odailjaa.
Ova tehnologija pripada grupi tehnologija automatske identifikacije koje automatski odreuju
identitet ciljnog proizvoda. U sluaju RFID, to se postie transmisijom podataka putem radio
signala.
Velika prednost RFID ogleda se u ubrzanju procesa plaanja putem automatske identifikacije
RFID oznaka. Ovo je posebno vano za segment elektronike maloprodaje, kod koje ne
postoji regularna fizika posjete od strane potroaa, kao kod klasinih prodajnih objekata.
Osim toga, usluge potroaima mogu biti poboljane kroz skraenje vremena isporuke
proizvoda. Meutim, da bi ovaj sustav mogao da se implementira, potrebno je da svi
proizvodi imaju RFID oznake, pri emu se procjenjuje da e se to dogoditi u narednih 10
godina (Muller-Seitz et al., 2009).
Definirati elektroniku trgovinu nije jednostavno, zato to je to podruje koje se brzo mijenja.
Osim tehnolokog aspekta, neophodno je naglasiti i ekonomski aspekt i definirati elektroniku
trgovinu kao novo trite koje nudi nove tipove robe i usluga, kao to su na primjer digitalni
proizvodi kroz digitalne procese. Prodavatelji fizike robe takoer su ukljueni u digitalne
procese, kao to su on-line naruivanje, istraivanje trita i plaanje, koji predstavljaju
dijelove ovog novog trita (Uro, 2006).
287
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Takoer, elektronika trgovina se moe promatrati u uem smislu, samo kao transakcije koje
se obavljaju na elektronikom tritu. Zbog toga, mnogi teoretiari i praktiari koriste izraz
elektroniko poslovanje kao sinonim za elektronikutrgovinu koja obuhvaa ne samo prodaju
i kupnju, ve takoer i pruanje usluga kupcima, suradnju s poslovnim partnerima i provedbu
elektronikih transakcija unutar jedne organizacije (Turban i King, 2011). Meutim, e-
trgovinu ne treba poistovjeivati s e-poslovanjem. Rije je o dvije komplementarne poslovne
aktivnosti koje se ipak razlikuju (uzovi et al., 2012a).
Elektronika trgovina odnosi se na poslovne aktivnosti trgovaca koji nude potroaima ono
to su drugi proizveli ili to kao usluge nude drugi. On-line trgovac je posrednik izmeu
proizvoaa i kupca, to ga ini posebno zainteresiranim za svoju Web stranicu i njegovu
usmjerenost na trite. Prednosti elektronike trgovine se mogu svesti na:
brz pristup informacijama - time i bolju dostupnost proizvodima i uslugama na tritu,
brz i jednostavan transfer pratee dokumentacije izmeu zainteresiranih strana,
odgovornost trinog prostora zahvaljujui informacijama,
vea mogunost analize proizvoda i usluga i razmjene iskustava,
mogunost istraivanja trita i plasmana proizvoda u skladu sa zahtjevima trita,
razvijanje novih poslovnih aktivnosti.
Za razliku od prednosti koju prua elektronika trgovina, najei rizici elektronike trgovine
proizlaze iz zlouporabe i unitenja podataka i naruavanja privatnosti klijenata (Vujovi,
2005). U konanom, esto se elektronika trgovina poistovjeuje s elektronikim
poslovanjem, to sutinski nije tono iako je u krajnjem sluaju elektronika trgovina samo
jedan vid elektronikog poslovanja. Elektronika trgovina i elektroniko poslovanje
preklapaju se na granici poslovnog sustava organizacije u toki u kojoj se, na primjer, interni
288
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
289
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Danska
Finska
Irska
Austrija
EU (27 lanica)
Slovenija
Poljska
panjolska
eka
Portugal
Rumunjska
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Izvor: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat
U prilog tome idu i podaci EUROSTAT-a (European Year of Citizens, 2013), prema kojima
je u 2012. godini u EU278, 75% stanovnika u dobi izmeu 16 i 74 godine koristilo Internet u
prethodnih 12 mjeseci i blizu 60% ovih ispitanika koristilo je Internet u cilju elektronike
kupnje razliitih dobara i usluga. Meutim, pojedinano promatrano, uoavaju se razlike u
razvoju elektronike trgovine izmeu pojedinih zemalja lanica Europske unije. Tako u
Velikoj Britaniji 83% korisnika Interneta kupuje elektronikim putem, u Danskoj i vedskoj
79%, Luksemburgu 73%, Finskoj 72%, dok je najnia razina kupnje elektronskim putem
zabiljeena u Rumunjskoj (11%), Bugarskoj (17%), Estoniji i Italiji (po 29%). Uvid u razinu
razvoja elektronike trgovine u zemljama Europske unije moe se vidjeti iz tablice 1.
290
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Polazei od injenice da Internet ini osnovu razvoja elektronike trgovine, u daljnjoj analizi
razine razvoja elektronike trgovine u Republici Srbiji, najprije se polazi od razine razvoja
Interneta, promatrano kroz postotak kuanstava koji posjeduje Internet prikljuak, koritenja
Interneta za razne svrhe, a prije svega za kupnju proizvoda i usluga. Postotak kuanstava koja
posjeduju Internet prikljuak moe se vidjeti iz grafikona 2.
291
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
47,50%
50,00%
39,70% 39,00% 41,20%
40,00% 33,20%
26,30%
30,00%
18,50%
20,00%
10,00%
0,00%
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
Obrazovna, starosna i spolna struktura korisnika Interneta u Republici Srbiji moe se vidjeti iz
grafikona 3 i 4.
2013; Vie i
visoko; 80,8%
Izvor: Upotreba informaciono-komunikacionih tehnologija u Republici Srbiji, Republiki
zavod za statistiku, Beograd, 2013, str. 56.
292
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Mukarci; 16-
24; 93,10%
ene; 16-24;
93,90%
Mukarci; 25-
54; 68,30% Mukarci
ene
ene; 25-54;
63,00%
Mukarci; 55-
74; 21,30%
ene; 55-74;
15,30%
Grafikon 5. Kada ste posljednji put kupili / naruili robu ili usluge putem Interneta?
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
293
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Grafikon 6. Koju ste vrstu robe ili usluga naruili (u privatne svrhe) putem interneta u
posljednjih 12 mjeseci?
Usporedbom podataka izmeu Europske unije i Srbije, uoava se da je u Srbiji najnia razina
koritenja Interneta u odnosu na sve zemlje Europske unije. 41 Uoava se i dosta nia razina
koritenja Interneta u Srbiji u svrhe elektronike kupnje u odnosu na zemlje Europske unije, s
tim to ohrabruje injenica da postoji pozitivan trend koritenja Interneta u svrhe elektronike
kupnje od 2009. do 2013. godine. Jedino po emu je u Srbiji slian trend kao u Europskoj
uniji jeste struktura kategorije proizvoda koja se kupuje elektronikim putem. Dakle, uoava
se vei postotak sudjelovanja odjee, sportske opreme, kao i turistikih usluga u strukturi
proizvoda koji se kupuju elektronikim putem, kako u Europskoj uniji, tako i u Srbiji.
5. ZAKLJUAK
41
Predmet analize bile su zemlje EU27, do 2012. godine, prije ulaska Hrvatske u Europsku uniju 2013. godine.
294
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
razvoj elektronike trgovine koja se moe promatrati kao najnovija faza u razvoju i primjeni
tehnolokih inovacija u trgovini. U radu smo uinili pokuaj da pronaemo optimalno rjeenje
u rasvjetljavanju sadraja elektronike trgovine, koja se u teoriji i praksi vrlo esto tretira kao
pojam s vie znaenja. Pri tome, ona je evoluirala kroz svoje modele, koji kontinuirano
pokazuju tendenciju daljnjeg unapreenja. Polazei od postavljenog cilja istraivanja, u radu
je analizirana dostignuta razina razvoja elektronike trgovine u Europskoj uniji i Republici
Srbiji. Podaci pokazuju niu razinu razvoja elektronike trgovine u Republici Srbiji u odnosu
na Europsku uniju, to je i jedna od zakonitosti evolucije tehnolokih inovacija u trgovini,
odnosno one svoju primjenu nalaze najprije u najrazvijenijim, a kasnije u manje razvijenim
zemljama. Meutim, ohrabruje injenica da postoji pozitivan trend broja korisnika Interneta i
koritenje Interneta u svrhe elektronike trgovine u Republici Srbiji.
6. LITERATURA
295
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
17. Turban, E., King, D., Lang, J.(2010), Introduction to Electronic Commerce, Prentice-
Hall, New York.
18. Upotreba informaciono-komunikacionih tehnologija u Republici Srbiji (2013),
Republiki zavod za statistiku, Beograd.
19. Uro, T. (2006), Elektronsko poslovanje, Beogradska poslovna kola, Beograd.
20. Vujovi, S. (2005), Elektronsko poslovanje i elektronska inteligencija, Beogradska
poslovna kola, Beograd.
296
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
297
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The competition between retailers on the market in Republic of Serbia is becoming intensive
with the entry of new international retailers. Retailers tend to expand their retail network
closer to consumers by opening new stores, and also by introduction of new marketing
strategies and approaches. This leads to an increase in competition between retailers, so
retailers are introducing new strategies of management and marketing in order to become
recognized and positioned in the minds of consumers in relation to the competition. With their
performance on the Web retailers have the opportunity to inform consumers about their
offers, loyalty programs and promotional campaigns, and to develop strategy on the Web
from a promotional tool to the implementation of electronic sales. By the strategy of
electronic marketing channel retailers give consumers a new alternative marketing channel.
The electronic market of the Republic of Serbia is under development, bearing in mind that
there is an increase in number of users of the Internet every year, as well as the number of
consumers on the Web. For the retailer, which introduces an electronic marketing channel, is
important how the electronic channel affects existing business and whether it will result in
winning new customers and competitiveness on market.
1. INTRODUCTION
In this paper we will look for answers to current issues that characterize the electronic market
of the Republic of Serbia:
- What are the strategies for positioning of retailers on the market in the Republic of
Serbia?
- What is the role of the Web in the promotional policy of retailers?
- Is the number of visitors on social networks directly related to the position of retailers
in the market and their market share?
- What are characteristics of electronic retailers in Serbia?
298
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
The answer to these and many other questions that concern the implementation of electronic
retailing tends to take into consideration the retail development and potential of
implementation of electronic retailing, potential threats and opportunities of implementation,
the competition in the market of electronic retailing in the Republic of Serbia, as well as the
impact of changes in the market in recent years in the attractiveness of this type of sales.
Positioning of retailing involves creating the image that the consumer has about the retailer,
conveying information to consumers on a daily basis in its all business segments. Thanks to
the strategic approach to positioning, retailers manage to differentiate themselves among the
competition and position in the minds of consumers based on their characteristics, divergence
and comparative advantages. For successful strategic positioning is necessary to a clear
understanding of the market and consumers of the retailer, especially their needs and
demands.
Strategic positioning involves providing unique value (McGoldric, 2002, p. 173). Positioning
retailers in the consumer's mind should be a reflection of not only the retailer's promotional
strategy, but the overall experience in the acquisition from the arrival to the retail store, to the
structure of the assortment, through the services of sales staff and costumers service, and
other components of the consumer relationship management (CRM). The goal is to maintain
competitiveness by retaining loyal customers and win new customers by using innovative
shopping formats. In case of the Republic of Serbia, the leading retail companies have built
recognition by their brand and have been positioned in their segment of consumers, which is
evident in promotional activities aimed to the target segments of market.
Table 1. The market share of the 10 largest retail companies in the Serbian market
If we look at the top ten retailers in Serbia, according to Euromonitor in 2014, there is a
noticeable difference in the structure of the core products in their assortment, and accordingly
varies and strategic positioning of retailers. Delhaize, with its retail chain Maxi is a
retailer with the most extensive retail network in Serbia, with the highest representation of
stores in Belgrade, which is an important consumer market in Serbia. Its characteristics are
family shopping and convenient location of purchase, which has been especially important in
the latest period of time when there has been a decline in the purchasing power of consumers
299
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
and reduction of the value of individual purchase in the Republic of Serbia. The biggest
change in the retail market in Republic of Serbia in 2014 was the recent acquisition of
Agrokor and Mercator in markets where Agrokor has its retail network, which resulted
in increased competition in the market and changes in the relationship between the
participants. Specificity of Mercator S system is two retail brands, which are positioned
differently to target consumer segments in Serbia. In this way, Mercator in Serbia has only
large retail formats (hypermarkets) within its shopping centres and thus targets the urban
population, which has different needs and urges to satisfy them in one place, and also has
exclusive products at high prices within its assortment.
In this regard, Mercator in particular targets the consumer segment in Belgrade with a retail
format in an exclusive location with an assortment that meets the needs of demanding
customers who appreciate high level of services and added value. These facilities offer a
higher level of customer service, as well as the use of modern forms of technology in the
presentation of products and providing information about products via digital displays, vendor
machines, etc., and with that innovative approach Mercator was first on the market. Retailer
Roda, within Mercator S, is characterized by positioning toward family purchases,
evaluation of tradition and family values in purchasing process, which is reflected within the
structure of the assortment, and promotional campaigns of the company, and the company
slogan that reflects the friendly and close relationship with consumers.
DIS retail chain bases its positioning on the domestic approach to the consumer by offering
products of selected manufacturers and brands which have the greatest value for consumers in
Serbia. has performed Univerexport, which has two local retailers within its business, has
performed a similar strategy by maintaining customer loyalty by identifying them with the
local retailer.
Based on this, it is obvious that there is diversity in strategies of positioning in the Serbian
retail market, the difference in retailers addressing consumers and their respective market
segments, as well as space for further strengthening of competition in the market. New entries
to the Serbian market of international retail chains are expected in future, which will improve
the offers and increase the quality of retail services; primarily with the entry of the first
discount system in Serbia Lidl, as well as the opening of the first IKEA retail stores.
The increased competition in the market will influence the revision of the strategic position of
retailers and the creation and implementation of new marketing and management strategies in
retailing, with an emphasis on the potential use of electronic market and segment of
consumers who are daily users of the Internet. The new positioning strategy of retailers in the
implementation of electronic retailing is moving towards integrating marketing channels in
such a way that the electronic retailing has synergistic effects in all marketing channels
through which the retailer sells its products.
The role of Web in retailers' promotional policy in the Republic of Serbia is developing from
corporate website to informational website and finally to transactional website. Web is a
marketing tool that could bring new customers to retailers, ensure customer loyalty and the
300
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
effect of increased sales in all marketing channels. Retailers implement an information web
site in order to inform consumers about retail stores, offers, prices, promotions and loyalty
programs. Informational websites are easier to implement, because they do not require
integration with the follow-up processes demanded by online orders (Pauwels, et al., 2011, p.
1). Retailers with an informational website have the greatest impact on the segments of
consumers who use the web to communicate but prefer to purchase in the store, as well as
products that are characterized by frequent promotional campaigns, such as consumer goods.
Most retailers cautiously enter into the electronic market, the implementation of the website
provides information that have influence on the perception of consumers about the retailer,
and aim to increase sales in the store. But this innovative step and implementation of
electronic retailing could affect the segment of consumers who mostly use the Internet, who
usually are highly educated consumers, who do not have much free time, and have no time to
purchase in the store, and that are characterized by above average income.
From the vantage point of the retailer, the World Wide Web, as well as the electronic retailing
can serve one or more roles (Berman and Evans, 2010, p. 161):
1) Project a retail presence and enhance the retailers image;
2) Generate sales as the major source of revenue for an online retailer or as a
complementary source of revenue for a sore-based retailer;
3) Reach geographically dispersed consumers, including foreign ones;
4) Provide information to consumers about products carried, store locations, usage
information, answers to common questions, consumer loyalty programs, and so on;
5) Promote new products and fully explain and demonstrate their features;
6) Furnish customer service in the form of e-mail, links, and other communications;
7) Be more personal with consumers by letting them point and click on topics they
choose;
8) Conduct a retail business in a cost-efficient manner;
9) Obtain customer feedback;
10) Promote special offers and send coupons to Web customers;
11) Describe employment opportunities; and
12) Present information to potential investors, potential franchisees, and the media.
Retailers with a developed retail network, as well as new businesses that base their strategy
only on the electronic channel recognize the role of electronic retailing and opportunities it
gives on the Serbian market. Therefore, we can say that on the electronic market in Serbia are
equally developing pure play electronic retailers and "clicks and bricks" retailers.
Electronic retailers offer a variety of products from technical devices through baby
accessories, cosmetics products, toys, etc. Electronic retailers on the electronic market in
Serbia delivered products to the customer home addresses, with different options to pay for
the product (electronic payment cards, cash on delivery, payment in advance, etc.). But there
is a problem in the implementation of the purchase, since most electronic retailers have no
integrated system for monitoring the stock with the process of ordering, that cause that
products that are offered on the website are not actually available, which leads to
dissatisfaction of consumers during the purchasing process. What is the limitation for the
development of electronic markets, in which Serbia tends to be involved, are limitations for
ordering products by consumers from other countries. Namely, with the implementation of the
PayPal payment system in the electronic market there is the possibility to perform electronic
payment of ordered products from other countries, but has not yet enable selling and payment
of products from domestic suppliers in the global electronic market.
301
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Figure 1. Products that are mostly sold on the Web in the Republic of Serbia in 2013
others 16,7
telecommunication services (payment of services) 1,3
films and music 1,4
games and updates 3
foods/groceries 4
software and software updates 4,2
pharmaceutical products 5,7
hardver 7,5
other tourist services (traveling tickets) 10,4
books/magazines/newspapers 10,7
tickets for events 10,8
books/magazines/newspapers 15,1
electrical appliances (including video cameras) 19,1
home and DIY 20,1
clothes and sports apparel 29,6
The successful performance on the web comprises of retailers with already established retail
network and a distinctive name in which consumers believe in the Republic of Serbia. The
most common are electronic retailers "click and brick" that sell electronic equipment and
appliances associated with computers, baby equipment, toys, DIY and so on. The role a
retailer assigns to the Web depends on (Berman and Evans, 2010, p. 162): 1) whether its
major goal is to communicate interactively with consumers or to sell goods and services; 2)
whether it is predominantly a traditional retailer that wants to have a Web presence or a newer
firm that wants to derive most or all of its sales from the Web; and 3) the level of resources
the retailer wants to commit to site development and maintenance. Therefore, in order to be
successfully positioned on the Web, retailers have to set goals for their website presentation
and the expected effects, as well as to take into account the factors to which they will have to
adapt, i.e. the structure of the top selling products on the Web, as well as the consumer
qualities on the web in the Republic of Serbia.
In recent years retail chains such as Univerexport, Idea, Maxi have developed
electronic sales of consumer goods, and it is formulation by Mercator in Serbia (the concept
has already been in Slovenia with the concept of click and collect). There is a number of
specifics for consumer products, and the introduction of electronic channels is necessary to
ensure reliability and efficiency in the delivery of those products to the customer.
302
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
For retailers of consumer goods, the web is a marketing tool for informing consumers about
offers, prices, promotions, news etc. Delheize Maxi provides two independent sites for two
retail brands within its web performance: Maxi (and Mini Maxi for smaller sized retail
stores) and Tempo, as well as e-shop Maxi. In its marketing communications brand
Maxi uses social network (especially Facebook.com). The opportunity to purchase at its
online e-shop is available only to consumers in Belgrade (in certain municipalities), Novi Sad
and Nis (and to a distance not farther than 20km from the closest store) (www.shop.maxi.rs,
August 2014).
Mercator operates in Serbia with two brands Mercator and Roda. It still doesnt have
electronic retailing, so the website is mainly being used as an information and communication
tool. A special website is available to consumers of Mercator Premia stores with numerous
specifics, starting form structure of the assortment, a higher level of services, pricing,
promotion and communication with customers (communication across all the social networks
Facebook.com, Tweeter, Youtube channel, Foursquer, Filckr). Mercator and Roda are
characterized by a different approach, bearing in mind that the two brands are designed for
different segments of consumers. What is the connection between these two websites is a
unique system of loyalty cards in both brands shown for both brands on the Mercator S
website.
303
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Website of the domestic retail chain DIS is more oriented towards suppliers than to
consumers. This indicates that DIS doesnt use the web for purpose of strategic positioning,
nor as a promotional tool. Website operated by DIS represents the company's website with
B2B strategy of positioning in relation to suppliers.
Furniture manufacturer and retailer Simpo uses its website for the purpose of promoting the
entire product range, innovation in product range with detailed descriptions of the product, but
without showing the price, except for special offers. They also use social networks (especially
facebook.com). On the other hand, Tehnomanija.rs is one of the largest electronic stores in
Serbia. It is possible to find offers for the entire retail chain on their website. Bearing in mind
that this retail chain operates with stores with different sizes, the offer on the website is
significantly higher than in some smaller formats in its retail chain.
ITM is the distributor and dealer of worldwide famous brands of home appliances and
kitchen, cosmetics, food, vitamins and the like. In addition to the company's website, which is
mainly aimed for business communication, there is an electronic store of products in the
category of kitchen and home appliance brand (Bosh, Siemens, Scavolini, Liebherr, Franke,
Gaggenau) (www.itm-home.rs, August 2014).
The presence of retailers on the Web in Serbia is noticeable on social networks, and it proved
to be significant in the promotional policy of retailers. The question is whether the number of
visitors on social networks is directly related to the position of retailers in the market and their
market share?
304
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
In Table 3 we can see that Mercator and Univerexport have the biggest commitment to
social networks, while Maxi has the highest number of consumers on the most commonly
used social network (facebook.com), where the number of users significantly differs from
other retailers. Following this, it could be concluded that retailers in Serbia recognize the
importance and impact of social media on public opinion and consumers in Serbia.
Retailing around the world has changed thanks to the Internet and web technology, and in
perspective we can say that the market of electronic commerce has reached the end of its
beginning (Konar, 2008, p. 297.). Pure play electronic retailers base their competitive
advantage on a policy of differentiation in relation to competition in online and offline
markets.
However, despite the decline in the purchasing power of consumers in recent years, this has
led the consumers to find more cautious and favourable products, but it has not led to increase
in sales on the Web, which if considering prices in most cases, is more competitive than
traditional stores. During the previous period, many retailers have felt the impact of the
economic crisis and that forced ending of electronic retail business of certain electronic
retailers. Two electronic stores that had the largest market share in the electronic market in
Serbia have closed their e-stores (Pacom and E-ducan).
305
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Table 4. The market share of the largest electronic retailers on the electronic market in
the Republic of Serbia
No. Brand Company name
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
1. Pakom Group
Pakom 24.8 26.0 23.5 24.3 20.0 15.5
doo
2. Tehnomanija Tehnomanija doo 9.4 11.5 10.2 11.8 11.2 9.2
3. Sve za kucu Sve za kucu doo 5.1 8.1 8.5 8.9 7.9 6.5
4. E-Ducan E-Ducan doo 3.3 6.2 6.9 6.9 6.6 5.4
5. Knjizara Mc Most doo 3.4 4.9 5.0 4.5 3.8 3.2
Source: Euromonitor International, 2014.
Pacom computers is one of the leading retailers that based its electronic retailing on the
best selling category of product on the Web. Computers, computer equipment and mobile
phones, and computers under its own brand were within their range. As part of its retailing,
Pacom included a retail network, special corporate B2B sales and service. In case of E-
ducan, there is a distinctive Web performance through electronics retailing to the consumer,
as well as to business customers and a unique electronic market for C2C. It is one of the first
electronic stores that based its strategy on the comprehensiveness of assortment, which is
competitive in the market of Serbia and the region. Thanks to the B2B approach, it enables
suppliers from Serbia to offer their products with realisation of transactions and
implementation of the electronic payment system (PayPal).
Tehnomanija will have a good position in the market of electronic retailing in the next period
due to their success in traditional channel, as well as in electronic channel, and also pure
play electronic retailers Sve za kuu and Knjiara.rs. Tehnomanija is a retailer of
electronic devices with electronic store with all products that are offered in traditional stores.
They have over 20,000 products and 350 brands in their offer, in the product group
appliances, built-in appliances, televisions, audio, video, air conditioning and heating systems,
audio equipment, cameras and photo optics, telephony, home appliances, IT shop, body care,
kitchen appliances (www.tehnomanija.rs, August 2014). Its success is based on a policy of
low prices, and high-level service that are offered on the Web and in stores, and thus integrate
their marketing channels, creating synergy in channels. Knjiara.com is the largest e-book
store on the Serbian market, which has sold over 80,000 titles (www.knjizara.rs, August
2014).
We can conclude that the development of e-retailing in next period will be more intense in the
Republic of Serbia, bearing in mind interests of both sides - retailers and consumers. As a
necessary condition for the development of electronic retailing is development of
infrastructure for electronic retailing, as well as adoption of technology by consumers in the
Republic of Serbia.
5. CONCLUSION
Strategic positioning of retailers in the consumer's mind should be a reflection of not only the
retailer's promotional strategy, but also the overall experience in buying and of relationship
with the consumers. The leading retail companies have built a brand and positioned
themselves in their segment of consumers in Serbia, which is evident in promotional activities
aimed to targeted market segments. Increased competition in the market of the Republic of
306
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Serbia affects the revision of the strategic position of retailers and the creation and
implementation of new marketing and management strategies, with an emphasis on the use of
possibilities of electronic market and segment of consumers who are daily users of the
Internet. With the implementation of electronic retailing retailers could target segment of
consumers who mostly use Internet, who are highly educated, and do not have much free
time, have no time for purchasing in store, and with income above average. The new
positioning strategy in the implementation of electronic retailing is moving towards the
integration of marketing channels in such a way that the electronic retailing has synergistic
effects in all marketing channels through which the retailer sells its products. Electronic
retailers in the Republic of Serbia offer a variety of products on the web: from technical
devices through baby accessories, cosmetic products, toys, etc. Products ordered on Internet
are delivered to consumers home address with different options to pay for purchased product
(electronic payment cards, cash on delivery, etc.). But there is a problem in the
implementation of electronic retailing, since most electronic retailers dont have integrated
system of monitoring stocks with their process of ordering, that cause that often ordered
products on the website are not actually available, which leads to dissatisfaction of consumers
during the purchasing process. What is the limitation for the development of electronic
markets in Serbia is possibility for domestic electronic retailers to fulfil ordering process for
products ordered by customers from other countries. Successful performance on the web in
the Republic of Serbia has retailers with already a retail chain and distinctive name in which
consumers believe. Retailers in Serbia recognize the importance and impact of social media
on public opinion and consumers in Serbia, so they use it as regular promotional tool.
Although there is the decline in the purchasing power of consumers in recent years, that had
influence on behaviour of consumers to strive for lover prices of products, it has not led to an
increase in sales on the Web, which is competitive in terms of prices.
6. REFERENCES
307
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Integralna viekanalna strategija zahtjeva temeljito poznavanje svih kanala koje poduzee koristi.
Glavni rezultat koji primjena ove strategije treba donijeti je maksimiranje sinergijskog efekta meu
kanalima marketinga. Kod integralne strategije se poduzee promatra kao viekanalni sustav kako iz
perspektive samog poduzea, tako i iz perspektive potroaa. Naime, jedan od ciljeva koji integralna
viekanalna strategija treba ostvariti je ouvanje jedinstvenog imida koji poduzee ima kod potroaa.
Glavni elementi integralne viekanalne strategije su integralna promocijska strategija, integralna
strategija asortimana, integralna cjenovna strategija, integralni informacijski sustav i dr.
Pored sumiranja saznanja iz relevantne znanstvene literature, u radu e se obraditi i poslovni sluaj
tvrtke Tesco, kao dobrog primjera primjene integralne viekanalne strategije u maloprodaji.
308
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
Multichannel strategy has become dominant in the global retail practice. Although applied for more
than 100 years, the development of e-commerce was crutial for expansion of multichannel practice.
This strategy has become a significant field of scientific research in the trade and retail in the last
fifteen years. About multichannel strategy was written by prominent experts whose articles were
published in prestigious international journals and other scientific publications.
Various aspects of a multichannel approach are analyzed in the literature. In this paper, the research
focus is an integral multichannel strategy. There are different types of multi-channel strategies. The
most effective is an integratal multi-channel strategy, if applied in the right way and if there are
adequate conditions for its application. However, companies that want to implement this strategy face
major challenges. It is very important that market participants who want to apply a multichannel
approach are aware of the challenges that await them. Otherwise, the chances for the success of
multichannel strategies are drastically reduced. This paper analyzes the consumer, managerial and
financial challenges.
Multichannel strategy will be viewed from the retail perspective because it is the dominant aspect of
the analysis in the world literature. Emphasis will be on the use of electronic retailing in the portfolio
of marketing channels, given that it is a phenomenon that has led to a revolution in multichannel
approach.
Integrated multichannel strategy requires in-depth knowledge of all the channels that the company
uses. The main result that the application of this strategy should be maximizing the synergy among
marketing channels. In the case of an integraal strategy the company is viewed as a multichannel
system both from the perspective of the company, as well as from the perspective of the consumer. In
fact, one of the goals of integral multichannel strategy is to maintain the unique image that the
company has with consumers. The main elements of integrated multi-channel strategies are integral
promotion strategy, integral assortment strategy, integral pricing strategy, an integral information
system etc.
In addition to summarizing the findings of the relevant scientific literature, the paper will cover the
business case Tesco, as a good example of the use of integral multichannel retail strategy.
1. UVOD
309
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Svrha rada je da se daju smjernice za izradu integralne viekanalne strategije koje bi dale doprinos i
znanosti, ali i praksi maloprodaje. Viekanalna strategija e se promatrati iz maloprodajne perspektive
jer je to dominantan aspekt analize i u svjetskoj literaturi. Naglasak e biti na uporabi elektronike
maloprodaje u portfelju kanala marketinga, s obzirom da se radi o pojavi koja je dovela do revolucije u
viekanalnom pristupu.
Vodei autori iz podruja marketinga, kanala marketinga i elektronike trgovine su u svojim radovima
dali prednost viekanalnom pristupu u odnosu na jednokanalni (Levy et al, 2013). Meutim, veliki
izazovi stoje pred organizacijama koje ele primijeniti viakanalnu strategiju. Vrlo je bitno da
sudionici na tritu koji ele primijeniti viekanalni pristup budu upoznati s izazovima koji ih oekuju.
U suprotnom, anse za uspjeh viekanalne strategije se drastino smanjuju.
Berman je istaknuo niz izazova na koje je znaajno dati odgovor prilikom formuliranja viekanalne
strategije. Odgovori na navedena pitanja pokazuju koliko je organizacija spremna za primjenu
viekanalne strategije. Radi se o sljedeim izazovima (prilagoeno prema Berman and Thelen, 2004):
Potroaki izazovi:
Da li organizacija moe ostvariti dodatne trine ciljeve putem dodatnog kanala?
Da li e dodatni kanali stvoriti sinergijski efekt kod potroaa?
Da li e potroai prihvatiti dodatne trokove (vremenske, novane, psihike, fizike) novih
kanala?
Kako e novi kanal utjecati na sliku o brendu tvrtke kod potroaa?
Menaderski izazovi:
Da li organizacija ima jasnu sliku o trokovima dodavanja novih kanala?
Koje prilike postoje za imovinski doprinos (engl. leverage) kroz vie kanala?
Imate li adekvatno obueno osoblje koje ima know-how u upravljanju novim kanalom?
Da li menaderi jasno shvaaju sinergije izmeu postojeih i novih kanala?
Da li organizacija posjeduje operativno znanje neophodno za uspjeno upravljanje dodatnim
kanalima?
Da li moe odrati konzistentan imid poduzea u svim kanalima?
Da li cjenovna strategija treba vam biti ista u svim kanalima?
Da li se svi kanali mogu efektivno integrirati?
Da li postoji mehanizam za konstatntno komuniciranje meu kanalima?
Da li menaderi postojeih kanala imaju zajedniku viziju cjelokupne strategije tvrtke?
Da li postoji logistika infrastruktura koja omoguuje kupcima da narue robu preko jednog
kanala (Interneta, kataloga), a da robu preuzmu u trgovini?
310
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Financijski izazovi:
Da li tvrtka moe financirati dodavanje novih kanala (razvoj stranice, raunalni hardver i
softver, logistika infrastruktura ili, ukoliko se dodaju fiziki objekti, kupnja / iznajmljivanje
objekata, opremanje, trokovi radne snage i dr.)?
Da li tvrtka moe podnijeti financijske gubitke u poetnom periodu razvoja novih kanala?
Da li se moe pronai strateki partner koji e poduzeti odreene funkcije kanala da bi se
smanjila postojea ulaganja?
Hoe li va novi kanal ojaati ili oslabiti postojee kanale tj. da li moe doi do kanibalizacije
izmeu kanala?
Svi navedeni izazovi su vrlo bitni za tvrtke i neophodno ih je temeljito razmotriti prije implementacije
strategije viestrukih kanala marketinga. Ukoliko u odreenoj grupi izazova prevladavaju negativni
odgovori na postavljena pitanja, vie je nego jasno da poduzee ne treba ii viekanalnom putem.
Veliina same tvrtke nije presudna prilikom odluivanja za viekanalnu strategiju. Naime, i mala
poduzea mogu uspjeno primjenjivati viekanalnu strategiju ukoliko naprave dobru integraciju
izmeu kanala i dimenzioniraju strategiju u skladu sa svojim mogunostima. Na taj nain i mala
produzea mogu da iskoriste brojne prednosti viekanalne strategije (Lovreta i Stojkovi, 2009).
Grupa renomiranih istraivaa je izdvojila etiri izazova s kojima se tvrtke suoavaju prilikom
formuliranja uspjenih viekanalnih strategija. U pitanju su organizacijska struktura, integracija
podataka, analitika potroaa i mjerenje performansi (Jie et al., 2010).
Potpuno integrirana organizacija podrazumijeva zajedniko donoenje odluka koje optimizira ukupnu
dobit tvrtke bez obzira na eventualno negodovanje pojedinanih kanala. U nezavisnoj organizaciji,
svaki kanal funkcionira kao poseban profitni centar. Kod integrirane organizacijske strukture,
311
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
postavlja se pitanje nagraivanja menadera. Moe biti teko nagraditi menadere kanala na temelju
prodaje, ako se u njihovim kanalima ostvaruju manje prodaje u usklaenoj, nego u neovisnoj strukturi.
Ako uzmemo u obzir fenomen kupca istraivaa, jedan kanal moe vaiti samo kao izvor informacija
za kupce, a drugi kanali mogu sluiti za transakcije. U tom sluaju je jako teko odrediti kojeg
menaderu treba "nagraditi" za prodaju (Verhoef, 2010).
Znaajan izazov kod stvaranja uspjene viekanalne strategije je integracija podataka tj. izgradnja
integrirane informacijsko-tehnoloke (IT) strukture, tako da se podaci iz razliitih kanala mogu
povezivati i analizirati na holistiki nain. Viekanalne strategije zahtijevaju potroaki-centrian
pristup integracije podataka (Solomon 2011). Na primjer, primjena izravnih kanala je odlina u
procesima jedinstvenog identificiranja potroaa i praenja njihovog ponaanja tijekom dueg
vremenskog razdoblja. Meutim, kada potroa dolazi u kontakt s poduzeem putem klasine
trgovine, maloprodavau je jako teko povezati ovo ponaanje s kupovnom povijeu tog potroaa u
izravnim kanalima. Mnogo trgovaca ne moe povezati ove dvije odvojene baze podataka, i zbog toga
proputaju pravu vrijednost viekanalnog potroaa. Maloprodavai koji mogu uspjeno povezati ove
dvije baze podataka imaju skladita podataka koja im omoguuju da mjere vrijednosti potroaa,
targetiraju ih kroz upotrebu odgovarajuih marketinkih resursa, prate evoluciju potroaa u razliitim
fazama ivotnog ciklusa i dr. (Jie et al., 2010).
Neophodno je da viekanalne tvrtke shvate proces odluivanja potroaa i da primjene novi pristup
praenju i mjerenju njihovog iskustva, zadovoljstva i lojalnosti (Rangaswamy i Van Bruggen, 2005).
Na primjer, maloprodavau je potrebna mogunost povezivanja ponaanja potroaa prilikom
pretraivanja s njihovim ponaanjem tijekom kupnje, to moe ukljuivati koritenje podataka toka
klikova u elektronikim kanalima s analizom kupovnog puta koji se dobivaju praenjem potroaa u
trgovinama zajedno s integriranom bazom podataka o transakcijama svakog kupca u svim kanalima.
Osim toga, moraju obratiti pozornost na uinke psiholokih faktora kao to su ciljevi i pristranost kod
odluka potroaa o izboru kanala (Balasubramanian et al., 2005). Izazovi za tvrtke prilikom
prikupljanja podataka su pitanja sigurnosti i privatnosti. Dok prikupljanje informacija o potroaima
maloprodavau pomae stvoriti vee vrijednosti, mnogi potroai imaju problem ostavljanja
informacija maloprodavaima, naroito preko Internet kanala.
Znaajni izazovi su vezani i za strategije cijena i proizvoda u razliitim kanalima, a kljuna pitanja se
odnose na to da li imati jedinstvenu politiku cijenu i asortimana ili se prilagoditi svakom kanalu. Osim
toga, javlja se i pitanje integriranja promotivnih napora u kanalima. Veliki je broj izazova o kojima
moraju voditi tvrtke prilikom formuliranja i implementacije viekananalne strategije. Meutim, to
312
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Pored brojnih izazova s kojima kreatori viekanalne straategije moraju biti upoznati, jako je bitno da
se u strategiju ukljue kljuni elementi viekanalnog biznisa. Viekanalno okruenje poveava broj
stratekih opcija koje sudionici na tritu mogu primjene u svom poslovanju i samim tim uslonjava
proces donoenja strategije.
Postoji vie tipologija viekanalnih strategija i svaka od njih naglaava razliite aspekte strategija
Meutim, tipologija koju su dali Mller-Lankenau et al (2006) se izdvaja. Naime, navedena tipologija
ilustrira osnovne strateke odluke s kojima se suoavaju tvrtke kada definiraju viekanalne strategije.
U okviru ove tipologije definirana su etiri tipa viekanalnih strategija koje e biti detaljnije opisane u
daljnjem tekstu: (1) strategija fokusirana na tradicionalne trgovine, (2) strategija fokusirana na Internet
poslovanje, (3) strategija izolacije i (4) strategija integracije.
Kod strategije fokusirane na tradicionalne kanale (fizike i kataloke) elektroniki kanali imaju
sporednu ulogu i uglavnom se koriste za poveanje uinkovitosti alokacije u tradicionalnim kanalima i
nisu znaajni u strategiji tvrtke. Sadraj stranice je esto ogranien na informacije o ponudi u
prodajnim objektima i njihovim lokacijama, takoer mogu sadravati ograniene informacije o
dodatnim uslugama, na primjer informacije o poslije prodajnom servisu. Postoji mogunost
naruivanja robe, ali menadment tvrtke ne rauna ozbiljno s ovim kanalom. Ovu strategiju
primjenjuju tradicionalni maloprodavai koji su vie radi praenja konkurencije otvorili web
poslovanje, nego to su to uinili iz stratekih razloga (Arikan, 2008). U veleprodaji se ova strategija
koristi kada su klijenti tvrtke preteno mali nezavisni maloprodavai koji ne koriste ili vrlo malo
koriste Internet poslovanje, tako da stranice imaju vie informacijski znak. Takoer se primenju kod
biznisa kojima je pruanje savjetodavnih usluga u prodajnim objektima znaajna konkurentska
prednost, a ipak ele imati i online prisutnost (Mller-Lankenau et al., 2006).
Kada je u pitanju strategija fokusirana na Internet kanal, tradicionalni kanali se koriste da usmjere
potroae na Internet kanal. Komunikacija i promotivne aktivnosti u fizikom svijetu su usmjerene na
Internet. Pored toga, specifini poticaji poput niskih cijena ili ireg asortimana proizvoda koji se nude
preko Interneta tee ojaanju elektronikog kanala. Ova strategija se obino koristi da bi se zaobili
posrednici i da bi se volumen prodaje prebacio sa skupog tradicionalnog kanala na jeftiniji Internet
kanal (to je esto s sluaj s digitalnim dobrima). Razlog za primjenu viekanalne strategije u ovom
sluaju je to Internet trgovci ele ukljuiti tradicionalnu infrastrukturu kanala kako bi poveali
profitabilnost ili opseg prodaje, prije svega svog Internet biznisa (Mller-Lankenau et al., 2006). Vee
povjerenje u tvrtke koje imaju i fizike objekte pored Internet ponuda je jedan od glavnih argumenata
za primjenu ove strategije (Pan, 2006). Predmet istraivanja pojedinih autora je bio i utjecaj dodavanja
prodajnih objekata u portfelj kanala trgovaca koji su poslovali iskljuivo preko interneta ili kataloga
(Avery et al., 2012).
Strategija izolacije se takoer primjenjuje u velikoj mjeri. Ova strategija se koristi kada su
tradicionalni i Internet kanali odvojeni ili nezavisni, a nekad se javljaju i pod razliitim brendovima.
Ni komunikacijske aktivnosti, niti poticaji niti eksplicitne veze ne potiu potroae da prelaze s jednog
kanala na drugi (Mller-Lankenau et al., 2006).
313
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
kanalima nisu rezultat favoriziranja odreenog kanala, oni oslikavaju tehnika ili organizacijska
rjeenja ili jednostavno prirodu samog kanala (Mller-Lankenau et al., 2006). Brojna istraivanja su
pokazala da ova viekanalna strategija daje najbolje rezultate. Meutim, nedovoljan broj sudionika na
tritu koristi ovu strategiju i ona nije jo uvijek dominatna viekanalna strategija. Postoji vie razloga
za to, a neki od njih su nedovoljni financijski i menaderski kapaciteti, ali i nepoznavanje
viekanalnog poslovanja i adekvatnih modela za primjenu integralne viekanalne strategije.
Integralna viekanalna strategija zahtijeva temeljito poznavanje svih kanala koje tvrtka koristi. Glavni
rezultat koji primjena ove strategije treba donijeti je maksimiranje sinergijskog efekta meu kanalima.
Kao to je ve reeno, kod integralne strategije se tvrtka promatra kao viekanalni sustav kako iz
perspektive tvrtke tako i iz perspektive potroaa. Naime, jedan od ciljeva koji integralna viekanalna
strategija treba ostvariti je ouvanje jedinstvenog imida koji tvrtka ima kod potroaa (Levy et al.,
2013). Neophodno je da maloprodavai imaju prepoznatljive karakteristike bez obzira na kanal.
Za kvalitetnu integralnu strategiju je potrebno kreirati vie veza izmeu kanala. Na primjer, potroa
bi trebao lako prijei s istraivanja proizvoda preko Interneta ili kataloga na kupnju proizvoda u
trgovini. Zaposlenici u trgovinama bi trebali moi potvrditi prodaju preko Interneta i izvri povrat ili
zamjenu proizvoda. Kod dobro integrirane viekanalne strategije, natjecanje izmeu kanala je
minimizirano poto maloprodajno osoblje ostale kanale vide kao dodatak ukupnoj misiji
maloprodavaa. Glavne karakteristike integralne viekanalne strategije su integralna promocijska
strategija, integralna strategija asortimana, integralna cjenovna strategija i integralni informacijski
sustav (Berman i Thelen, 2004).
Integralna promocijska strategija mora staviti naglasak na viekanalni sustav. Prilikom donoenja
odluka vezanih za promociju je neophodno da postoji meukanalna suradnja. Ukoliko tvrtka eli imati
jedinstven imid u svim kanalima, promocijske poruke moraju se donositi na razini viekanalnog
sustava, a onda se odluti kako da se prenose potroaima u odreenim kanalima (Wilson, 2008).
Pitanje meukanalne (ukrtene) promocije poduzea je takoer vrlo znaajno jer postoje velike
mogunosti za nju u veini viekanalnih sustava. Pored toga, kriana promocija potie potroae da
kupuju preko razliitih kanala tj. da postanu viekanalni potroai. Pri tome je poznato da viekanalni
potroai troe vie od jednokanalnih (Solomon, 2011). Pored toga, meukanalna promocija potie
zaposlenike koji su zadueni za promociju da razmiljaju o formiranju uniformne slike tvrtke u svim
kanalima. U maloprodaji postoji veliki broj mogunosti za viekanalnu promociju, kao to su (Berman
i Thelen, 2004):
314
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Viekanalni maloprodavai koji naplauju razliite cijene u razliitim kanalima trebaju biti vrlo
oprezni prilikom koritenja ukrtene promocije. Naime, u ovom sluaju moe doi do negativnih
efekata po imid tvrtke.
Integralna strategija asortimana je takoer bitan dio integralne viekanalne strategije. Strategija
asortimana treba biti konzistenta, to ni u kom sluaju ne znai da asortiman treba biti isti u svim
kanalima. Viekanalne tvrtke trebaju se posebno brinuti o razini preklapanja proizvoda u kanalima.
Potroai obino oekuju da proizvode koje vide u prodavaonicama pronai na sajtu i obratno.
Preklapanje proizvoda u kanalima ojaava sliku marke u glavi potroaa (Levy et al., 2013). Premalo
preklapanje proizvoda u kanalima moe oslabiti imid poduzea. S druge strane, previe preklapanja
moe dovesti do gubitka prodajnih prilika. Problem preklapanja asortimana se najee javlja izmeu
Internet prodaje i klasinih prodavaonica. Viekanalni maloprodavai esto koriste Internet za ponudu
visoko-specijalizirane robe koja se ne moe profitabilno prodavati u prodavaonicama. (Berman i
Thelen, 2004) Preko Interneta se mogu prodavati proizvodi koji se sporo obru i ne isplati ih se drati
na zalihama u prodavaonicama npr. odjea i obua nestandardnih brojeva i veliina. Mnogi
viekanalni maloprodavai koriste Internet da bi proirili asortiman. Na primjer, u tipinoj Staples
trgovini se prodaje oko 9,000 proizvoda, dok se na sajtu Staples.com prodaje oko 50,000 (Levy et al.,
2013). Nain stvaranja uniformnijeg imida je da se u svim kanalima nau proizvodi koji se najvie
prodaju. Razina preklapanja asortimana se razlikuje od tvrtke do tvrtke. Ne postoji univerzalni
postotak asortimana koji se treba preklapati ili ne. Klju je razvijanje strategije asortimana koja e se
poklopiti s oekivanjima viekanalnih potroaa tj. da oni mogu nai proizvode u kanalu koji njima
najvie odgovara. Dubina i irina asortimana znaajno utjeu na izbor odreenog kanala od strane
potroaa. Takoer, ne treba zanemariti da raznovrsnost asortimana po kanalima stimulira viekanalno
ponaanje potroaa. Vano je da tvrtka na najbolji mogui nain iskoristiti prednosti svakog kanala
(Jie et al., 2010). Naime, u elektronikim kanalima odreeni maloprodavai (npr. knjiare) mogu imati
vrlo irok i dubok asortiman koji se mjeri milijunima artikala, dok su klasine prodavaonice
ograniene u tom pogledu. Meutim, ne treba zaboraviti da je najbitnije da potroa izabere ponudu
tvrtke u odnosu na konkurentske ponude, nevezano za kanal u kome se obavi transakcija.
Integralna strategija cijena je veliki izazov za viekanalne maloprodavae. esto potroai oekuju iste
cijene u svim kanalima (osim trokova isporuke i prodajnog poreza). (Levy et al.,2013). Meutim,
postoje dva jako bitna razloga zato tvrtke esto ne mogu ponuditi iste cijene u svim kanalima. Prvi
razlog je razliita konkurencija po pojedinim kanalima. Naime, ako je u jednom kanalu konkurencija
izraenija i cjenovno orijentirana, mnogo je vei pritisak na tvrtku da prilagodi cijene tom kanalu.
Istraivanja su pokazala da su cijene u elektronikim kanalima viekanalnih trgovaca slinije cijenama
koje imaju njihovi Internet konkurenti u usporedbi s cijenama u tradicionalnim prodavaonicama koje
su u vlasnitvu viekanalne tvrtke. Na primjer, Barnes & Noble.com imaju nie cijene u elektronikim
kanalima nego u trgovinama da bi se mogli natjecati s Amazon.com. Drugi razlog je razliita
struktrura trokova tvrtke po kanalima. Najvei dio trokova u elektronikim kanalima su varijabilni i
odnose se na prikupljanje narudbi, isporuku proizvoda, vraanje proizvoda. S druge strane, u
tradicionalnim kanalima veliki dio trokova su fiksne prirode kao to su trokovi vezani za nekretnine
(kupnja / najam i odravanje) (Berman i Thelen, 2004).
Strategija cijena u viekanalnom maloprodajnom sistemu treba kreirati sinergijski efekt u odnosu na
individualno formuliranje cijena po kanalima. Meutim, jako je bitno da se cjenovnom strategijom ne
315
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
narui imid kod viekanalnih potroaa s obzirom da su jako osjetljivi na ovaj instrument marketinga
u trgovini.
Integralna viekanalna strategija ima prije svega ulogu da se izbori za povjerenje viekanalnog
potroaa, koji je po svojoj prirodi manje lojalan od jednokanalnog. Uspjeh u konkurentskoj borbi za
profitabilno pridobivanje i zadravanje viekanalnih potroaa je glavni pokazatelj uspjenosti
viekanalne strategije.
U znanstvenoj i strunoj literaturi, britanski maloprodajni lanac Tesco se navodi kao jedan od
najboljih primjera uspjene primjene viekanalne strategije. Tvrtka u svom poslovanju pored
tradicionalnih prodavaonica koristi i elektroniku trgovinu i kataloku prodaju. Tesco u svojim
tradicionalnim kanalima koristi vie raznovrsnih formata, od malih prodavaonica (engl. convenience
stores) do hipermarketa i u tome je ispred svojih konkurenata. Osim toga, web stranica tvrtke
Tesco.com je najprofitabilniji od svih sajtova velikih trgovaca. Kataloki biznis tvrtke koji djeluje pod
nazivom Tesco Direct je takoer vrlo uspjean (IGD, 2011).
Tesco primjenjuje integralnu viekanalnu strategiju (Mller-Lankenau et al., 2006) u svom poslovanju
i to znaajno doprinosi njegovom uspjehu. Tvrtka se nalazi na drugom mjestu svjetske rang liste
najveih trgovinskih kompanija gledano po obujmu prometa (Deloitte, 2014). Misija tvrtke je da kreira
vrijednost za potroae kako bi pridobila njihovu doivotnu lojalnost. Viekanalna strategija tvrtke je u
slubi navedene misije.
Tesco ima prodajne operacije u vie zemalja Europe i Azije. U razliitim zemljama Tesco koristi
razliite formate ovisno o potrebama trita, ali u portfelju maloprodajnih formata, sljedea etiri
imaju najveu zastupljenost i svaki od njih je kreiran na temelju potreba potroaa (Tesco, 2012):
Express format (do 270 m2) - u ovim objektima se prodaju preteno prehrambeni
proizvodi, a prije svega svjei proizvodi, vina i pekarski proizvodi koji se peku na licu
mjesta. Express trgovina ima oko 7000 artikala, a ima ih oko 700 u UK.
Metro format (600-1300 m2) -Prodavnica koje su locirane u gradskim centrima i koje nude
prehrambene proizvode, ukljuujui i gotova jela i sendvie.
Superstore (1800-4500 m2) -glavni prodajni format tijekom 70-ih, 80-ih i 90-ih. U
posljednjih nekoliko godina, irokom asortimanu prehrambenih proizvoda, dodani su i
neprehrambeni kao to su DVD i knjige.
Extra (preko 5000 m2) -prvi ovakav objekt je otvoren 1997. To je klasina one stop shop
destinacija tj hipermarket u kome se moe kupiti irok asortiman prehrambenih i
neprehrambenih proizvoda od elektrinih ureaja, do kozmetike i proizvoda za ureenje
kue.
Tesco je u elektroniku trgovinu uao 1999. godine i od tada vrlo uspjeno djeluje. Web stranica tvrtke
Tesco.com je najvei svjetski online maloprodava prehrambenih proizvoda. Pored Ujedinjenog
Kraljevstva, Tesco ima online prodaju iu Republici Irskoj i Junoj Koreji. Preko Tesco.com se prodaju
i prehrambeni i neprehrambeni proizvodi, s tim da za neprehrambene proizvode postoji poseban dio na
316
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
sajtu koji se zove Tesco Direct. Neprehrambeni proizvodi se osim preko web stranice, mogu naruiti i
preko kataloga.
Kada je Tesco.com lansiran, tvrtka je odluila omoguiti potroaima da podignu naruenu robu u
trgovinama. Pored toga, roba se potroaima koji ele kunu dostavu, takoer isporuuje iz
prodavaonica. Ovo je bilo odstupanje od prakse drugih trgovaca koji su koristili posebne distribucijske
objekte za ispunjenje online narudba. Tesco se odluio za ovu opciju jer je to bio jeftiniji nain ui u
elektroniku trgovinu nego da pravi posebne distribucijske centre. Tvrtka inae naplauje kunu
dostavu pet funti, ukoliko se dostavlja roba u irem gravitacijskom podruju neke od njihovih
trgovina. S obzirom da Tesco pokriva 99% stanovnitva u Velikoj Britaniji, to praktino znai da i
Tesco.com pokriva cijelu zemlju. Slian model poslovanja u elektronikoj trgovini se koristi iu Junoj
Koreji i Irskoj. U kasnijoj fazi razvoja elektronikog poslovanja, Tesco je otvorio objekte koji su imali
za cilj samo servisiranje narudbi preko stranice. Cilj je bio da se rasterete postojee trgovine, poto se
u nekima stvarala guva zbog podizanja online narudbi (IGD, 2011).
Tesco Direct je lansiran rujna 2006. i do Boia iste godine je u prodaju puteno 8000 neprehrambenih
linija proizvoda iz kategorija elektronike, poklona, namjetaja i Uradi Sam proizvoda. Uvodni katalog
je nudio ogranien izbor oko 1500 linija proizvoda, ali je ovo bio samo uvod za lansiranje glavnog
kataloga. Glavni katalog je lansiran oujka 2007, i imao je mnogo vei sadraj -7.000 proizvoda. Tada
je i online ponuda na Tesco Direct-u ve bila proirena na 11000 linija proizvoda. U rujnu 2007. je
lansirana jesenje/zimska verzija kataloga sa 7500 proizvoda, a oujka 2008. je lansiran i proljetno-
ljetni katalog. Kljuni fokus Tesco-a je bila implementacija Tesco Direct Order & Collect (Narui i
Pokupi) kioska diljem svoje teritorije. Porui i Pokupi alteri su veljae 2010. bili postavljeni u 261
prodavaonicu, ime je pokriveno 60% teritorija Velike Britanije. Kao to i sam naziv kae, potroai
su u njima mogli naruiti i preuzeti proizvode koje su ranije naruili. Tesco je 2009. lansirao probni
vid kupnje preko kataloga unutar 6 HOMEPLUS prodavaonica (sve za kuu prodavnice) i jednom
supermarketu, a kasnije je proirena na jo nekoliko objekata. U njima se roba dri u skladitu trgovine
i tu mogu kupci da je preuzmu ili odatle kree dostava robe.
Prodaja putem Tesco Direct-a je vrlo znaajna za odreene kategorije proizvoda. Tako se na primjer,
vie od 50% ukupnog prometa namjetaja, proizvoda namijenjenih vrtlarstvu i bijele tehnike proda
preko Tesco Direct-a (Tesco, 2011).
U fiskalnoj 2010/2011 tvrtka je ostvarila ostvarila 2,7 milijardi funti od elektronike trgovine i
katalokih operacija. Online operacije su donijele kompaniji 136 milijuna funti profita i zabiljeen je
rast prodaje od 14% u odnosu na prethodnu godinu.
Tesco u svom poslovanju primjenjuje integralnu viekanalnu strategiju. Glavne koristi koje je Tesco
imao od dodavanja Internet i kataloke prodaje se ogledaju u sljedeem (IGD 2011):
tesco.com dostavlja robu potroaima koji su izvan dosega fizikih trgovina Tesco-a.
Procjenjuje se da je 40% novih kupaca na Tesco-vom sajtu ranije kupovalo kod glavnih
konkurenata;
dodatna prodaja-preko dvije treine online prodaje koja se ostvari predstavlja dodatnu
prodaju. U prodaji prehrambenih proizvoda preko web stranice, 30% potroaa nije
kupovalo ranije u Tesco-u. Ostatak dodatne prodaje se ostvari zato to preostali potroai
troe vie u Tesco-u ako kupuju preko dva kanala, to je inae karakteristika viekanalnih
potroaa; i
koritenje kapaciteta prodajnih objekata-narudbe za online potroae u trgovinama se
preuzimaju u periodima kada je posjeenost nia od prosjeka, tako da se upoljavaju
postojei kapaciteti.
Tesco-ve online i offline operacije se odvijaju pod istim imenom, tako da stranica kapitalizira
vrijednost marke koju Tesco ima kod potroaa. Naime, stupanj povjerenja u Tesco-v stranica u
trenutku lansiranja je bio znaajno vei nego kod drugih web sajtova, a i u toku poslovanja web
stranice, vrijednost Tesco marke je znaajno utjecala na potroae. To je jedan od glavnih razloga to
317
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
je, putem web stranice, Tesco nedugo nakon lansiranja postao najvei i najprofitabilniji Internet
prodavatelj prehrambenih proizvoda.
Integralni viekanalni pristup u Tesco-u se ogleda iu tome to se postojei prodajni objekti koriste za
izvrenje online narudbi. Po ovome se Tesco razlikuje od velikog broja drugih trgovaca koji u ovu
svrhu koristi posebna skladita. Na ovaj nain se omoguuje online potroaima da zapravo kupuju iz
prodavaonica koje su njima najblie i da im se roba isporui dostavnim kombijima u roku od dva sata.
Kada su u pitanju strategija asortimana i strategija cijena top menadment propisuje osnove strategije
koje moraju potivati u svim kanalima. Cijene na stranicama su generalno iste kao u Tescovim
supermarketima, a neto vie nego u hipermarketima. Potroai koji kupuju na sajtu plaaju dostavu 5
funti, to pokazuje da nisu previe cjenovno osjetljivi. Asortiman na stranicama je irok i dubok i
usklaen je s asortimanom u prodajnim objektima.
Tesco koristi mogunosti za unakrsnu promociju (engl. cross promotion) (izmeu kanala, tako da se
na stranicama mogu nai lokacije prodajnih objekata i informacije o asortimanu u njima. S druge
strane, u prodajnim objektima se potroai upuuju na stranice tvrtke preko letaka, vreica, natpisa u
trgovinama. Takoer se u velikom broju prodajnih objekata nalaze i web kiosci preko kojih se moe
poruiti roba (Tesco, 2013).
Kompletiranje integracije kanala u Tesco-u se vri putem Clubcard kartica lojalnosti. Naime, kupovne
aktivnosti potroaa se registriraju bez obzira u kom kanalu kupuje i potroa ostvaruje beneficije bez
obzira na kanal u kome kupuje (Mller-Lankenau et al., 2006).
Tesco je jedan od najboljih primjera primjene viekanalne strategije u maloprodaji. Meutim, postoji
znaajan prostor za napredak i kod ove tvrtke. To se prije svega odnosi na otvaranje online operacija u
drugim zemljama gdje Tesco djeluje.
5. ZAKLJUAK
Iako integralna viekanalna strategija moe imati i negativne strane, argumentacija koja se moe nai u
znanstvenoj literaturi nedvosmisleno pokazuje da, u globalu, prednosti koje se putem nje ostvaruju
nadmauju negativne uinke. Meutim, to nipoto ne znai da je integralna viekanalna strategija
dobre za sve sudionike na tritu.
Integralna viekanalna strategija zahtijeva temeljito poznavanje svih kanala koje poduzee koristi.
Glavni rezultat koji primjena ove strategije treba donijeti je maksimiranje sinergijskog efekta meu
kanalima marketinga. Kod integralne strategije se poduzee promatra kao viekanalni sustav kako iz
perspektive samog poduzea, tako i iz perspektive potroaa. Naime, jedan od ciljeva koji integralna
viekanalna strategija treba ostvariti je ouvanje jedinstvenog imida koji poduzee ima kod potroaa.
Glavni elementi integralne viekanalne strategije su integralna promocijska strategija, integralna
strategija asortimana, integralna cjenovna strategija i integralni informacijski sustav.
U budunosti se moe oekivati intenzivniji trend primjene integralne viekanalne strategije. Naime,
potroai su i danas, a u budunosti e biti jo vie orijentirani na vie kanalnu kupnju. Oni e sve vie
traiti konzistentnost u razliitima kanalima. S obzirom na laku dostupnost informacija, tvrtke e
morati da vode mnoge vie rauna o jedinstvenom imidu koji ele imati kod viekanalnih potroaa
koji su dominantni na tritu.
318
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
6. LITERATURA
1. Arikan, A. (2008) Multichannel Marketing: Metrics And Methods For On And Offline
Success. Sybex.
2. Avery, J., Steenburgh, T., Deighton, J., & Caravella, M. (2012). Adding Bricks To Clicks:
Predicting The Patterns Of Cross-Channel Elasticities Over Time. Journal Of Marketing,
76(3), 96-111.
3. Balasubramanian, S., Raj, R. and Vijay, M. (2005) Consumers in a Multiple Channel
Environment: Product Utility, Process Utility, and Channel Choice. Journal of Interactive
Marketing. Vol. 19, No. 2: 12-30.
4. Berman, B., and Thelen, S. (2004) A Guide to Developing and Managing Well Integrated Multi-
Channel Retail Strategy. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, Volume
32, Issue 3: 147-156.
5. Delloite (2014) Global Powers of Retailing, Deloitte
6. IGD (2011)Tesco presentation.
7. Jie, Z., Farris, P. W., Irvin, J. W., Kushwaha, T., Steenburgh, T. J., & Weitz, B. A. (2010).
Crafting Integrated Multichannel Retailing Strategies. Journal Of Interactive Marketing (Mergent,
Inc.), 24(2) str. 168-180.
8. Levy, M., Weitz, B. and Grewal, D. (2013) Retailing Management, 9th edition. McGraw-
Hill/Irwin.
9. Lovreta, S. i Stojkovi, D. (2009) Uticaj elektronske trgovine na kanale marketinga. Marketing.
Godina 40, Broj 2: 79-83.
10. Mller-Lankenau, C., Wehmeyer, K., & Klein, S. (2006). Strategic channel alignment: an analysis
of the configuration of physical and virtual marketing channels. Information Systems & E-
Business Management, 4(2), 187-216.
11. Pan, Y., and Zinkhan, G. (2006) Exploring the impact of online privacy disclosures on consumer
trust. Journal of Retailing 82 (4) 331338.
12. Rangaswamy, A. and Van Bruggen, G. (2005) Opportunities and challenges in multichannel
marketing: An introduction to the special issue. Journal of Interactive Marketing (John Wiley &
Sons), Vol. 19 Issue 2: 5-11.
13. Solomon, M. (2011) Consumer Behavior: Buying, Having and Being, ninth edition. Pearson
Education, Inc. New Jersey
14. Tesco (2013) Annual report.
15. Tesco (2012) Annual report.
16. Tesco (2011) Annual report.
17. Van Baal, S. (2014). Should retailers harmonize marketing variables across their distribution
channels? An investigation of cross-channel effects in multi-channel retailing. Journal of Retailing
and Consumer Services 21(2014)10381046
18. Verhoef, P., Neslin, S. and Bjrn, V. (2007). Multichannel customer management: Understanding
the research-shopper phenomenon. International Journal of Research in Marketing 24:129-148.
19. Wilson, H., Street, R. And Bruce, L. (2008) The Multichannel Challenge. Butterworth-
Heinemann, Elsevier.
20. Zentes, J., Morschett, D., and Schramm-Klein, H. (2007) Strategic Retail Management. Gabler.
319
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Rad ima za cilj dati detaljan pregled recentne literature koja sa razliitih aspekata analizira i
obrauje fenomen elektronike trgovine, potencijal, mogunosti i anse koje ona prua kako
poslovnim subjektima tako i cjelokupnoj ekonomiji pojedinih zemalja. U radu se analiziraju
promjene koje je donijela pojava elektronike trgovine u suvremenom poslovnom okruenju
kojeg karakterizira estoka konkurencija i stalna dinamika. Budui da stvaranje i odravanje
konkurentske prednosti predstavlja snaan motiv za ukljuivanje u procese elektronike
trgovine, rad se bavi specifinim koristima trgovine putem Interneta u odnosu na klasinu
trgovinu, analizirajui i vanosti mnogobrojnih koristi elektronike trgovine za poduzea sa i
bez stratekog stava naspram elektronike trgovine.
Elektronika trgovina se moe koristiti kao strategija u vrijeme krize, prvenstveno jer
poveava efikasnost i smanjuje trokove, stoga se u radu izmeu ostalog analizira kako se
pomou elektronike trgovine moe poveati konkurentnost i postati otporniji na negativne
uinke ekonomske krize.
Koja je tajna uspjenog poslovanja poduzea koja trguju putem Interneta te koji su vani
faktori uspjeha (eng. Critical Success Factors, CSF) i u kojoj mjeri utjeu na krajnji rezultat,
samo su neka od pitanja koja se izmeu ostalog obrauju u ovom radu.
Kljune rijei: elektronika trgovina, konkurentska prednost, ekonomska kriza, vani faktori
uspjeha
320
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The purpose of this paper is to display the detailed review of the recent literature which
analyzes and processes with various aspects the phenomenon of electronic commerce, its
potential, opportunities and chances to business subjects and overall economy of countries.
There are also analyzed the changes that electronic commerce brought in modern business
environment characterized by fierce competition and constant dynamics. Whereas the creation
and maintenance of competitive advantage as a strong motive to engage in processes of
electronic commerce, the paper addresses the specific benefits of e-commerce compared to
traditional trade, analyzing the importance of many benefits of electronic commerce for
companies with and without strategic e-commerce.
What is the secret of successful business practice of enterprises that are trading over the
Internet and which critical success factors and to what extend affect the final result, are some
of the questions processed in this paper.
1. UVOD
Elektronika trgovina (engl. e-commerce) po nekima sve do danas nije opravdala onaj poetni
entuzijazam i preoptimistina oekivanja koji su vladali kada se bila pojavila. Ako
razmiljamo o kontekstu vremena kada je otpoela elektronika trgovina, onda treba
napomenuti da je sredinom devedesetih godina prolog stoljea Internet poeo biti i lokacija
za elektroniku trgovinu, evoluirajui od prostora koji je do tada sluio samo za informiranje
(usp. S.-C.Chu et al., 2007).
321
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
kojih je na njihovim poecima bio nezamisliv opstanak u poslovnom svijetu. Tu prije svega
mislimo na: Reinenjering poslovanja (engl. Bussiness Process Reengineering (BPR), Tono
na vrijeme (engl. Just in time (JIT)), Menadment upravljanja kvalitetom (engl.Total Quality
Management (TQM)), a napose Upravljanje odnosima s kupcima (engl. Customer relationship
management (CRM)). Te su teorije, kao i elektronika trgovina,prvotno bile smatrane
lijekovima i rjeenjima za sve bolesti (usp. Piris, et. al. 2004). No, bez obzira na poetna
pretjerana oekivanja, i dan-danas su potencijal, mogunosti i anse koje elektronika
trgovina prua gotovo svim poslovnimsubjektima nesumnjivi, a vjerojatno e tako bitii u
budunosti. Tomu u prilog govori injenica da u nae vrijeme oko dvije milijarde ljudi u
svijetu koristi Internet kako bi dolo do razliitih informacija ili obavilo kupnju putem te
mone globalne mree (usp. Terzi, 2011). To samo po sebi govori o potencijalu i vanosti
Interneta kao medijaposebno za ona poduzea koja trguju putem Interneta i kojima poe za
rukom razviti kljune faktore neophodne za uspjeh (engl. critical success factors, CSF)
elektronike trgovine, ili drugim rijeima onima koji uspiju eliminirati kljune faktore
neuspjeha (engl. critical failure factors, CFFs)koji sprjeavaju rast i razvoj elektronike
trgovine.
Vei broj autora smatra da se elektroniku trgovina sastoji od nekoliko dijelova, mislei
pritom na tri mree: intranet, ekstranet i Internet (usp. Kalkota, Whinston, 1997; Lawrence
2000). Intranet je mrea kojuneka organizacija koristi interno za svoje potrebe voenja i
unapreenja poslovanja. Ekstranetslui za suradnju i produbljivanje suradnje s poslovnim
partnerima. Internet je, pak, najvea javna i globalnaelektronika mreas golemim
potencijalom i mogunostima.
Nesumnjivo je da je pojava Interneta imala veliki utjecaj na poslovne subjekte svih grana
gospodarstva. Velik dio poslovnih subjekata prilagodio je svoje poslovanje novim
322
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kad govorimo o prednostima to su ih potroai dobili pojavom Interneta, onda prije svega
treba istaknuti da se zahvaljujui intenzivnijoj konkurenciji koju prua Internet, potroaima
nude nie cijene i vea mogunost izbora robe (usp. Malkawi, 2007). Pritom se ne smiju
zaboraviti da nie cijene ne morajubiti tek rezultat pojaane konkurencije meu ponuaima,
nego manjih trokova prodaje putem Interneta.
Vrlo vaan preduvjet za razvoj Interneta, a time i elektronike trgovine, bio je nesumnjivo
snaan i brz razvoj njegove tehnoloke podloge, to je u literaturi takoer detaljno opisano i
analizirano(usp. Smith, 2001). Pregledom znanstvene i strune literature dade se uoiti
mnotvo napisanih radova koji se bave elektronikom trgovinom. Poevi od onih u kojima su
se provodila istraivanja vezana uz voenje i upravljanje elektronikom trgovinom (Riggins,
1998; Ngai, 2002) preko onih koji su istraivali faktore uspjeha na webu (Liu, Arnett, 2000)
sve do onih posveenih razvoju instrumenata za mjerenje faktora koji utjeu na uspjeh u
elektronikoj trgovini (Torkzadeh, Dhillon, 2002). Vano je spomenuti i radove koji su se
bavili istraivanjem faktora koji utjeu na koritenje web stranica kao medija za kupnju. Ti su
se radovi u svojim istraivanjima bavili, meu ostalim, i povjerenjem kupaca i
cjenovnomstrategijom (Van der Heijden, 2003). Ne mogu se zaobii ni istraivanja vezana uz
donoenjeodluka kupaca koji kupujuonline (O'Keefe, 1998; Negash, 2003).
Analizirajui detaljno literaturu vezanu za elektroniku trgovinu, Piris smatra da se ona moe
podijeliti u tri faze (Piris, et al. 2004).
323
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prva se faza odnosi na period od 1980. do 1990. kada je skupina autora tvrdila da se
konkurentska prednost moe postii kroz koritenje informacijskih sustavasmatranih
stratekim orujem (Porter i Millar, 1985; Robson, 1997; Ward i Griffiths, 1996).
Druga faza zapoinje krajem 1999. godine pojavom prvoga sustavaelektronike
trgovine na Internetu. Internet se tada smatrao potpuno novim svijetom koji zahtijeva
nova pravila, posebne teorije istrategije (Kalkota i Robinson, 1999; Currie, 2000).
Tada je vladalo ope uvjerenje da Internet prua velike mogunosti pristupa
ogromnom tritu i operiranja na njemu. Smatralo se da je Internet, kao nikad ranije,
otvara ansu i mogunost efektivnije obrade kupaca uglobalnom svijetu gospodarenja.
U tom su svjetlu i nastala mnoga dobro poznatadot.compoduzea ija je precijenjena
vrijednostna burzi nije proizlazila iz njihovih trenutnih prihoda, ve iz buduih
oekivanja daleko izvan realnosti. Taj nesumnjivo pogrean pristup bio je 2000.
godine, meu ostalim,uzrok burzovnog kraha.
Trea faza se odnosi na period poslije 2000. godine i nju karakterizira, s jedne
strane,skupina autora koja ima izrazito kritiki stav prema elektronikoj trgovini, dok,
s druge strane, postoji skupina autora koja jo uvijek gaji velik optimizam prema
mogunostima koje prua ili moe pruiti elektronika trgovina. Naime, prva skupina
autora smatra da Internet nije toliko radikalan i da ustvari predstavljatek novi medij i
dodatni komunikacijski kanal (usp. Porter, 2001; Carr, 2003). Druga skupina autora
smatra da elektronika trgovina ima nesumnjivo strateku vanost i znaenjete dakao
takva ima snaan i moan utjecaj na trita i strukture industrije uope (usp. Dans,
2004).
Osamdesete i devedesete godine prolog stoljea vezane su uz zadnju fazu globalizacije koju
je obiljeila pojava nove ekonomije (engl. new economy). A nju ponajprije karakteriziraju
etiri glavna elementa: digitalizacija, globalizacija, istraivanje i razvoj te obrazovana radna
snaga (usp. Armagan, 2000). Nova ekonomija u svojoj biti obuhvaa stjecanje, procesuiranje,
pretvorbu i distribuciju procesa znanja (usp. Nordhaus, 2001). Za nju sujednako tako
karakteristinii liberalizacija financijskog trita, pojava nove informacijske tehnologije i
digitalizacija. Zahvaljujui digitalizaciji poslovanje je postalo bre, uinkovitije i kreativnije,
a servisiranje kupaca uinkovitije (usp. Madick, 2001). Nova ekonomija postala je
nedjeljivom cjelinom s Internetom kao glavnim medijem elektronike trgovine. Zbog toga se
u literaturi esto za nju veu i termini kao to su ekonomija znanja, digitalna ekonomija,
virtualni kapitalizam, na znanju bazirana ekonomija i Internet ekonomija (usp. Ocal, 2006).
Pojedini autori novu ekonomiju povezuju uz pojmove kao to su brza ekonomija, globalna
ekonomija, ekonomija mrea (engl. network economy) itd. U njoj se favoriziraju proizvodi
bazirani na znanju, smanjuje se broj posrednika itd. (usp. Barisic, Yirmibeslik, 2006).
U takvoj ekonomiji, koja je prije svega temeljena na znanju, elektronika trgovina predstavlja
dinamiki faktor (usp. Savrul, Kilic, 2011). Na prijelazu iz stare u novu ekonomiju
elektronika trgovina je neutralizirala i eliminirala probleme vezane uz vrijeme i prostor, to
je, izmeu ostalog, pridonijelo smanjenju trokova proizvodnje te otvorilo razliite
mogunosti ekonomskog rasta i razvoja. To je, po svemu sudei, bio zamanjak za razvoj
ekonomije pojedinih zemalja, ali i same elektronike trgovine kao novog i modernog oblika
trgovanja s velikom perspektivom rasta i razvoja.
324
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Vlade veine drava suglasne su da je efikasno koritenje resursa jedan od najlakih naina za
izlazak iz krize. U tom sluaju indirektne koristi od elektronike trgovine dolaze na vidjelo. U
suvremenom drutvu kojim dominiraju informacije i znanja, elektronika trgovina pomae
najboljemiskoritavanju resursa u vremenima krize, i to na nain da smanjuje trokove,
osigurava znaajne prednosti u cijenama, potiui konkurentnost i efikasnost. Taj je proces
prikazan na Slici 1. Elektronika trgovina se moe koristiti kao strategija u vrijeme krize
prvenstveno jer poveava efikasnost i smanjuje trokove.Takoer, poduzea koja prodaju i
kupuju proizvode putem Interneta poveavaju svoju konkurentnost i postaju otpornija na
negativne uinke ekonomske krize.
Svjetska financijska kriza iz 2008. godine uvelike je usporila globalnu ekonomiju. Prosjena
godinja stopa rasta svjetskog BDP-a u razdoblju od 1994. do 2008. godine iznosila je 3,5
posto, dok je 2008. iznosila 2 posto. Smanjena potranja u svijetu odrazila se na smanjenje
trgovine putem Interneta, kao i na ostale makroekonomske varijable. Meutim, to je
smanjenje bilo relativno manje na podruju elektronike trgovine. Iz razloga to elektronika
325
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
trgovina smanjuje trokove i poveava efikasnost poslovanja, moe se koristiti kao strategija u
vremenima krize. Osim navedenog, elektronika trgovina omoguava poduzeima izlazak na
nova trita te ima znaajne prednosti u odnosu na tradicionalnu trgovinu, pogotovu u vrijeme
krize. Kupnja i prodaja putem Interneta omoguava kupcima i poduzeima trgovinu na
najboljim tritima u svijetu, to naposljetku rezultira ostvarenjem profita i volumena za sve
sudionike. S makroekonomskog stajalita rastua trgovinska aktivnost pridonosi lakem i
brem izlasku zemalja iz krize te smanjenju njezinih negativnih uinaka na gospodarstvo (usp.
Savrul, Kilic, 2011).
U Tablici 1. prikazane su prednosti Internet trgovine za poduzee prema Currie: prva skupina
prednosti je bazirana na smanjenju vanjskih i unutarnjih komunikacijskih trokova kao to su
smanjenje administrativnih poslova i ubrzanje poslovnih procesa. Drugu skupinu
predstavljaju prihodi generirani iz postojeih poslovnih aktivnosti i novih inicijativa, a
uzrokovani su boljom vidljivosti poduzea na Internetu i proirenom mreom kupaca,
dobavljaa i meunarodnih poslovnih partnera. Sljedea skupina prednosti su opipljive koristi
koje se oituju u smanjenju trokova i fleksibilnoj poslovnoj praksi. Naposljetku se pojavljuju
neopipljive prednosti kao to su bolja konkurentska pozicija poduzea na tritu i poboljani
odnosi s kupcima u smislu poveanja povjerenja i sigurnosti klijenata prema poduzeu.
326
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prema Currie (Currie, 2000) prva skupina koristi od elektronike trgovine odnosi se na
smanjenje vanjskih i unutarnjih trokova komunikacije zahvaljujui brem odvijanju
poslovnih procesa i smanjenju broja administrativnih aktivnosti. U drugu skupinu propadaju
poveani prihodi generirani iz redovnog poslovanja i novih inicijativa, a koji su posljedica
bolje vidljivosti poduzea na Internetu, proirenja mree kupaca, dobavljaa i meunarodnih
partnera. Sljedea skupina koristi od elektronike trgovine pripada kategoriji opipljivih
prednosti kao to su smanjeni trokovi i fleksibilna poslovna praksa koja svoje temelje gradi
na konstantnom oslukivanju dinaminih promjena u suvremenom poslovanju, praenju
trendova, kontinuiranom uenju i unaprjeenju. Posljednja skupina obuhvaa nevidljive
prednosti trgovine putem Interneta, meu kojima su povean moral zaposlenika, bolji odnosi s
kupcima, njihovo poveanje zadovoljstva, a paralelno s tim i konkurentske pozicije poduzea
u trinoj utakmici. Navedene prednosti imaju znaajne razlike u samoj vanosti prilikom
stratekog pozicioniranja poduzea. Neke od njih igraju kljunu ulogu u ovisnosti o
poslovnom uspjehu subjekata, dok su druge relativno manje utjecajne. Vanost pojedinih
prednosti od elektronike trgovine za poduzee prikazana je, prema Lederer (Lederer et al.,
1996), u Tablici 2. Prema miljenju autora, glavne prednosti Internet trgovine su uglavnom
neopipljive i nisu izravno povezane s poveanjem profita poduzea.
327
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Kako bi postigla uspjeh na podruju elektronike trgovine, poduzea trebaju jasno prepoznati
i postaviti ciljeve trgovanja putem Interneta kao sastavnog dijela stratekih ciljeva poduzea
(Chang, Jackson, Grover, 2003.). Navedeni autori takoer smatraju kako e poduzea koja
paljivo oslukuju potrebe kupaca i strategije konkurenata, postii vee koristi i profit. Prije
nego to se upusti u trgovinu putem Interneta, za poduzee je nuna provedba analize
eksternih faktora, postojeih internih resursa i njegovih temeljnih konkurentskih prednosti.
Rezultat tog procesa za poduzee bi trebao potvrditi pozitivnu vezu izmeu strategije
poduzea i ciljeva elektronikog trgovanja. Efektivna korist od elektronike trgovine za
poduzee oituje se u dostupnosti dodatne informacijske mree za razmjenu s ciljem kreiranja
organizacijske vrijednosti. Postoji pozitivna korelacija izmeu percepcije poduzea o vanosti
elektronike trgovine kao sastavnog dijela korporativne strategije te samog uspjeha
poduzea(usp. Chang, Jackson, Grover, 2003). Za uspjeh poduzea na podruju elektronike
trgovine, prema Narver i Slater kao to je citirano u Chang, Jackson, Grover (2003), vana je
orijentiranost poduzea na tri komponente: orijentiranost na kupce, na konkurente i inter-
funkcionalnost. Takva trino orijentirana poduzea kontinuirano prikupljaju, procesiraju i
primjenjuju znanja o tritu, proizvodima, tehnologijama i poslovnim informacijama.
328
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Suvremeni kupci odabiru kvalitetu, stil i jedinstvenost iznad homogenih proizvoda (usp.
Helms, Ahmadi, Jih, Ettkin, 2008). Uloga elektronike trgovine kljuna je za dohvat
informacija o suvremenim potrebama kupaca te omoguava elektroniku interakciju i
razmjenu, dok je menadment znanja usmjeren na unaprjeenje proizvoda i usluga za kupce
(usp. Helms, Ahmadi, Jih, Ettkin, 2008).
Kada je rije o poslovanju poduzea koja se bave trgovinom putem Interneta, postavljaju se
odreena kljuna pitanja koja izviru ispod povrine iznimnog razvoja i popularnosti
elektronike trgovine (usp. Sung, 2006). Koja je tajna uspjenog poslovanja poduzea koja
trguju putem Interneta te koji su vani faktoriuspjeha (engl.critical success factors, CSF) i u
kojoj mjeri utjeu na krajnji rezultat, samo su neka od pitanja koja Sung u svom radu
postavlja i na koja, na temelju analize poslovanja poduzea u SAD-u, Koreji i Japanu,
pokuava pronai relevantne odgovore.
329
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
330
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
331
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
6. ZAKLJUAK
Nakon analize recentne literature u radu je dan detaljan prikaz vanosti i uloge elektronike
trgovine u suvremenom gospodarstvukoje je bilo globalno izloeno jednoj od najveih
ekonomskih kriza do sada. Stoga je analizirana i uloga elektronike trgovine u kriznim
uvjetima budui da je jedan od najlakih izlaza iz ekonomske krize uinkovitije koritenje
postojeih resursa, a elektroniku trgovinu karakterizira snienje trokova i poveanje
uinkovitosti te samim tim ona sasvim sigurno treba biti jedna od strategija za izlazak iz krize
svake zemlje koja se u njoj nae.
Jasno je da elektronika trgovina prua velike mogunosti kako razvijenim zemljama, tako i
zemljama u razvoju jer ima i direktan i indirektan utjecaj na meunarodnu trgovinu i trite
radne snage. Naime, razvojem globalnog trita Internet smanjuje vanost prethodno
uspostavljenih dugih poslovnih veza i odnosa na meunarodnom tritu, ime se otvara jasna
prilika i mogunost upravo za one zemlje koje takve duge poslovne odnose nisu ni imale, a to
su uglavnomnerazvijene zemlje i zemlje u razvoju, to ukazuje da bi one mogle ostvariti
najveu korist primjenom elektronike trgovine. Bez obzira na poetna prevelika oekivanja
nesumnjiv je potencijal, mogunosti i anse koje elektronika trgovina prua gotovo svim
poslovnimsubjektima. Danas oko dvije milijarde ljudi u svijetu koristi Internet kako bi dolo
do razliitih informacija ili obavilo kupnju putem te mone globalne mree, to govori samo
po sebi o potencijalu i vanosti Interneta kao medija danas i sutra.
Pojava Interneta kod velikog broja poslovnih subjekata temeljno je promijenila njihovu
dosadanju poslovnu strategiju, kao i nain njihova funkcioniranja. Teko je nai gospodarsku
granu na koju pojava te nove mogunosti nije imala vei ili manji utjecaj.
Elektronikim trgovanjem poslovni subjekti imaju, meu ostalim, za cilj stvoriti novi kanal
distribucije te time poveati prihode, smanjiti trokove, skratiti vrijeme potrebno za nabavku
proizvoda ili usluge, biti neprestano dostupni kupcima i olakati komunikaciju s tritem.
elei time odrati to due kontinuitet s kupcima, poveati trini udio, osigurati cjenovnu
prednost za kupce kao i poveati konkurentnost. Postoji pozitivna korelacija izmeu
percepcije poduzea o vanosti elektronike trgovine kao sastavnog dijela korporativne
strategije i samog uspjeha poduzea.
332
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
dok u ostalim sektorima, gdje je koritenje elektronike trgovine slabije zastupljeno, nije
nuno za poduzee razvijanje kompleksne i napredne infrastrukture vezane uz elektroniku
trgovinu. Meutim, u sektorima u kojima nema velik broj konkurenata, postoje znaajne
mogunosti za stjecanje konkurentske prednosti putem elektronike trgovine.
7. LITERATURA
1. Barua, A., Konana, P.K., Whinston, A.B.,Yin, F., (2000). Making e-business pay: eight
key drivers for operational success, IT Pro, 210.
2. Barua, A.,Konana, P.K., Whinston, A.B., Yin, F., (2001). Managing e-business
transformation: opportunities and value assessment, Sloan Management Review 43 (1),
3644.
3. Brand, A., (1998). KM and innovation at 3M, Journal of KM 2 (1), 1722.
4. Chang, K., Jackson, J., & Grover, V. (2003). E-commerce and corporate strategy: an
executive perspective. Information & Management, 40(7), 663-675.
5. Child, N., (2002). Taking tesco global, The Mckinsey Quarterly 3, at
http://www.mckinseyquarterly.com/.
6. Chu, S., Leung, L.C., Hui, Y.V., Cheung, W., (2006). Evolution of e-commerce Web
sites: A conceptual framework and a longitudinal study. Information & Management, 44,
154-164.
7. Clarke, G. R.G., (2001). Does Internet Connectivity Affect Export Performance?
Evidence from the Transition Economies. Mimeo, World Bank, Washington DC.
8. Clarke, G. and R.G. Wallsten, (2004). Has the internet increased trade ? Evidence from
industrial and developing countries, World Bank Policy Research. Working Paper 3215.
9. Currie, W. (2000). The global information society. Chichester: Wiley, 109-112.
10. Deshpande, R., Farley, J.U., Webster, F.E., (1993). Corporate culture, customer
orientation and inovativness in Japanese firms: a quadrad analysis, Journal of marketing
57 (1), 23-37.
11. Elofson, G., Robinson, W.N., (1998). Creating a custom mass-production channel on the
Internet, Commun. ACM 41 (3), 5662.
12. European Policy Centre. Digital Single Market; 2010 <http://www.epc.eu/dsm/>
(01.03.2011).
13. Fahey, L., Srivastava, R., Sharon, J.S., Smith, D.E., (2001). Linking e-business and
operating processes: the role of knowledge management, IBM Systems Journal 40 (4),
889907.
14. Freund, C. and Weinhold, D., (1999). On the effect of the Internet on International Trade,
International Finance Discussion Papers, No. 693.
15. Fulkerson, B., (1997). A response to dynamic change in the market place, Decis. Support
Syst. 21 (3), 199214.
16. Hagel, J., Rayport, J.F., (1997.). The new infomediaries, McKinsey Q. 4, 5569.
17. Han, K.S., Noh, M.H., (1999). Critical failure factors that discourage electronic
commerce growth, Int. J. Electron. Commer. 2 (2), 2544.
18. Helms, M.M., Ahmadi, M., Jih, W.J.K., Ettkin, L.P., (2007.): Technologies in support of
mass customization strategy: Exploring the linkages between e-commerce and
knowledge management, Computers in industry 59, 351-363
19. Hogue, F.E., (2000.). Enterprise: Business Models, Architecture and Components,
Cambridge University Press, 92-104.
20. Hoffman, D.L., Novak, T.P., (1997). A new marketing paradigm for electronic
commerce, Inf. Soc. 13, 4354.
333
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
21. Huff, S., Wade, M., Parent, M., Schneberger, S.C.,Newson, P., (2000). Cases in
Electronic Commerce, Irwin/McGraw-Hill, Columbus, OH, 57-59.
22. Kalakota, R., Whinston, A.B., (1996). Frontiers of EC, Addison Wesley, New York, 86-
93.
23. Kim, W.C., Mauborgne, R., (1999). Strategy, value innovation, and the knowledge
economy, Sloan Management Review 40 (3), 4154.
24. Korkmaz N , (2004). Sorularla E-Ticaret, E-. stanbul: TO Yaynlar Yayn
No:2004/27.
25. Lawrence, E. (2000). Internet commerce: digital models for business (2nd ed.).
Brisbane,Chichester: Wiley., 39-47.
26. Lederer, A. L., Mirchandani, D. A., & Sims, K. (1996). Electronic commerce: a strategic
application? Proceedings of the 1996 ACM SIGCPR/SIGMIS conference on computer
personnel research. New York: ACM Press, 277.
27. Liu, C., Arnett, K.P. (2000). Exploring the factors associated with Web site success in the
context of electronic commerce, Information & Management 38 (1), 2333.
28. Malkawi, B. H., (2007). E-commerce in Light of International Trade Agreements: The
WTO and the United States-Jordan Free Trade Agreement. International Journal of Law
and Information Technology, Vol. 15 No.2, 153-169.
29. Manchala, D.W., (2000). E-commerce trust metrics and models, IEEE Internet Comput.
4 (2), 3644.
30. Maity, M., Dass, M., (2014.), Consumer decision-making across modern and traditional
channels: E-commerce, m-commerce, in store, Decision Support Systems 61, 34-46.
31. Narver, J.C., Slater, S.F. (1990). The effect of a market orientation on business
profitability, Journal of marketing 54(4), 20-35.
32. Nordhaus W.D., (2001). New Data And Output Concpets For Understanding
Productivity Trends, NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper: 8097, Cambridge, 1-
35.
33. cal N., (2006). Yeni Ekonominin Yeni ktisat Politikalar, Bilgi Ekonomisi ve
Ynetim Kongresi, Kocaeli, 749-762.
34. OECD, Measuring ICT Usage And Electronic Commerce In Enterprises: Proposal For A
Model Questionnaire, Paris: OECD Publishing; 2001, pp.1-16.
35. OKeefe, R.M., McEachern, T., (1998). Web-based customer decision support systems,
Communication of the ACM 41 (3), 7178.
36. Oliner, S.D., and Sichel, D.E.,(2000). The Resurgence of Growth in the Late 1990s: Is
Information Technology the Story?, Journal of Economic Perspectives, Volume 14,
Number 4, Fall.
37. Piris, L., Fitzgerald, G., Serrano, A., (2004). Strategic motivators and expected benefits
from e-commerce in traditional organisations. International Journal of Information
Management 24, 489-506.
38. Plant, R., (1999). eCommerce: Formulation of Strategy, Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle
River, NJ, 121-124.
39. Reichheld, F., Schefter, P., (2000). E-loyalty, Harvard Bus. Rev. 195213.
40. Riggins, F.J., Rhee, H., (1998). Toward a united view of electronic commerce,
Communication of the ACM 41 (10), 88-95.
41. Riggins, F.J., (1999). A framework for identifying web-based electronic commerce
opportunities, J. Organ. Comput. Electron. Commer. 9 (4), 234253.
42. Sachs, G. (2000). The shocking economic effect of B2B. Global Economics Paper, No.
37.
43. Savrul, M., Kilic, C., (2011), E-commerce as an alternative strategy in recovery from the
recession. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences, 24, 247-259.
334
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
44. Schreier, M., (2006). The value increment of mass-customized products: an empirical
assessment, Journal of Consumer Behavior 5 (4), 317 328.
45. Smith, R.A., (2001). Trends in e-business tehnologies, IBM System Yournal 40 (1), 4-7.
46. Sung, T.K., (2004), E-commerce critical success factors: East vs West. Tehnological
Forecasting and Social Change, 73, 1161-1177.
47. Tabor, S.W., (1998). An examination of electronic commerce and the Internet: role of
technology, critical success factors and business strategy. PhD Dissertation, University of
North Texas.
48. Terzi, N., (2011), The impact of e-commerce on international trade and employment.
Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences 24, 745-753.
49. Torkzadeh, G., Dhillon, G., (2002). Measuring factors that influence the success of
Internet commerce, Information Systems Research 13 (2), 187204.
50. Turban, E.,Lee, J., King, D., Chung, H.M., (2000). EC: A Managerial Perspective,
Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 187-190.
51. Van der Heijden, H., (2003).Factors influencing the using of Web sites: the case of a
generic portal in The Netherlands, Information & Management 40 (6), 541549.
52. Zuleeg F. Why the EU needs a Digital Single Market now?, European Policy Centre;
2010, http://www.epc.eu/dsm/3 (01.03.2011).
335
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Saetak
Cilj ovoga rada je definirati glavne komponente radikalne inovacijske kulture i zatim istraiti
njihov utjecaj na zadovoljstvo potroaa u hrvatskoj preraivakoj industriji. Takoer se
ukratko objanjava i poveznica izmeu radikalne i inkrementalne inovacijske kulture.
Glavnim imbenicima radikalne inovacijske kulture smatraju se autonomija, kanibalizacija,
proaktivnost i preuzimanje rizika, a mjeri se njihov utjecaj na zadovoljstvo potroaa.
Strukturni model (SEM) je razvijen koristei podatke prikupljene od 203 hrvatska
preraivaka poduzea. AMOS software paket je koriten za testiranje hipoteza. Rezultati
sugeriraju da se komponente radikalne inovacijske kulture mogu podijeliti u dvije grupe
ovisno o njihovom utjecaju na zadovoljstvo potroaa. Prva grupa se sastoji od proaktivnosti i
preuzimanja rizika i u ovom sluaju je dokazan utjecaj na zadovoljstvo potroaa. Druga
grupa se sastoji od autonomije i kanibalizacije i u ovom sluaju nije otkrivena poveznica sa
zadovoljstvom potroaa. U radu je objanjena i veza radikalnih inovacija s trgovinom.
336
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Abstract
The aim of this paper is to define the main sub components of radical innovation culture and
then investigate their impact on customer satisfaction in Croatian manufacturing industry. The
connection between radical and incremental innovation culture is also briefly discussed.
Autonomy, cannibalisation, pro-activeness and risk-taking were taken as main elements of
radical innovation culture and their influence on customer satisfaction was measured.
Structural Equation Model was developed using data gathered from 203 Croatian
manufacturing firms. AMOS software package was used for testing the hypothesis. Results
suggest that radical innovation culture sub components can be divided into two groups
according to their influence on customer satisfaction. The first group consisted from
autonomy and cannibalization and in this case no connection to customer satisfaction was
detected. The second group consisted out of risk-taking and pro-activeness and in this case
significant connection to customer satisfaction was detected. The connection of radical
innovations and trade is also discussed in the paper.
1. UVOD
Organizacijska kultura ima znaajan utjecaj na sklonost organizacije prema inoviranju (Slater
et al., 2014; Buschgens et al., 2013; Tidd et al., 2001). Ovom utjecaju se moe pristupiti iz
nekoliko perspektiva, ukljuujui ulogu kulture u stimuliranju inovacija na nacionalnoj razini
(Kassa and Vadi, 2008; Efrat, 2013), uloga kulture u stimuliranju inovacije na razini
organizacije (Buschgens et al., 2013; Auernhammer and Hall, 2014; OConnor et al., 2008),
uloga kulture u grupnoj inovativnosti (McLaughlin et al., 2008), uloga kulture u inovaciji
proizvoda (Slater et al., 2014; Martin de-Castro et al., 2013), i veza izmeu organizacijske
kulture i inovacijske kulture (Sharifired and Ataei, 2012).
Iako je prihvaeno kako organizacijska kultura utjee na inovacije, karakter ove veze zajedno
s utjecajem na uspjenost poslovanja mora se dodatno analizirati (McDermott 1999;
McLaughlin et al., 2008). Postoje tri tipa inovacija koji se mogu stimulirati organizacijskom
kulturom: inkrementalna, radikalna ili dvolina (Lin and McDonaugh, 2011; McLaughlin et
al., 2008). Doprinos ovoga rada se vidi kroz tri pravca. Prvo, analiziraju se glavne
komponente radikalne inovacijske kulture: autonomija, kanibalizacija, proaktivnost i
preuzimanje rizika. Rad se fokusira na radikalnu inovacijsku kulturu jer je njezin utjecaj na
poslovno preivljavanje i uspjeh najznaajniji te zato to se preporua odvojeno analiziranje
radikalnih i inkrementalnih inovacija (Slater et al., 2014). Drugi doprinos je u povezivanju
radikalne inovacijske kulture sa zadovoljstvom potroaa. Trei doprinos ovoga rada je u
337
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Rad se sastoji od tri glavna dijela. Prvo se razrauje koncept radikalne inovacijske kulture. U
drugom dijelu rada se prezentira teoretska poveznica komponenti radikalne inovacijske
kulture i zadovoljstva potroaa. U treem dijelu su prezentirani rezultati kvantitativne analize
hrvatskih proizvoaa. Za testiranje predloenih hipoteza koriteno je strukturno modeliranje
temeljeno na matrici kovarijanci.
Organizacije koje nisu inovativne riskiraju svoj budui opstanak (Michl et al., 2013), a to
posebno vrijedi u sluaju radikalnih inovacija. Korijen problema je vrlo esto u pojmu koji se
naziva organizacijska fiksacija (Stempfle 2011), a koji se moe definirati kao tendencija
organizacija da se dre ustaljenih paradigmi i praksi ak i onda kada te paradigme i prakse
vie nisu konkurentne ili djelotvorne. Inkrementalne inovacije donose rezultate dok je
industrijska struktura stabilna, ali mogu jako podbaciti u sluajevima kada unaprjeenja ili
radikalne inovacije redefiniraju industriju (Davila and Epstein 2014, p. 3). Kultura utjee na
inovaciju jer oblikuje obrasce noenja s novitetima, individualnim inicijativama i zajednikim
akcijama, te razumijevanje i odnoenje prema rizicima i prilikama. Kritian imbenik za
postizanje dugoronog organizacijskog uspjeha jest minimiziranje organizacijske fiksacije i
stvaranje inovacijske kulture.
Kultura se oslanja na set ponaanja i obiaja koje dijele lanovi kolektiva, poput nacije ili
poduzea. EFQM definira kulturu kao sumu ponaanja, etike i vrijednosti koje prenose,
prakticiraju i nose svi lanovi organizacije (British Quality Foundation, 2002). Organizacijska
kultura popunjava prazninu izmeu onoga to je formalno reeno i onoga to se zaista dogaa.
Organizacijska kultura je esto povezana s kulturolokom evolucijom koja prema Cartwrightu
338
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Prema Tellisu et al. (2009) organizacijska kultura postaje sve vaniji imbenik poticanja
radikalnih inovacija u zemlji te njezin utjecaj konstantno raste u vanosti regulacije radne
snage, kapitala i vlade. Organizacijska kultura nije samo mehanizam nego i osnova za
upravljanje razliitim tipovima inovacija, ukljuujui proizvod i proces i inkrementalne i
radikalne inovacije (Lin and McDonaugh, 2011).
Prema O'Connor et al. (2008) postoje dva osnovna pristupa izgradnji dinamike sposobnosti
radikalnog inoviranja. Jedan se oslanja na jaku sistematsku kulturu inovacije, a drugi se
fokusira na organizacijske skupine/timove koji su odgovorna za razvoj i odravanje radikalne
inovacijske sposobnosti. Isti argument se moe pronai kod Stringera (2000) koji vjeruje da
velike kompanije mogu proizvesti radikalne inovacije samo ako ih uine kulturolokim i
stratekim prioritetom. U ovom drugom sluaju postoji jasan strateki mandat vieg
rukovodstva koji odreenoj skupini unutar kompanije daje odgovornost stvaranja radikalne
inovacije. Davila i Epstein (2014) takoer prepoznaju dvije alternative stvaranja radikalnih
inovacija temeljenih na 'od dna do vrha' i 'od vrha do dna' pristupima menadmentu. Prvi
sluaj se naziva stratekim otkriima gdje radikalne inovacije proizlaze iz snane inovacijske
kulture. Druga alternativa se naziva stratekim klaenjem i ovo su situacije u kojima voe
sami odluuju o slijedeoj radikalnoj inovaciji te o provoenju iste.
339
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Ipak, ovaj lanak je najvie usmjeren na drugi pristup izgradnje jake sustavne kulture
inovacija koja se odnosi na dijeljenje zajedniki vrijednosti, uvjerenja i pretpostavki lanova
organizacije to moe poboljati inovacijski proces (Martin de-Castro et al., 2013).
Inovacijska kultura ili orijentacija je iroka konstrukcija koja obuhvaa aspekte poput:
poduzetnitva, inovativnosti kao eksplicitnog cilja, organizacijskog uenja, preuzimanja
rizika, tolerancije pogreaka, otvorenosti novim idejama i tehnologijama, autonomije i
opunomoenja zaposlenika, neformalne komunikacije (Herrmann et al., 2007). Inovacijska
kultura se esto povezuje s kulturom spontanosti koju karakterizira vanjska orijentacija i
potreba za fleksibilnou (Slater et al. 2014). Brojne karakteristike su povezane s
kompanijama koje se oslanjaju inovacijsku kulturu. Ne postoji organizacijski entitet (nema
timova, nema odjela, nema grupa) odgovoran za pokretanje radikalne inovacije. Prilike za
inovacije se pokreu nizom labavih potpornih programa koji olakavaju kreativnost i
pronicljivi razvoj, poput radionica za generiranje ideja, tehnolokih sajmova, financiranja
poduzetnikih ideja u nastanku i slobodnog vremena za istraivake projekte. Budui da ne
postoji centralizirana organizacija zaduena za obnovu i radikalne inovacije, vii menadment
sudjeluje u tim aktivnostima. Oni podupiru kulturu koja slui kao labavo povezan sustav
upravljanja. Drugi razlog koji ide u prilog stvaranju inovacijske kulture ove vrste jest taj da e
inovacija biti jedinstvena do one mjere u kojoj je podrana inovacijskom kulturom (Sanz -
Valle et al. 2011).
Rubera i Kirca (2012) su u svojoj studiji zakljuili da inovativnost ima puno jai utjecaj na
trinu vrijednost poduzea nego na trite i financijske pozicije poduzea. S druge strane
Prajogo i McDermott (2011) istrauju vezu izmeu organizacijske kulture i operacijske
izvedbe, mjerenu kvalitetom proizvoda, kvalitetom procesa, proizvodnom inovativnou i
inovacijom procesa. Koriten je okvir kompetitivnih vrijednosti ( grupni, razvojni,
hijerarhijski i racionalni) kako bi se prikazala viedimenzionalnost organizacijske kulture.
Iako su u ovoj studiji inovacije povezane samo s postojeim potroaima, rezultati potvruju
pozitivan utjecaj svih etiriju dimenzija u operacijskoj izvedbi. Ipak ostaje neistraen utjecaj
radikalne inovacijske kulture sa svojim komponentama na kljune indikatore poslovnog
uspjeha.
340
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Na temelju pregleda prethodne literature razvijen je istraivaki model koji povezuje etiri
komponente radikalne inovacijske kulture (autonomiju, kanibalizaciju, proaktivnost i
preuzimanje rizika) sa zadovoljstvom potroaa, kao to je prikazano na Slici 1.
341
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: autori
342
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
opisati kao tehnologija gurajue, push strategije u kojima poduzea pokuavaju uvjeriti kupce
kako trebaju neto to e biti od velike koristi za njih. Dananji kupci zahtjevaju radikalne
inovacije proizvoda i u sluaju njihova dostavljanja njihovo zadovoljstvo raste.
3. METODOLOGIJA
343
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
4. REZULTATI I ANALIZA
Proces razvijanja i testiranja strukturnog modela (SEM) koriten u ovom radu moe se
podijeliti u tri koraka. Prvi dio analize je bio testiranje prikladnosti modela ili drugim
rijeima, provjeravanje aproksimira li procijenjena matrica kovarijanci promatranu (stvarnu)
matricu kovarijanci. Nakon crtanja modela i njegovih glavnih kovarijanci analizirano je
nekoliko pokazatelja kvalitete cjelokupnog modela. Rezultat ovih analiza je prikazan u tablici
2.
344
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
Izvor: Autori
345
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
5. ZAKLJUAK
Postoji nekoliko zakljuaka koji trebaju biti postavljeni kada se analizira predstavljeni model.
Prije svega, treba rei da su hipoteze H1 i H2 odbaene. Odnos izmeu autonomije i
kanibalizacije s jedne strane i zadovoljstva kupaca s druge ini se statistiki nesignifikantnim
na razini vjerojatnosti od 0.5. Navedeno nas usmjerava na zakljuak kako su autonomija
zaposlenika u obavljanu svojih poslovnih aktivnosti ili rtvovanje prodaje postojeih
proizvoda u oima kupaca nevani. To u osnovi znai da te mjere donoenja unutarnjih
poslovnih odluka nemaju utjecaja na zadovoljstvo kupaca. Kupce ne zanima koliko su
samostalni zaposlenici kada donose odluke ili obavljaju svoje dnevne aktivnosti. Slian
zakljuak moe se odnositi na kanibalizaciju prodaje, sve dok su kupci zadovoljni sa
ponuenim proizvodima oni ne cijene brzinu objavljivanja novih verzija ak i ako su one
nazvane radikalne inovacije. Jedina stvar koju kupci primjeuju je slui li ili ne proizvod
njihovoj potrebi na najbolji nain, a ne koliko su autonomni bili zaposlenici prilikom njegova
dostavljanja ili kako je to utjecalo na prodaju prethodnih generacija proizvoda tvrtke. Drugi
zakljuak proizlazi iz prihvaanja H3 to znai da e zadovoljstvo kupaca porasti za 0.35
standardnih devijacija ako proaktivnost poraste za jednu standardnu devijaciju. To znai da
tvrtka voenjem brige o novonastalim tritima i potrebama kupaca doprinosi pozitivnim
rezultatima po pitanju zadovoljstva kupaca. Trei zakljuak se temelji na odbacivanju
hipoteze H4. U ovom sluaju postoji statistiki znaajna veza izmeu preuzimanja rizika i
zadovoljstva kupaca, ali ta je veza negativna. To znai da preuzimanje rizika uvjeravanjem
kupaca da trebaju neto to sami nisu traili vrlo esto ne donosi konkretan rezultat mjeren
zadovoljstvom kupaca. Argument za to je slian onom donesenom u sluaju hipoteza H1 i H2.
injenica da tvrtka preuzima rizik ne znai nita u oima kupaca ako oni ne dobiju neto to
im uzrokuje direktnu korist. Naalost, po samoj definiciji preuzimanja rizika ne postoji
jamstvo da e se kupcima svidjeti nove ponude zato to oni nikad to nisu ni traili. Strateka
je odluka tvrtke da koristi jedan od ovih naina ponaanja i menaderi trebaju biti svjesni tih
nedostataka unaprijed.
6. LITERATURA
1. Ali, A., Kalwari, M.U. and Kovenock, D. (1993) Selecting product development
projects: pioneering versus incremental innovation strategies, Management Science,
Vol. 39, No. 3, pp. 255-276
2. Auernhammer, J. and Hall, H. (2014) Organizational culture in knowledge creation,
creativity and innovation: towards the Freiraum model, Journal of Information
Science, Vol. 40, No. 2, pp.154-166
3. Basarac, M., Vukovi, V. (2012), Analiza izvozne konkurentnosti hrvatske
preraivake industrije, Ekonomski pregled, Vol. 62, No. 12, pp. 729-751
4. Bessant, T. (2003), High involvement innovation: building and sustaining competitive
advantage through continuous change, Wiley, West Sussex
5. British Quality Foundation (2002) The Model in Practice 2: Using the EFQM
Excellence Model to deliver continuous improvement, British Quality Foundation,
London
6. Buschgens, T., Bausch, A. and Balkin, D.B. (2013) Organizational culture and
Innovation a Meta-Analytic Review, Journal of Product Innovation Management,
Vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 763-784
7. Butorac, G., (2008), Komparativne prednosti i izvozna konkurentnost hrvatske
preraivake industrije, Ekonomska istraivanja, Vol. 21, No. 2, pp. 47-59
346
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
347
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
26. Michl, T., Gold, B. and Picot, A. (2013) Managing strategic ambidexterity: the spin-
along approach, International Journal of Technology Management, Vol. 61, No. 1,
pp.47-63
27. Morgan, N.A., Rego, L.L., (2006), The Volume of Different Customer Satisfaction
and Loyalty Metrics in Producing Business Performance, Marketing Science, Vol. 25,
No. 5, pp. 426-439
28. Narver, J.C., Slater, S.F. and MacLachalan, D.L. (2004), Responsive and Proactive
Market orientation and New-Product Success, Journal of Product Innovation
Management, 21, pp. 334-347
29. OConnor, G.C., Paulson, A.S., and DeMartino, R. (2008) Organisational approaches
to building a radical innovation dynamic capability, International Journal of
Technology Management, Vol. 44, Nos. 1/2, pp.179-204
30. Pingitore, G., Williams-Delgart, H., (2012), Beyond Satisfaction: Connecting with
Customers to maximize business performance, Journal of Brand Strategy, Vol. 1, No.
1, pp. 57-68
31. Prajogo, D.I. and McDermott, CM. (2011) The relationship between
multidimensional organizational culture and performance, International Journal of
Operations & Productions Management, Vol. 31, No. 7, pp. 712-735
32. Rai-Bakari, J. and Vizek, M. (2010) Analiza konkurentnosti i strukturnih obiljeja
preraivake industrije Republike Hrvatske, Ekonomski pregled, 61 (5-6), pp. 241-
270
33. Reid, S. E. and De Brentani, U. (2004) The fuzzy front end of new product
development for discontinuous innovations: A theoretical model, Journal of Product
Innovation Management Vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 170-184
34. Rubera, G. and Kirca, A.H. (2012) Firm Innovativeness and its Performance
Outcomes: A Meta-Analytic Review and Theoretical Integration, Journal of
Marketing, Vol. 76, pp. 130-147
35. Sanz-Valle, R., Naranjo-Valencia, J.C., Jimenez-Jimenez, D. and Perez-Callabero, L.
(2011) Linking organizational learning with technological innovation and
organizational culture, Journal of Knowledge Management, Vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 997-
1015
36. Sharifired, M.S. and Ataei, V. (2012) Organizational culture and innovation culture:
exploring the relationship between constructs, Leadership and Organizational
Development Journal, Vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 494-517
37. Singh, D.A. (2009) Export Performance of Emerging Market Firms; International
Business Review, (18), pp. 321-330
38. Slater, S.F., Mohr, J.J. and Sengupta, S. (2014) Radical product innovation capability:
literature review, synthesis and illustrative research proposition, Journal of Product
Innovation Management, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp.552-566
39. Stempfle, J. (2011) Overcoming organizational fixation: creating and sustaining an
innovation culture, Journal of Creative Behaviour, Vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 116-130
40. Stoji, N., (2012), The competitiveness of exporters from Croatian manufacturing
industry, Ekonomski pregled, Vol. 63, No. 7-8, pp. 424-445
41. Stringer, R. (2000) How to manage radical innovation, California Management
Review, Vol. 42, No. 4, pp.70-90
42. Tellis, G. (2013) Creating a culture for unrelenting innovation, J. MWorld, Vol. 12,
Issue 2, pp. 38-41
43. Tellis, G.J., Prabhu, J.C. and Chandy, R. K. (2009) Radical innovation across nations:
the pre-eminence of corporate culture, Journal of Marketing, Vol. 73, pp. 3-23
348
Perspektive trgovine 2014. Trade Perspectives 2014
44. Tidd, J., Bessant, J. and Pavitt, K. (2001) Managing Innovation, 2nd edition,
Chichester: Wiley
45. Williams, P., Neuman, E., (2011), Customer satisfaction and business performance: a
firm level analysis, Journal of Services Marketing, Vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 20-32
46. Zhang, Q., Vonderembse, M.A. and Lim, J.-S. (2006) Spanning flexibility: supply
chain information dissemination drives strategy development and customer
satisfaction, Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, Vol. 11, No. 5,
pp. 390-399
349